Chem 5070 P21 & 22 - 2010 - 2022 Oct-Nov QP & MS

COMPILED BY: DJ PRINCIPLE - 0955075833
UNIVERSITY OF CAMBRIDGE INTERNATIONAL EXAMINATIONS

General Certificate of Education Ordinary Level
*2626221654*
CHEMISTRY 5070/21
Paper 2 Theory October/November 2010
1 hour 30 minutes
Candidates answer on the Question Paper.
No Additional Materials are required.
READ THESE INSTRUCTIONS FIRST
Write your Centre number, candidate number and name on all the work you hand in.
Write in dark blue or black pen.
You may use a soft pencil for any diagrams, graphs or rough working.
Do not use staples, paper clips, highlighters, glue or correction fluid.
DO NOT WRITE IN ANY BARCODES.
Section A
Answer all questions.
Write your answers in the spaces provided in the Question Paper.
Section B
Answer any three questions.
A copy of the Periodic Table is printed on page 20.

At the end of the examination, fasten all your work securely together. For Examiner’s Use
The number of marks is given in brackets [ ] at the end of each question or part
question. Section A
B6
B7
B8
B9
Total
This document consists of 16 printed pages and 4 blank pages.
DC (AC/TC) 16984/4
© UCLES 2010 [Turn over
Section A For
Examiner’s
Answer all the questions in this section in the spaces provided. Use
The total mark for this section is 45.
A1 The structural formulae of some compounds containing the element carbon are shown.
H H H H H H
C O H C C C H H C C C H
H OH H H H C H H
H
A B C
Cl Cl H H H H
Cl C C F H C C C C O C O
F F H H H
D E F
(a) Choose from the compounds A, B, C, D, E and F to answer the questions below. Each
compound can be used once, more than once or not at all.
Which one of these compounds is
(i) responsible for the depletion of ozone in the upper atmosphere,
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
(ii) a poisonous gas produced by the incomplete combustion of hydrocarbons,
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
(iii) an unsaturated hydrocarbon, ............................................................................. [1]
(iv) formed when propene reacts with steam, ........................................................... [1]
(v) a product of respiration, ...................................................................................... [1]
(vi) an isomer of butane? ........................................................................................... [1]
(b) Name compound B.
...................................................................................................................................... [1]
[Total: 7]
© UCLES 2010 5070/21/O/N/10

A2 The symbols of some atoms and ions including their nucleon number and proton number are For
shown below. Examiner’s
Use
40 58 70 55 58
Ca2+ Fe3+ Ga Mn2+ Ni
20 26 31 25 28
(a) Which one of these atoms or ions has the greatest number of protons?
...................................................................................................................................... [1]
(b) Which two of these atoms or ions have the same number of neutrons?
...................................................................................................................................... [1]
55
(c) State the number of electrons in the ion Mn2+ .
25
...................................................................................................................................... [1]
40
(d) Write the full electronic configuration of the ion Ca2+ .
20
...................................................................................................................................... [1]
(e) (i) Nickel, Ni, can be alloyed with other metals. Draw a diagram to show the structure
of an alloy.
[2]
(ii) State one specific use of nickel other than its use in alloys.
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
(iii) Explain why alloys of nickel and iron are stronger than pure iron.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [2]
[Total:9]
© UCLES 2010 5070/21/O/N/10 [Turn over

A3 Carbonyl chloride, COCl 2, is a colourless, poisonous gas formed when carbon monoxide For
and chlorine combine in the presence of sunlight. The forward reaction is exothermic. Examiner’s
Use
CO(g) + Cl2(g) COCl2(g)
(a) Predict and explain how each of the following affects the position of equilibrium in this
reaction:
(i) increasing the concentration of chlorine;
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [2]
(ii) increasing the pressure;
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [2]
(iii) increasing the temperature.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [2]
(b) Carbonyl chloride reacts with ammonia to form urea, (NH2)2CO, and ammonium
chloride.
Write an equation for this reaction.
...................................................................................................................................... [2]
© UCLES 2010 5070/21/O/N/10

(c) Urea can be used as a fertiliser. For

Examiner’s
(i) How do fertilisers increase crop yields? Use
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
(ii) Urea is produced industrially by the reaction of ammonia with carbon dioxide.
The ammonia is manufactured using the Haber process by combining the elements
nitrogen and hydrogen.
State the essential conditions in the Haber process which are necessary in order to
produce a high yield of ammonia.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [3]
[Total: 12]

A4 Many inks contain salts of the metals potassium, iron, cobalt and nickel in addition to ethanoic For
acid and gallic acid. Examiner’s
Use
(a) (i) State two differences in the physical properties of the metals potassium and iron.
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [2]
(ii) State one difference in the chemical properties of potassium and iron.
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
(b) Analysis of 21.25 g of gallic acid showed that it contained 10.50 g of carbon, 0.75 g of
hydrogen and 10.00 g of oxygen.
Show that the empirical formula of gallic acid is C7H6O5.
[3]
(c) Gallic acid can be used as a photographic developer. It reduces silver ions to silver.
(i) Write an equation for the reduction of silver ions to silver.
[1]
(ii) Explain why this is a reduction reaction.
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
(d) The blue colour of ink is due to the reaction between gallic acid and iron(III) ions.
Describe a standard test for iron(III) ions.
test..................................................................................................................................
result ............................................................................................................................ [2]
[Total: 10]
© UCLES 2010 5070/21/O/N/10
For
A5 A student electrolysed an aqueous solution of potassium bromide using carbon electrodes. Examiner’s
Use
(a) Draw a labelled diagram of a suitable apparatus that can be used for this electrolysis.
[2]
(b) The ions present in an aqueous solution of potassium bromide are H+, OH-, K+ and Br -.
(i) Describe what you would observe in the region of the anode during the
electrolysis.
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
(ii) At the cathode, hydrogen gas is given off.

Describe a test for hydrogen.
test ...........................................................................................................................
result .................................................................................................................... [2]
(iii) Write an equation for the reaction at the cathode.
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
(iv) Explain why potassium is not discharged at the cathode.
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
[Total: 7]

Section B For
Examiner’s
Answer three questions from this section in the spaces provided. Use
B6 Part of Mendeleev’s original Periodic Table showing an arrangement of elements according to

their similar properties is shown below. The numbers are the atomic masses of the elements.
Fe = 56
Ni / Co = 59
H=1 Cu = 63.4
Be = 9.4 Mg = 24 Zn = 65.2
B = 11 Al = 27.4 element X
C = 12 Si = 28 element Y
N = 14 P = 31 As = 75
O = 16 S = 32 Se = 74.9
F = 19 Cl = 35.5 Br = 80
Li = 7 Na = 23 K = 39 Rb = 85.4
Ca = 40 Sr = 87.6
(a) Mendeleev listed the elements in order of their atomic masses.
What determines the order of the elements in the modern Periodic Table?
...................................................................................................................................... [1]
(b) Mendeleev predicted the properties of the undiscovered element X. You will find element
X in the table above.
Study the pattern in which the elements are arranged in the table above. Deduce to
which Group in the modern Periodic Table element X belongs.
...................................................................................................................................... [1]
(c) Describe two other differences between Mendeleev’s original Periodic Table and the
modern Periodic Table.
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................... [2]
© UCLES 2010 5070/21/O/N/10
(d) Iron, cobalt and nickel have similar properties. For

Examiner’s
(i) State the name of the block of elements in the modern Periodic Table which includes Use
iron, cobalt and nickel.
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
(ii) Iron reacts with dilute hydrochloric acid.
Fe(s) + 2HCl (aq) FeCl2 (aq) + H2(g)
Use ideas about particles to describe and explain the effect of temperature on the
speed of this reaction.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [2]
(e) Lithium, sodium and potassium are elements which show a trend in melting points and
reaction with water.
(i) Describe the trend in the reaction of these elements with water.
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
(ii) Write an equation for the reaction of sodium with water.
[1]
(iii) The melting points of lithium, sodium and potassium are:
lithium 181 oC
sodium 98 oC
potassium 63 oC
Predict the melting point of rubidium.
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
[Total: 10]

10
B7 The table shows the boiling points of the first four members of the alkane homologous series. For
It also shows the enthalpy changes when these alkanes undergo complete combustion. Examiner’s
Use
enthalpy change of
alkane boiling point /oC
combustion /kJ per mole
methane – 161 – 890
ethane – 88 –1560
propane – 42 –2219
butane 0 –2877
(a) State two characteristics of a homologous series.
..........................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................... [2]
(b) Pentane is the next member of the alkane homologous series.
(i) Give the molecular formula of pentane.
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
(ii) Predict the boiling point of pentane.
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
(c) (i) What information in the table tells you that the combustion of alkanes is
exothermic?
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
(ii) In terms of bond making and bond breaking, explain why the combustion of alkanes
is exothermic.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [2]
© UCLES 2010 5070/21/O/N/10

11
(iii) The difference in the enthalpy change of combustion from one alkane to the next is For
approximately the same. Suggest why. Examiner’s
Use
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [2]
(d) Methane is an atmospheric pollutant. Give one source of this pollutant.
...................................................................................................................................... [1]
[Total: 10]

12
B8 Proteins are naturally occurring macromolecules. For

Examiner’s
Use
(a) (i) What do you understand by the term macromolecule?
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
(ii) Name another naturally occurring macromolecule.
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
(b) Proteins can be hydrolysed to amino acids.
State a suitable reagent and condition for this hydrolysis.
reagent..............................................................................................................................
condition ....................................................................................................................... [2]
(c) The amino acids can be identified by paper chromatography.
Describe, with the aid of a labelled diagram, how paper chromatography can be used to
identify particular amino acids.
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................... [4]
© UCLES 2010 5070/21/O/N/10

13
(d) The structure of a section of a protein can be represented as: For

Examiner’s
H H H Use
N C N C N C
O O O
(i) Describe one similarity in the structure of a protein and the structure of nylon.
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
(ii) Describe one way in which the structure of a protein differs from the structure of
nylon.
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
[Total: 10]

14
B9 Phosphine, PH3, is a gas which has a smell of garlic. It is formed when white phosphorus is For
warmed with aqueous sodium hydroxide. Examiner’s
Use
4P + 3NaOH + 3H2O PH3 + 3NaH2PO2
(a) Draw a ‘dot-and-cross’ diagram for phosphine.
Show only the outer electrons.
[1]
(b) (i) Calculate the maximum mass of phosphine formed when 1.86 g of phosphorus
reacts with excess aqueous sodium hydroxide.
[2]
(ii) Calculate the volume of phosphine formed from 1.86 g of phosphorus at r.t.p.
[1]
(c) Phosphine decomposes into its elements on warming. Write an equation for this
reaction.
...................................................................................................................................... [2]
© UCLES 2010 5070/21/O/N/10

15
(d) Phosphine reacts with hydrogen iodide to form the salt phosphonium iodide, PH4I. For
Examiner’s
Phosphonium salts react in a similar way to ammonium salts when warmed with aqueous Use
sodium hydroxide.
(i) Write an equation for the reaction of phosphonium iodide with aqueous sodium
hydroxide.
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
(ii) What should you notice when sodium hydroxide is warmed with phosphonium
iodide?
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
(e) Phosphine is formed when water reacts with calcium phosphide, Ca3P2.
Calcium phosphide is an ionic compound.
(i) Write the formula for the phosphide ion.
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
(ii) Predict one physical property of calcium phosphide.
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
[Total: 10]
© UCLES 2010 5070/21/O/N/10

DATA SHEET
The Periodic Table of the Elements
© UCLES 2010
Group
I II III IV V VI VII 0
1 4
H He
Hydrogen Helium
1 2
7 9 11 12 14 16 19 20
Li Be B C N O F Ne
Lithium Beryllium Boron Carbon Nitrogen Oxygen Fluorine Neon
3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
23 24 27 28 31 32 35.5 40
Na Mg Al Si P S Cl Ar
Sodium Magnesium Aluminium Silicon Phosphorus Sulfur Chlorine Argon
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
39 40 45 48 51 52 55 56 59 59 64 65 70 73 75 79 80 84
K Ca Sc Ti V Cr Mn Fe Co Ni Cu Zn Ga Ge As Se Br Kr
Potassium Calcium Scandium Titanium Vanadium Chromium Manganese Iron Cobalt Nickel Copper Zinc Gallium Germanium Arsenic Selenium Bromine Krypton
19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36
20
85 88 89 91 93 96 101 103 106 108 112 115 119 122 128 127 131
Rb Sr Y Zr Nb Mo Tc Ru Rh Pd Ag Cd In Sn Sb Te I Xe
5070/21/O/N/10
Rubidium Strontium Yttrium Zirconium Niobium Molybdenum Technetium Ruthenium Rhodium Palladium Silver Cadmium Indium Tin Antimony Tellurium Iodine Xenon
37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54
133 137 139 178 181 184 186 190 192 195 197 201 204 207 209 209 210 222
Cs Ba La Hf Ta W Re Os Ir Pt Au Hg Tl Pb Bi Po At Rn
Caesium Barium Lanthanum Hafnium Tantalum Tungsten Rhenium Osmium Iridium Platinum Gold Mercury Thallium Lead Bismuth Polonium Astatine Radon
55 56 57 * 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86
223 226 227
Fr Ra Ac
Francium Radium Actinium
87 88 89 †
140 141 144 147 150 152 157 159 162 165 167 169 173 175
* 58–71 Lanthanoid series
† 90–103 Actinoid series Ce Pr Nd Pm Sm Eu Gd Tb Dy Ho Er Tm Yb Lu
Cerium Praseodymium Neodymium Promethium Samarium Europium Gadolinium Terbium Dysprosium Holmium Erbium Thulium Ytterbium Lutetium
58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71
a a = relative atomic mass 232 231 238 237 244 243 247 247 251 252 257 258 259 260
Key X X = atomic symbol Th Pa U Np Pu Am Cm Bk Cf Es Fm Md No Lr
Thorium Protactinium Uranium Neptunium Plutonium Americium Curium Berkelium Californium Einsteinium Fermium Mendelevium Nobelium Lawrencium
b b = atomic (proton) number 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103
The volume of one mole of any gas is 24 dm3 at room temperature and pressure (r.t.p.).

GCE Ordinary Level
MARK SCHEME for the October/November 2010 question paper

for the guidance of teachers
5070 CHEMISTRY
5070/21 Paper 2 (Theory), maximum raw mark 75
This mark scheme is published as an aid to teachers and candidates, to indicate the requirements of
the examination. It shows the basis on which Examiners were instructed to award marks. It does not
indicate the details of the discussions that took place at an Examiners’ meeting before marking began,
which would have considered the acceptability of alternative answers.
Mark schemes must be read in conjunction with the question papers and the report on the
examination.
• CIE will not enter into discussions or correspondence in connection with these mark schemes.
CIE is publishing the mark schemes for the October/November 2010 question papers for most IGCSE,
GCE Advanced Level and Advanced Subsidiary Level syllabuses and some Ordinary Level
syllabuses.
Page 2 Mark Scheme: Teachers’ version Syllabus Paper

GCE O LEVEL – October/November 2010 5070 21
A1 (a) (i) D [1]
(ii) A [1]
(iii) E [1]
(iv) B [1]
(v) F [1]
(vi) C [1]
(b) Propanol / propan-2-ol (1) [1]
[Total: 7]
A2 (a) Ga (1)
IGNORE: lack of atomic and nucleon number [1]
(b) Ni and Mn (1)

IGNORE: lack of charge [1]
(c) 23 (1) [1]
(d) 2,8,8 (1)

ALLOW: 1s22s22p63s23p6
IGNORE: any charge shown [1]
(e) (i) regular arrangement of particles in rows (minimum 2 rows of 4 atoms) (1)
at least 2 different sized particles arranged in the structure (1)
Mark independently
ALLOW: either atoms or ions [2]
(ii) any suitable use e.g. catalyst for margarine manufacture (1)
manufacture of margarine or hydrogenation of alkenes NOT sufficient [1]
(iii) Layers cannot slide (as easily as with pure iron) (1)
because Ni atoms cause irregularities in lattice / ions of different size (1) [2]
[Total: 9]
© UCLES 2010

A3 (a) (i) More carbonyl chloride formed / (reaction) shifts to right (1)
ALLOW: favours the forward reaction
Idea of moving in direction so that concentration of chlorine is lowered (1)
IGNORE: references to rate [2]
(ii) More carbonyl chloride formed / (reaction) shifts to right (1)

ALLOW: favours the forward reaction
Idea of moving in the direction of the fewer number of molecules or moles / idea of
moving to the side with the smaller volume (1)
IGNORE: references to rate [2]
(iii) less carbonyl chloride formed / (reaction) shifts to left (1)

ALLOW: favours the backward reaction
because the (forward reaction) is exothermic / in the direction of the endothermic
reaction (1)
IGNORE: references to right [2]
(b) COCl2 + 4NH3 → (NH2)2CO + 2NH4Cl

Correct formulae (1)
Balancing dependent on formulae (1) [2]
(c) (i) replace nitrogen lost from soil (when plants harvested) / replace essential elements
lost from soil (when plants harvested) / OWTTE / nitrogen converted to protein (for
growth) (1)
increase nutrients is NOT sufficient [1]
(ii) iron catalyst (1)

temperature 450°C (1)
ALLOW: from 400–500°C
pressure 200 atm (1)
ALLOW: from 150–400 atmospheres [3]
[Total: 12]
A4 (a) (i) any two differences

e.g.
• potassium soft + iron hard (1)
ALLOW: iron is harder
• potassium low melting point + iron high melting point (1)
ALLOW: iron has a higher melting point
• potassium not very dense + iron (very) dense (1)
ALLOW: iron is more dense [2]
(ii) any one difference

e.g.
• variable oxidation states (1)
• potassium is more reactive than iron (1)
• potassium reacts with cold water + iron does not (1)
• potassium tarnishes iron does not (1)
• potassium reacts with air at room temperature iron does not (1) [1]
© UCLES 2010

(b) divide by Mr
C = 10.5/12 O = 10/16 H = 0.75/1
C = 0.875 O = 0.625 H = 0.75 (1)
OR
divide by lowest
C = 1.4 O = 1.0 H = 1.2 (1)
statement or indication relating above ratios to empirical formula C7O5H6 (1)
e.g. multiply each by 5 or divide each by 0.2 or 2 (and × by 10) [3]
(c) (i) Ag+ + e– → Ag (1) [1]
(ii) reduction is addition of electrons / silver ion(s) gains electrons (1)

ALLOW: oxidation state of silver changes from 1 to 0
ALLOW: it gains electrons but NOT silver gains electrons [1]
(d) (add aqueous) sodium hydroxide / (add aqueous) ammonia (1)
red brown precipitate (both red brown and ppt needed) (1) dependent on the use of
the correct reagent [2]
[Total: 10]
A5 (a) Two electrodes dipping into aqueous potassium bromide in beaker and at least one
label (1)
NOT: copper electrodes or incorrect electrolyte
external circuit and power source (1) [2]
(b) (i) liquid (around anode) goes brown (1)

ALLOW: brown fumes (around anode) [1]
(ii) test: lighted splint (1)

result: pops / explodes / squeaks (1)
result is dependent on correct test [2]
(iii) 2H+ + 2e– → H2 (1) [1]
(iv) potassium is higher in the discharge series / potassium is higher in the reactivity
series (than hydrogen) / potassium is higher (than hydrogen) in the
electrochemical series (1)
ALLOW: potassium is more reactive than hydrogen [1]
[Total: 7]
© UCLES 2010

B6 (a) atomic number / number of protons (1) [1]
(b) 3 / III (1) [1]
(c) any two differences

e.g.
• groups are horizontal in old table (1)
• noble gases not present in old table (1)
• hydrogen and lithium in same period (or column) (1)
• groups don’t start with Group I (1)
• zinc appears in same group as magnesium (1)
• magnesium and calcium in same period (in old table) (1)
• old table does not include actinides / does not include lanthanides / transition
elements / old table has more elements (1) [2]
(d) (i) transition elements (1)

ALLOW: d-block [1]
(ii) increasing temperature increases speed of reaction (1)
particles collide with greater frequency / particles collide more often / more
successful collisions / more energetic collisions (1) [2]
(e) (i) more reactive in order Li, Na, K / more reactive down the Group (1) [1]
(ii) 2Na + 2H2O → 2NaOH + H2

ALLOW: any correct multiples including fractions [1]
(iii) any value between 20–55°C (actual = 39°C) (1) [1]
[Total: 10]
B7 (a) any two from:

• has a general (molecular) formula (1)
• consecutive members differ by CH2 (1)
• have similar or the same chemical properties (1)
ALLOW: can be prepared by same or similar methods
• have same functional group (1)
• physical properties change in predictable way (1)
ALLOW: example of change in physical property [2]
(b) (i) C5H12 (1) [1]
(ii) Any value between 23–47 (actual = 36°C) (1) [1]
© UCLES 2010

(c) (i) enthalpy change is negative (1) [1]
(ii) Bond breaking is endothermic and bond making exothermic / heat needed to break
bonds and heat given out when bonds form (1)
but
Energy given out when new bonds formed greater than energy absorbed in
breaking bonds (2) [2]
(iii) Any two from:

• difference in CH2 in successive members (1)
• extra bonds broken are the same each time (1)
• extra ones made are the same (1) [2]
(d) Marshes / flatulence in animals or as result of bacteria or digestion in animals / paddy

fields / decomposition in landfill sites (1)
ALLOW: melting of permafrost / decay of organic material
IGNORE: natural gas [1]
[Total: 10]
B8 (a) (i) Giant covalent structures (of atoms) / very long chained molecules (1) [1]
(ii) any suitable named or generically named macromolecule (1)

e.g. polysaccharides / starch / cellulose / DNA / RNA
ALLOW: fats / (large) carbohydrates [1]
(b) (concentrated) hydrochloric acid (1)

NOT: sulfuric / nitric acid
ALLOW: enzyme protease
Heat / reflux (1) dependent on the correct reagent

ALLOW: any value between 20–40°C for an enzyme [2]
(c) any two from:

• base of chromatography paper in solvent (1)
• spot of amino acids on base line (1)
• let the solvent run up paper (1)
AND
spray with locating agent (1)
Measure Rf values (1) [4]
(d) (i) Both have amide linkage / CONH link or group (1) [1]
(ii) Has many different side groups / only one carbon between each amide linkage /
has more than two monomers (1)
Different monomers is NOT sufficient [1]
[Total: 10]
© UCLES 2010

B9 (a) correct electronic structure of three bonding pairs and a lone pair (1) [1]
(b) (i) moles phosphorus = 1.86/31 = 0.06 mol

use of 4:1 ratio so moles phosphine = 0.06/4 = 0.015 mol (1)
mass phosphine = 0.015 × 34 = 0.51 g (1)
ALLOW: ecf from wrong Mr values [2]
(ii) 0.015 × 24 = 0.36 dm3 (1)

ALLOW: ecf from wrong number of moles [1]
(c) 2PH3 → 2P + 3H2

Balancing dependent on correct formulae (1)
ALLOW: equations with correct multiples or P4 [2]
(d) (i) PH4I + NaOH → PH3 + NaI + H2O (1) [1]
(ii) fumes of phosphine / smell of garlic / gas given off / effervescence [1]
(e) (i) P3– (1) [1]
(ii) high melting point / high boiling point / conducts electricity when it dissolves (or
reacts) with water / soluble in water / conducts electricity when molten (1) [1]
[Total: 10]
© UCLES 2010

* 3 0 8 6 6 5 6 9 4 9 *
CHEMISTRY 5070/21
1 hour 30 minutes
Section A
Section B

question. Section A
B6
B7
B8
B9
Total
DC (NF/CGW) 34307/3
Section A For
Examiner’s
A1 Choose from the following list of compounds to answer the questions below.
calcium hydroxide
carbon monoxide
methane
nitrogen dioxide
potassium manganate(VII)
silver nitrate
sulfur dioxide
Each compound can be used once, more than once, or not at all.
Which compound
(a) is used as a bleach in the manufacture of paper,
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
(b) changes from purple to colourless when its acidified solution is used to oxidise ethanol,
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
(c) has an aqueous solution that reacts with aqueous sodium chloride to give a white
precipitate,
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
(d) can be formed by the action of lightning on gases in the atmosphere,
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
(e) is formed by the decay of vegetable matter?
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
[Total: 5]
© UCLES 2011 5070/21/O/N/11

A2 Sodium can react with compounds called crown ethers. For

Examiner’s
(a) A typical crown ether is shown below. Use
H H H H
C C
H H
C O C
H H
H O O H
H C C H
H C C H
H O O H
H H
C O C
H H
C C
H H H H
Write the empirical formula for this crown ether.
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
(b) When sodium reacts with crown ethers it forms Na+ and Na– ions.
Draw the structure of an Na– ion.
Show all the electrons.
[1]

(c) When sodium reacts with water, hydrogen is given off and an alkaline solution is For
formed. Examiner’s
Use
(i) Describe two observations that can be made when sodium reacts with water.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................. [2]
(ii) Write an equation, including state symbols, for the reaction of sodium with water.
............................................................................................................................. [3]
(d) Sodium is an alkali metal. Iron is a transition element.

State the differences between these two metals in terms of
(i) melting point .............................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................. [1]
(ii) density ......................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................. [1]
[Total: 9]
© UCLES 2011 5070/21/O/N/11

A3 Hydrogen peroxide is a colourless liquid. For

Examiner’s
An aqueous solution of hydrogen peroxide reacts with the iodide ions in acidified potassium Use
iodide to form water and iodine.
H2O2(aq) + 2H+(aq) + 2I–(aq) 2H2O(l) + I2(aq)
(a) (i) Explain why iodide ions are acting as the reducing agent in this reaction.
............................................................................................................................. [1]
(ii) What colour change would you observe in this reaction?
............................................................................................................................. [1]
(b) The table shows how the speed of this reaction changes when different concentrations
of potassium iodide and sulfuric acid are used. The hydrogen peroxide is always in
excess and the temperature remains constant.
experiment concentration of concentration of speed of reaction

potassium iodide sulfuric acid in mol / dm3 / s
in mol / dm3 in mol / dm3
1 0.1 0.1 0.00017
2 0.2 0.1 0.00034
3 0.1 0.2 0.00017
4 0.3 0.1 0.00051
5 0.1 0.3 0.00017
Use the information in the table to describe how increasing the concentration of the
following reagents affects the speed of reaction.
potassium iodide ..............................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
sulfuric acid ......................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
(c) Explain, in terms of collisions between reacting particles, why decreasing the temperature
decreases the speed of reaction between hydrogen peroxide and acidified potassium
iodide.
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [2]
(d) Iodine-127 has the symbol 127I.

53 For
Examiner’s
State the number of subatomic particles in an iodide ion 127I –. Use
53
protons .................................
electrons ..............................
neutrons ............................... [2]
[Total: 8]
© UCLES 2011 5070/21/O/N/11

A4 A plant contains the coloured compounds chlorophyll and carotene. For

Examiner’s
(a) The mixture of coloured compounds is extracted with propanone to give a brown Use
solution.
(i) Describe, with the aid of a labelled diagram, how you can show that there is more
than one coloured compound in the brown solution.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................. [3]
(ii) You are given a pure sample of chlorophyll.

How can you show that the brown solution contains chlorophyll?
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................. [2]
(b) In green plants chlorophyll acts as a catalyst in photosynthesis.
(i) Complete the word equation which describes photosynthesis.
.................................. + water ............................. + oxygen [1]
(ii) During one stage in photosynthesis, electrons are removed from water to produce
hydrogen ions and oxygen gas.
............................................................................................................................. [2]

(c) Chlorophyll and carotene can be made in the laboratory from isoprene. For
Examiner’s
Use
CH3
CH2 C CH CH2
isoprene
(i) Isoprene is an unsaturated compound.
What do you understand by the term unsaturated?
............................................................................................................................. [1]
(ii) What would you observe when excess isoprene is added to aqueous bromine?
............................................................................................................................. [1]
(d) In many plants, the alkene ethene promotes the ripening of fruits.
(i) Write the general formula for an alkene.
[1]
(ii) Draw the structure of an alkene containing four carbon atoms.

Show all atoms and bonds.
[1]
(iii) Describe how ethanol can be formed from ethene, stating the necessary reaction
conditions.
..................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................. [2]
[Total: 14]
© UCLES 2011 5070/21/O/N/11

A5 Three types of bonding are covalent, ionic and metallic. For

Examiner’s
(a) (i) Draw a labelled diagram to illustrate metallic bonding. Use
[2]
(ii) Use ideas about the structure of metals to explain why metals are
malleable, .................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................. [1]
good conductors of electricity. ..................................................................................
............................................................................................................................. [1]
(b) Silicon dioxide has a similar structure to diamond.
covalent
bonds
silicon atom
oxygen atom
Suggest why silicon dioxide
does not conduct electricity, .............................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
is hard. .............................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [1]

10
(c) Part of the structure of palladium chloride is shown below. For

Examiner’s
Use
palladium, Pd
chlorine, Cl
Deduce the empirical formula for palladium chloride.
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
(d) Sodium chloride has an ionic structure.

Explain why sodium chloride conducts electricity when molten but does not conduct
electricity when in the solid state.
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [2]
[Total: 9]
© UCLES 2011 5070/21/O/N/11

11
Section B For
Examiner’s
B6 A student prepares some crystals of hydrated sodium sulfate by titrating aqueous sodium
hydroxide with sulfuric acid.
(a) Describe how he can obtain pure dry crystals of sodium sulfate using this method.
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [4]
(b) The student uses 25.0 cm3 of 1.60 mol / dm3 sodium hydroxide to prepare the crystals.
2NaOH(aq) + H2SO4(aq) + 8H2O(l) Na2SO4.10H2O(s)
Calculate the maximum mass of hydrated sodium sulfate crystals that can be formed.
[4]
(c) When hydrated sodium sulfate crystals are heated gently, water is given off.
Describe a chemical test for water.
test ...................................................................................................................................
observation ................................................................................................................. [2]
[Total: 10]

12
B7 The structure of glycollic acid is shown below. For

Examiner’s
Use
H
O
H O C C
O H
H
(a) Name the two functional groups present in glycollic acid.
.............................................................. and .............................................................. [1]
(b) Glycollic acid undergoes similar reactions to ethanoic acid. Complete the equation for
the reaction of glycollic acid with sodium carbonate.
.....HOCH2CO2H + Na2CO3 ................................. + .............. + .............. [2]
(c) Glycollic acid can be prepared from oxalic acid.
CO2H CH2OH
+ 2H2 + H2O
CO2H CO2H
oxalic acid glycollic acid
How does this equation shows that oxalic acid has been reduced?
..........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
(d) Glycollic acid polymerises to form poly(glycollic acid). The diagram shows a section of
this polymer.
O O O
O CH2 C O CH2 C O CH2 C
(i) Is poly(glycollic acid) an addition polymer or a condensation polymer? Give a

reason for your answer.
..................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................. [1]
(ii) Name another polymer with the same linkage as poly(glycollic acid).
............................................................................................................................. [1]
© UCLES 2011 5070/21/O/N/11

13
(e) Poly(glycollic acid) is biodegradable whereas poly(ethene) is non-biodegradable. For

Examiner’s
(i) Suggest two environmental advantages of using biodegradable polymers. Use
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................. [2]
(ii) State one use of poly(ethene).
............................................................................................................................. [1]
(iii) The diagram shows the repeat unit of poly(propene).
CH3 H
C C
H H n
Draw the structure of the monomer used to make poly(propene).
[1]
[Total: 10]

14
B8 Aluminium is extracted from bauxite ore. For

Examiner’s
(a) One stage in purifying bauxite to obtain pure aluminium oxide involves mixing the Use
crushed ore with concentrated aqueous sodium hydroxide. The products of the reaction
are aqueous sodium aluminate, NaAlO2, and water.
(i) What type of oxide is aluminium oxide? Give a reason for your answer.
..................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................. [1]
(ii) Write an equation for the reaction of aluminium oxide with aqueous sodium
hydroxide.
............................................................................................................................. [1]
(iii) The impurities in the ore are insoluble in water.

Suggest how the impurities are separated from the aqueous sodium aluminate.
............................................................................................................................. [1]
(b) Pure aluminium oxide is electrolysed in the presence of cryolite to produce aluminium.
(i) Aluminium forms at the cathode and oxygen at the anode.

Write ionic equations for the reaction at
the cathode ......................................................................................................... [1]
the anode. ............................................................................................................ [2]
(ii) Explain why cryolite is added to the aluminium oxide.
............................................................................................................................. [1]
(c) (i) Aluminium is higher in the metal reactivity series than iron.
Apart from differences in malleability, explain why fizzy drinks cans are made from
aluminium rather than iron.
..................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................. [2]
(ii) Aluminium is often used in the form of alloys.
What do you understand by the term alloy?
..................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................. [1]
[Total: 10]
© UCLES 2011 5070/21/O/N/11

15
B9 Hydrogen fluoride, hydrogen chloride and hydrogen iodide are all acidic gases. For
Examiner’s
(a) A student makes hydrogen chloride by reacting sodium chloride with excess concentrated Use
sulfuric acid at room temperature and pressure.
NaCl + H2SO4 NaHSO4 + HCl
(i) Calculate the maximum volume of hydrogen chloride that can be made from
0.2 moles of sodium chloride at room temperature and pressure.
[1]
(ii) Draw a ‘dot-and-cross’ diagram for hydrogen chloride.

[1]
(b) Hydrogen fluoride is made by heating calcium fluoride, CaF2, with concentrated sulfuric
acid.
Give an equation for this reaction.
..................................................................................................................................... [2]
(c) Hydrogen chloride dissolves in water to form hydrochloric acid. Hydrogen fluoride
dissolves in water to form hydrofluoric acid.
A 0.1 mol / dm3 solution of hydrochloric acid is completely ionised.
A 0.1 mol / dm3 solution of hydrofluoric acid is only 10% ionised.
Use this information to compare and explain
the strength of each acid, ................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
the pH of each of these solutions. ....................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [2]

16
(d) When hydrogen and iodine are heated in a sealed container an equilibrium is reached For
with the product, hydrogen iodide. Examiner’s
Use
H2(g) + I2(g) 2HI(g) ΔH = – 9.6 kJ / mol
(i) Predict the effect of the following on this equilibrium:
increasing the temperature,
............................................................................................................................. [1]
decreasing the concentration of hydrogen iodide.
............................................................................................................................. [1]
(ii) At 400 °C the equilibrium mixture contains 0.4000 moles of hydrogen, 0.07560 moles
of iodine and 1.344 moles of hydrogen iodide.
Calculate the percentage of iodine molecules, I2, by mass in this equilibrium
mixture.
[2]
[Total: 10]
© UCLES 2011 5070/21/O/N/11

DATA SHEET
© UCLES 2011
Group
1 4
H He
Hydrogen Helium
1 2
7 9 11 12 14 16 19 20
Li Be B C N O F Ne
3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
23 24 27 28 31 32 35.5 40
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
39 40 45 48 51 52 55 56 59 59 64 65 70 73 75 79 80 84
19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36
20
85 88 89 91 93 96 101 103 106 108 112 115 119 122 128 127 131
5070/21/O/N/11
37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54
133 137 139 178 181 184 186 190 192 195 197 201 204 207 209 209 210 222
55 56 57 * 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86
223 226 227
Fr Ra Ac
87 88 89 †
140 141 144 147 150 152 157 159 162 165 167 169 173 175
58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71

GCE Ordinary Level

5070 CHEMISTRY
examination.
• Cambridge will not enter into discussions or correspondence in connection with these mark schemes.
Cambridge is publishing the mark schemes for the October/November 2011 question papers for most
IGCSE, GCE Advanced Level and Advanced Subsidiary Level syllabuses and some Ordinary Level
syllabuses.

Section A
A1 (a) sulfur dioxide (1) [1]
(b) potassium manganate(VII) (1) [1]
(c) silver nitrate (1) [1]
(d) nitrogen dioxide (1) [1]
(e) Methane (1) [1]
[Total: 5]
A2 (a) C2H4O (1) [1]
(b) structure shown or written as 2,8,2 (1) [1]
(c) (i) any two of:

floats/moves over surface (1)
bubbles/effervescence (1)
goes into a ball/melts (1)
gets smaller/eventually forms a colourless solution (1)
yellow/orange flame (1)
IGNORE dissolves [2]
(ii) 2Na(s) + 2H2O(l) → 2NaOH(aq) + H2(g)

correct formulae for reactants and products (1)
balancing (dependent on correct formulae) (1)
correct state symbols (dependent on correct products and reactants) (1)
(d) (i) iron has higher melting point/sodium has lower melting point/iron has high melting
point and sodium low (1) [1]
(ii) iron has higher density/sodium has lower density/iron has high density and sodium
low (1) [1]
[Total: 9]
© University of Cambridge International Examinations 2011


A3 (a) (i) losing electrons (to from iodine)/oxidation number goes from –1 to 0/increasing
their oxidation number/removing oxygen from hydrogen peroxide (1)
ALLOW incorrect decreases or increases in oxidation number providing the change
is the correct direction
ALLOW H2O2 is reduced/H2O2 gains electrons
IGNORE statements repeating what is in the equation e.g. iodide ions goes to
iodine [1]
(ii) colourless to brown (1)

ALLOW yellow/orange-brown/straw coloured [1]
(b) potassium iodide: increase in concentration increases rate (1)

sulfuric acid: no effect (1) [2]
(c) any two of:

particles moving slower at lower temperature or have less energy/ORA (1)
collisions less effective at lower temperature/collisions less successful at lower
temperature/ORA (1)
collisions less frequent at lower temperature/ORA (1)
fewer particles have energy greater than activation energy (1) [2]
(d) protons = 53
electrons = 54
neutrons = 74
all 3 correct (2)

1 or 2 correct (1) [2]
[Total: 8]


A4 (a) (i) chromatography paper dipping in labelled solvent (1)

ALLOW named solvents e.g. propanone/alcohol/water
origin line marked above the solvent level (1)
pigment spot on origin line at start and then separates into more than one
(coloured) spots (1)
All marks can be obtained by writing or from a diagram [3]
(ii) run chromatogram with known sample and the brown solution/mixture (1)
if chlorophyll present it will go up the paper same distance as the known sample/
has same Rf value (1) [2]
(b) (i) carbon dioxide (+ water →) glucose (+ oxygen) (1) [1]
(ii) 2H2O – 2e– → 2H+ + O2/2H2O → 2H+ + O2 + 2e–

correct formulae (including electron) (1)
balancing (1) [2]
(c) (i) contains (C=C) double bonds/can add more hydrogen (1) [1]
(ii) bromine decolourises/goes colourless (1)

IGNORE: goes clear/colour fades/discolourises [1]
(d) (i) CnH2n (1) [1]
(ii) full structure of but-1-ene or but-2-ene drawn (1)

Must show all the atoms and all the bonds
ALLOW structure of 2 -methylpropene [1]
(iii) add steam/water above 100°C (1)

ALLOW hydrated above 100°C
NOT reference to hydrolysis
catalyst/phosphoric acid (1)

ALLOW H3PO4/H2SO4/H+ [2]
[Total: 14]


A5 (a) (i) Positive ions in regular layers (1) positive ions can be shown as circles with + or
labelled as ions NOT atoms
electrons shown interspersed between the ions (1) electrons can be shown in
diagram as e–/e or – or dots labelled electron [2]
positive ion
electron
(ii) malleable: idea of layers sliding when force applied (1)

conducts: electrons can move/the sea of electrons/the delocalised electrons/free
electrons (1) [2]
(b) no free electrons/no mobile electrons/all electrons involved in bonding/no delocalised

electrons/no sea of electrons (1)
strong bonding throughout the whole structure/covalent bonding throughout the whole
structure/idea of many strong bonds (1)
NOT ionic bonds [2]
(c) PdCl2 (1) [1]
(d) in solid ions not free to move (1)

when molten ions free to move (1)
ALLOW ions only free to move when molten (2) [2]
[Total: 9]


Section B
B6 (a) do titration with (indicator) to find end point/do titration (with indicator) to find volume of
acid or alkali needed to neutralise (1)
titrate again without indicator using same volume as before (1)
evaporate solution to crystallisation point/leave to form crystals (1)
filter off crystals/pick out crystals and dry with filter paper (1) [4]
25
(b) moles NaOH = 1.6 × /0.04 mol (1)
1000
0.04
moles hydrates sodium sulfate = /0.02 (1)
2
molar mass of sodium sulfate calculated = 322 (1)
mass sodium sulfate = 0.02 × 322 = 6.44g (1) [4]
(c) Anhydrous copper sulfate/white copper sulfate (1)

turns (from white) to blue (1)
OR
Anhydrous cobalt chloride/blue cobalt chloride (1)
turns (from blue) to pink (1) [2]
[Total: 10]


B7 (a) alcohol and carboxylic acid (1) [1]
(b) products: HOCH2COONa + CO2 + H2O (1)

balancing 2HOCH2COOH and 2HOCH2COONa (1) [2]
(c) oxygen has been removed from oxalic acid/hydrogen has been added to oxalic acid (1)
ALLOW oxidation number of carbon decreases [1]
(d) (i) condensation polymer because water has been removed (when it is
made)/monomer does not have a carbon-carbon double bond/has ester linkage
(formed by condensation)/can be hydrolysed (1) [1]
(ii) Polyester/named polyester (1) [1]
(e) (i) any two of:

less litter (1)
small mammals or birds not trapped or harmed (1)
less landfill (1) ALLOW less or no land pollution
fewer poisonous fumes since not burnt (1) [2]
(ii) any suitable e.g. plastic bags (1) [1]
(iii)
CH3 H
C C
H H
(1)
ALLOW CH3CH=CH2 [1]
[Total: 10]


B8 (a) (i) amphoteric oxide because it react both with acids and bases/amphoteric because it
reacts as both an acid and a base (1) [1]
(ii) Al2O3 + 2NaOH → 2NaAlO2 + H2O (1)

ALLOW other equations making NaAl(OH)4 or NaAl(OH)6 [1]
(iii) Filtration (1) [1]
(b) (i) cathode: Al 3+ + 3e– → Al (1)

anode: 2O2– → O2 + 4e–
correct symbols and formulae including electron (1)
balancing (1) [3]
(ii) to dissolve the aluminium oxide/to lower the melting point of the mixture (1) [1]
(c) (i) Any two from:

aluminium (apparently) unreactive/does not corrode (1)
IGNORE aluminium does not rust
because of oxide layer (1)
acid in drink could react with iron/acid in drink doesn’t react with aluminium (1) [2]
(ii) mixture of metals or a metal with a non-metal (1) [1]
[Total: 10]
B9 (a) (i) 0.2 × 24 = 4.8 dm3/4800 cm3 (unit needed) (1) [1]
(ii) correct ‘dot-and-cross’ diagram for HCl (1) [1]
(b) CaF2 + H2SO4 → CaSO4 + 2HF

correct formulae (1)
balancing (1) [2]
(c) HCl is strong and HF is weak(ish)/HCl is stronger than HF (1) ALLOW ORA
pH HCl = 1 (allow 0-2) and HF = 3–6/HCl has a lower pH than HF (1)
or
reference to greater concentration of hydrogen ions in HCl than in HF (1) [2]
(d) (i) increasing temperature: reaction goes to left/more reactants (1)

decreasing conc of HI: reaction to the right/more HI formed (1) [2]
(ii) masses: H2 = 0.8 (2 × 0.4), I2 = 19.2 (254 × 0.0756) and HI = 172.0 (128 × 1.344)
(1)
% I2 = 19.2/(0.8 + 19.2 + 172) = 10 % (1) [2]
[Total: 10]


* 6 5 6 5 2 8 9 2 9 3 *
CHEMISTRY 5070/21
1 hour 30 minutes
Section A
Section B

question. Section A
B7
B8
B9
B10
Total
DC (NF/CGW) 42386/2
Section A For
Examiner’s
A1 (a) Define the term element.
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
(b) Choose from the following elements to answer the questions below.
aluminium
argon
bromine
gallium
helium
hydrogen
magnesium
nitrogen
oxygen
sodium
Each element can be used once, more than once or not at all.
Which element
(i) is in Group III and Period 4 of the Periodic Table, ............................................... [1]
(ii) has atoms with 8 electrons in their outer shell, ................................................... [1]
(iii) is a liquid at room temperature, ........................................................................... [1]
(iv) reduces unsaturated vegetable oils to form a solid product, ............................... [1]
(v) forms an ionic chloride with the formula XCl 2, .................................................... [1]
(vi) is used in light bulbs? .......................................................................................... [1]
© UCLES 2012 5070/21/O/N/12

(c) Draw the electronic structure of an aluminium atom. For

Examiner’s
Use
[1]
[Total: 8]

A2 Steel is more resistant to corrosion than iron. For

Examiner’s
(a) What are the essential conditions for the corrosion of iron? Use
..........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
(b) Ships’ hulls can be prevented from corroding by attaching pieces of magnesium to them.
Explain why this prevents the hulls from corroding.
..........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [2]
(c) Steel is an alloy.

Explain the meaning of the term alloy.
..........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
(d) Samples of iron were placed in aqueous solutions having different pH values.
The table shows how the speed of corrosion of iron varies with the pH of the solution.
speed of
corrosion / cm 0.043 0.029 0.012 0.010 0.010 0.010 0.009 0.006
per year
pH 2 3 4 5 6 8 10 12
Describe how pH affects the speed of corrosion of iron.
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [2]
[Total: 6]
© UCLES 2012 5070/21/O/N/12

A3 The table below shows both the formulae and boiling points of the first five members of the For
alcohol homologous series. Examiner’s
Use
alcohol formula boiling point

/ °C
methanol CH3OH 65
ethanol C2H5OH 79
propanol C3H7OH 98
butanol C4H9OH 117
pentanol C5H11OH 138
(a) (i) Deduce the formula of the sixth member of the alcohol homologous series.
............................................................................................................................. [1]
(ii) Predict the boiling point of this alcohol.
............................................................................................................................. [1]
(b) Ethanol can be made industrially by fermentation.

Describe one other method of making ethanol industrially, stating the conditions required
for the reaction.
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [3]
(c) (i) Ethanol can be oxidised to ethanoic acid by atmospheric oxygen.

Name one other suitable oxidising agent which can be used.
............................................................................................................................. [1]
(ii) Propanol can be oxidised to propanoic acid.

Draw the structure for propanoic acid.
[1]
[Total: 7]

A4 Water from natural sources, such as lakes and rivers, contains many dissolved substances. For
Examiner’s
(a) Name two dissolved substances that occur naturally in unpolluted water from lakes and Use
rivers.
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
(b) Pollution in lakes and rivers can be caused by leaching of fertilisers from farmland.
This can cause eutrophication.
(i) Name two ions present in fertilisers which cause eutrophication.
............................................................................................................................. [2]
(ii) Describe the essential stages in eutrophication.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................. [4]
[Total: 7]
© UCLES 2012 5070/21/O/N/12

A5 The diagram below shows the apparatus used to electrolyse aqueous sodium hydroxide in For
the laboratory. Examiner’s
Use
oxygen
hydrogen
concentrated aqueous
sodium hydroxide
– +
power pack
Electrolysis of the aqueous sodium hydroxide, results in the formation of hydrogen at the
cathode (negative electrode) and oxygen at the anode (positive electrode).
(a) Complete the equation for the formation of oxygen at the anode.
......OH– O2 + ......H2O + ............ [1]
(b) (i) When the power pack is replaced by a voltmeter, the apparatus acts like a fuel cell.
The left hand electrode in the diagram becomes the negative pole of the cell and
the right hand electrode becomes the positive pole.
State the direction of the electron flow in the external circuit.

Give a reason for your answer.
..................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................. [1]
(ii) In this fuel cell, hydrogen reacts with aqueous hydroxide ions to form water.
Construct an equation for this reaction.
[1]
(c) (i) Suggest two advantages of using a fuel cell rather than petrol to power a car.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................. [2]
(ii) Suggest one disadvantage of fuel cells.
............................................................................................................................. [1]
[Total: 6]
A6 A flow diagram for the manufacture of sulfuric acid is shown below. For
Examiner’s
Use
liquid
sulfur 98% sulfuric acid
sulfur sulfur
sulfur dioxide trioxide water
air converter absorber
burner + air sulfuric acid
99.5% sulfuric acid
(a) In the sulfur burner, a spray of molten sulfur is burned in a furnace.

Construct an equation for this reaction. Include state symbols.
[1]
(b) In the converter, the following reaction occurs:
2SO2(g) + O2(g) 2SO3(g) ΔH = –197 kJ / mol
The yield of SO3 is 95% at 450 °C and atmospheric pressure.
(i) Name the catalyst used in this reaction.
............................................................................................................................. [1]
(ii) Explain why increasing the pressure shifts the position of equilibrium further to the
right.
............................................................................................................................. [1]
(iii) Explain why the reaction is carried out at atmospheric pressure even though an
increase in pressure shifts the position of equilibrium further to the right.
............................................................................................................................. [1]
(iv) Explain why the reaction is carried out at 450 °C and not at a higher or lower
temperature.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................. [3]
© UCLES 2012 5070/21/O/N/12

(c) Sulfuric acid is formed from sulfur trioxide in two stages. For
Firstly, the sulfur trioxide, SO3, is absorbed in concentrated sulfuric acid to form oleum, Examiner’s
H2S2O7. Use
SO3 + H2SO4 H2S2O7
The oleum is then mixed with water to form sulfuric acid.

[1]
(d) Aqueous sulfuric acid is titrated with aqueous sodium hydroxide.
H2SO4 + 2NaOH Na2SO4 + 2H2O
It requires 28.0 cm3 of 0.100 mol / dm3 aqueous sodium hydroxide to neutralise 9.50 cm3
of sulfuric acid.
Calculate the concentration, in mol / dm3, of the aqueous sulfuric acid.
Give your answer to 3 significant figures.
concentration of the aqueous sulfuric acid ................................. mol / dm3 [3]
[Total: 11]

10
Section B For
Examiner’s
B7 Tin is a metal in Group IV of the Periodic Table.
(a) Draw a labelled diagram to show the structure of a metal.
[2]
(b) Explain why metals
(i) conduct electricity, ....................................................................................................
(ii) are malleable. ...........................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................. [2]
(c) At high temperatures, tin reacts with steam to form tin(II) oxide, SnO, and one other
product.
This reaction is reversible.
The other product is a gas which gives a ‘pop’ with a lighted splint.
(i) Construct an equation for this reaction.
[1]
(ii) Tin(II) oxide is an amphoteric oxide.

Explain the meaning of the term amphoteric oxide.
............................................................................................................................. [1]
(d) (i) Concentrated nitric acid reacts with tin to form tin(IV) oxide, SnO2, nitrogen dioxide
and water.
[1]
© UCLES 2012 5070/21/O/N/12

11
(ii) Nitric acid contains nitrate ions. For

Describe a test for nitrate ions. Examiner’s
Give the result of a positive test. Use
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................. [3]
[Total: 10]

12
B8 Petroleum is separated into fractions by fractional distillation. For

Examiner’s
(a) Explain how fractional distillation separates petroleum into different fractions. Use
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [3]
(b) The refinery gas fraction contains the first four members of the alkane homologous
series.
(i) Explain the meaning of the term homologous series.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................. [2]
(ii) Draw the structure, showing all atoms and bonds, of the two isomers of butane, the
fourth member of the alkane homologous series.
[2]
(c) Construct an equation for the complete combustion of hexane, C6H14.
[1]
© UCLES 2012 5070/21/O/N/12

13
(d) When long-chained alkanes are cracked in an oil refinery, shorter-chained alkanes and For
alkenes are formed. Examiner’s
Use
(i) Explain why the process of cracking needs to be carried out.
..................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................. [1]
(ii) Describe a chemical test to distinguish between an alkane and an alkene.
test ...........................................................................................................................
result ................................................................................................................... [1]
[Total: 10]

14
B9 (a) Define the term relative atomic mass. For

Examiner’s
.......................................................................................................................................... Use
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
(b) The relative atomic mass of magnesium can be determined in the laboratory by finding
the volume of hydrogen given off when magnesium reacts with hydrochloric acid.
Mg + 2HCl MgCl 2 + H2
0.036 g of magnesium reacts at room temperature and pressure with excess hydrochloric
acid to produce 36 cm3 of hydrogen.
1 mole of any gas at room temperature and pressure occupies 24 dm3.
Show by calculation that the relative atomic mass of magnesium is 24.
[3]
(c) Magnesium reacts with oxygen in the air to form magnesium oxide.
2Mg + O2 2MgO
(i) If the yield of the reaction is 75% calculate the mass of magnesium oxide formed
when 12 kg of magnesium burns in excess air.
[2]
(ii) Magnesium nitride is also formed when magnesium burns in air.

Magnesium nitride is an ionic compound.
Deduce the formula for magnesium nitride.
............................................................................................................................. [1]
© UCLES 2012 5070/21/O/N/12

15
(d) When magnesium is heated with silicon, magnesium silicide, Mg2Si, is formed. For
Magnesium silicide reacts with water to form silane, SiH4, and magnesium oxide. Examiner’s
Use
(i) Construct an equation for the reaction of magnesium silicide with water.
[1]
(ii) Silane has a structure similar to methane.

Draw a ‘dot-and-cross’ diagram for silane.
Show only the outer shell electrons.
[1]
(iii) Silane reacts with oxygen to form silicon dioxide and water.
[1]
[Total: 10]

16
B10 Limestone consists mainly of the compound calcium carbonate. For

Examiner’s
(a) Explain why limestone is used in the blast furnace for the extraction of iron. Use
Include any relevant equations in your answer.
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [3]
(b) Group II carbonates decompose on heating.

The temperatures at which some Group II carbonates decompose are given in the table
below.
Group II carbonate decomposition temperature

/ °C
barium carbonate 1360
calcium carbonate 900
magnesium carbonate 540
strontium carbonate 1280
(i) Which one of these carbonates is least likely to decompose on heating?
............................................................................................................................. [1]
(ii) Describe how the thermal stability of these carbonates changes with the reactivity
of the metal.
............................................................................................................................. [1]
© UCLES 2012 5070/21/O/N/12

17
(c) The speed of reaction of calcium carbonate with hydrochloric acid can be calculated by For
measuring the volume of gas given off at various time intervals. Examiner’s
Use
(i) Draw a labelled diagram of the apparatus you could use to follow the course of this
reaction.
[2]
(ii) State and explain the effect of the following on the volume of a fixed mass of gas
• increasing the pressure,
• increasing the temperature.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................. [3]
[Total: 10]
© UCLES 2012 5070/21/O/N/12

DATA SHEET
© UCLES 2012
Group
1 4
H He
Hydrogen Helium
1 2
7 9 11 12 14 16 19 20
Li Be B C N O F Ne
3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
23 24 27 28 31 32 35.5 40
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
39 40 45 48 51 52 55 56 59 59 64 65 70 73 75 79 80 84
19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36
20
85 88 89 91 93 96 101 103 106 108 112 115 119 122 128 127 131
5070/21/O/N/12
37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54
133 137 139 178 181 184 186 190 192 195 197 201 204 207 209 209 210 222
55 56 57 * 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86
223 226 227
Fr Ra Ac
87 88 89 †
140 141 144 147 150 152 157 159 162 165 167 169 173 175
58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71
CAMBRIDGE INTERNATIONAL EXAMINATIONS

GCE Ordinary Level
MARK SCHEME for the October/November 2012 series
5070 CHEMISTRY
Mark schemes should be read in conjunction with the question paper and the Principal Examiner
Report for Teachers.
Cambridge will not enter into discussions about these mark schemes.
Cambridge is publishing the mark schemes for the October/November 2012 series for most IGCSE,
GCE Advanced Level and Advanced Subsidiary Level components and some Ordinary Level
components.
Page 2 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper

A1 (a) (substance containing) only one type of atom / substance which cannot be broken down
to any other substance [1]
(b) (i) gallium/Ga [1]
(ii) argon/Ar [1]
(iii) bromine/Br/Br2 [1]
(iv) hydrogen/H/H2 [1]
(v) magnesium/Mg [1]
(vi) argon/Ar [1]
(c) 2,8,3 [1]
[Total: 8]
A2 (a) oxygen/air and water
ALLOW moist air/damp oxygen [1]
(b) magnesium is more reactive than iron (1)
magnesium loses electrons rather than iron/magnesium corrodes instead of iron (1) [2]
(c) mixture of metals / mixture of metal and non metal [1]
(d) the higher the pH the less the corrosion/the lower the pH the higher the corrosion (1)
between pH 5 and 8 there is no difference in corrosion rate (1)
Note: answer must make specific reference to pH rather than acid, acidic, alkali or
alkaline [2]
[Total: 6]
© Cambridge International Examinations 2012


A3 (a) (i) C6H13OH [1]
(ii) any value between 157 and 160 (°C) (actual is 158 °C) [1]
(b) addition of steam to ethene (1)
high temperature (1)
ALLOW 200 – 400 °C
catalyst/suitable named catalyst (1)
ALLOW H3PO4/H2SO4/H+/acid [3]
(c) (i) any suitable e.g. (acidified) potassium dichromate/(acidified) potassium

manganate(VII) [1]
(ii) correct structure of propanoic acid
O
H
H C
C OH
C
H H
H
ALLOW OH rather than O—H

ALLOW condensed formulae such as CH3CH2COOH [1]
[Total: 7]


A4 (a) any two from
mineral/named soluble mineral (1)

oxygen (1)
organic matter (1)
ALLOW nitrogen/CO2 [1]
(b) (i) nitrate (1)

phosphate (1) [2]
(ii) any four from
algal bloom/excessive growth of algae (1)

algae block off sunlight (1)
plants in water die (1)
(anaerobic) bacteria multiply (1)
(anaerobic) bacteria use up oxygen (1)
most living organisms in rivers die (1) [4]
[Total: 7]


A5 (a) 4OH– → 2H2O + 4e– [1]
(b) (i) correct direction because electrons are released at the negative pole or cell
anode/there is a higher electron density on the hydrogen electrode/the reaction
at the negative pole is an oxidation reaction [1]
(ii) H2 + 2OH– → 2H2O + 2e– [1]
(c) any two from
water is the only product/water made is non-polluting (1)
ALLOW petrol engine produces carbon dioxide which causes pollution/petrol engine
produces carbon monoxide which causes pollution
produce more energy per gram of fuel (1)
ALLOW has a higher energy density
they are lighter in weight (1)
they do not need recharging (1)
they are more efficient/not so many steps in transferring energy (1)
hydrogen can be a renewable fuel (1)
ALLOW petrol is a non-renewable fuel [2]
(d) storage problems with hydrogen / hydrogen (potentially) explosive / strong tanks
needed for storage of (liquefied) gases / hydrogen and oxygen extracted using fossil
fuels [1]
[Total: 6]


A6 (a) S(l) + O2(g) → SO2(g) [1]
(b) (i) vanadium(V) oxide/vanadium pentoxide [1]
(ii) more molecules on the left/more moles of gas on the left/less volume on the right [1]
(iii) any one from
equilibrium already well to the right (1)
high yield of sulfur trioxide without increasing pressure (1)
increase in pressure would be expensive (for marginal increased yield) (1)
greater corrosion of converter vessel at higher pressure (1) [1]
(iv) reaction exothermic (1)
higher temperatures would shift reaction in favour of the reactants (1)
at lower temperatures rate of reaction is slower (1) [3]
(c) H2S2O7 + H2O → 2H2SO4 [1]
28
(d) moles NaOH = 0.1 × = 2.8 × 10–3 mol (1)
1000
moles H2SO4 = ½ value of that in first stage (1.4 × 10–3 mol)/correct use of the mole
ratio (1)
1000
concentration of H2SO4 = (1.4 × 10-3 × ) = 0.147 (mol/dm3) (1)
9.5
(mark is for correct answer) [3]
[Total: 11]


B7 (a) positive ions close to each other in a regular arrangement (1)
electrons between the positive ions randomly arranged (1) [2]
(b) (i) electrons are delocalised/electrons free to move (1)
(ii) layers slide over each other (when a force is applied) (1) [2]
(c) (i) Sn + H2O SnO + H2
the equilibrium sign must be present to gain the mark [1]
(ii) oxide which reacts with acids as bases [1]
(d) (i) Sn + 4HNO3 → SnO2 + 4NO2 + 2H2O [1]
(ii) add (concentrated aqueous) sodium hydroxide and aluminium foil (1)
ALLOW add sodium hydroxide and Devarda’s alloy
warm and test gas with red litmus paper (1)
(red) litmus turns blue/ammonia produced (1)
ALLOW the brown-ring test [3]
[Total: 10]


B8 (a) any three from
idea that fractions separate because they have different boiling points (1)
temperature higher at bottom of column than at top (1)
molecules move up column so heavier ones at the bottom/lighter ones at top / larger
ones at bottom/smaller ones at top (1)
larger molecules have higher boiling points / smaller molecules have lower boiling
points (1)
molecules condense when temperature in column falls below boiling point (1) [3]
(b) (i) any two from
group of similar organic compounds with
same functional group (1)
same general formula (1)
ALLOW each member varies by a CH2 group
similar chemical properties (1)
ALLOW same chemical properties
trend in physical properties (1) [2]
(ii) correct displayed formula for butane (1)
correct displayed formula for methylpropane (1)
H H H
H C C C H
H H H H H H
H C C C C H H C H
H H H H H
DO NOT ALLOW condensed structural formulae [2]
(c) C6H14 + 9½O2 → 6CO2 + 7H2O
ALLOW correct multiples of this equation [1]


(d) (i) to produce more petrol/because the demand for petrol is greater than the supply
ALLOW short chained alkanes are in higher demand

ALLOW alkenes can be used to make polymers [1]
(ii) bromine water goes colourless with alkene/aqueous bromine decolourised with
alkene [1]
[Total: 10]
B9 (a) mass of an atom compared to one atom of carbon-12 [1]
36
(b) moles hydrogen = = 1.5 × 10–3 mol (1)
24000
moles magnesium = 1.5 × 10–3 mol (1)
0.036 × 1
atomic mass of Mg = (1)
1.5 × 10 −3
no marks for answer alone without working [3]
(c) (i) 24 g Mg → 40 g MgO
12 kg Mg → 20 kg MgO (1)
for 75% yield = 15 kg (1)
ALLOW ECF from one incorrect atomic mass [2]
(ii) Mg3N2 [1]
(d) (i) Mg2S + 2H2O → SiH4 + 2MgO [1]
(ii) correct dots and cross diagram similar to that of methane [1]
(iii) SiH4 + 2O2 → SiO2 + 2H2O [1]
[Total: 10]


B10 (a) any three from
to remove impurities in the ore as slag (1)
calcium carbonate decomposes to calcium oxide/CaCO3 → CaO + CO2 (1)
calcium oxide reacts with silicon dioxide/CaO + SiO2 → CaSiO3 (1)
slag is calcium silicate/slag is CaSiO3 (1) [3]
(b) (i) barium carbonate [1]
(ii) the more reactive the metal the more stable the carbonate [1]
(c) (i) suitable apparatus e.g. gas syringe/upturned measuring cylinder (1)
closed system – essentially does the method work (1) [2]
(ii) increasing pressure decreases the volume and increasing temperature increases
the volume (1)
(increasing pressure) pushes molecules closer together so more collisions with walls
of container (1)
(increasing temperature) makes molecules move faster/molecules have more

energy (1) [3]
[Total: 10]


* 2 3 2 5 3 8 8 8 4 8 *
CHEMISTRY 5070/21
1 hour 30 minutes
Section A
Section B
Electronic calculators may be used.

You may lose marks if you do not show your working or if you do not use appropriate units.

At the end of the examination, fasten all your work securely together.
The number of marks is given in brackets [ ] at the end of each question or part question.
This document consists of 16 printed pages.
DC (SJF/SW) 58088/4
Section A For
Examiner’s
A1 Choose from the following compounds to answer the questions below.
calcium oxide
carbon dioxide
carbon monoxide
copper(II) sulfate
ethanol
ethene
iron(II) chloride
iron(III) chloride
nitrogen dioxide
silver chloride
silver iodide
sulfur dioxide
Each compound can be used once, more than once or not at all.
Which compound is
(a) a solid, which when dissolved in water, gives a green precipitate with aqueous
ammonia,
...................................................................................................................................... [1]
(b) a colourless gas which is formed when limestone is heated strongly,
...................................................................................................................................... [1]
(c) a gas which is formed in the atmosphere by lightning activity,
...................................................................................................................................... [1]
(d) a basic oxide,
...................................................................................................................................... [1]
(e) formed when ethane undergoes complete combustion,
...................................................................................................................................... [1]
(f) a white salt which is insoluble in water?
...................................................................................................................................... [1]
[Total: 6]
© UCLES 2013 5070/21/O/N/13

A2 Alkenes are a homologous series of unsaturated hydrocarbons. For

Examiner’s
(a) Give the general formula of alkenes. Use
...................................................................................................................................... [1]
(b) In addition to having a general formula, state two other characteristics of a homologous
series.
1 .......................................................................................................................................
2 ................................................................................................................................... [2]
(c) Alkenes can be made by cracking alkanes.
(i) Give one condition required for cracking.
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
(ii) Tetradecane, C14H30, can be cracked to form an alkene containing eight carbon
atoms and an alkane.
[1]
(d) Ethene reacts with bromine to form 1,2-dibromoethane, CH2BrCH2Br.
Name this type of reaction.
...................................................................................................................................... [1]
(e) Ethene reacts with hydrogen chloride to form the covalent compound chloroethane,
CH3CH2Cl.
Suggest two physical properties of chloroethane.
1 .......................................................................................................................................
2 ................................................................................................................................... [2]
(f) Halogenoalkanes such as CCl2F2 are responsible for the depletion of ozone in the
upper atmosphere.
Describe the importance of the ozone layer in the upper atmosphere.
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................... [2]
[Total: 10]
A3 Calcium, proton number 20, is an element in Group II of the Periodic Table. For
Examiner’s
(a) Give the electronic configuration for calcium. Use
...................................................................................................................................... [1]
(b) Calcium has six naturally-occurring isotopes.
(i) State the meaning of the term isotopes.
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
(ii) Complete the following table to show the number of sub-atomic particles in two of
these isotopes.
isotope number of number of number of

protons electrons neutrons
42Ca
48Ca
[3]
(c) Calcium chloride can be formed by reacting calcium carbonate with dilute hydrochloric
acid.
[1]
(ii) Write both the formula and the electronic configuration for the ions present in
calcium chloride.
[2]
(d) (i) Name the products formed at the anode and cathode when molten calcium chloride
is electrolysed.
anode .......................................................................................................................
cathode ................................................................................................................ [1]
(ii) Predict the product formed at the cathode when a dilute aqueous solution of
calcium chloride is electrolysed.
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
(iii) Explain why solid calcium chloride does not conduct electricity.
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
[Total: 11]
© UCLES 2013 5070/21/O/N/13
A4 Nitrogen and oxygen are present in dry air. For

Examiner’s
(a) What is the percentage composition by volume of each of these gases in dry air? Use
nitrogen ............................................................................................................................
oxygen ......................................................................................................................... [2]
(b) What method is used to separate these gases from each other?
...................................................................................................................................... [1]
(c) In a petrol engine, nitrogen and oxygen combine to form oxides of nitrogen such as
nitrogen dioxide, NO2.
State one harmful effect that nitrogen dioxide has on the environment.
...................................................................................................................................... [1]
(d) One of the hydrocarbons in petrol is octane, C8H18.

In a petrol engine, some of the octane reacts to form carbon monoxide and water.
[2]
(e) Catalytic converters are used to remove carbon monoxide and nitrogen dioxide from the
exhaust gases of petrol engines.
A catalyst containing rhodium and platinum or palladium is present in a catalytic
converter.
What is the function of a catalyst?
...................................................................................................................................... [1]

(f) In a catalytic converter, carbon monoxide and nitrogen dioxide undergo redox reactions. For
These reactions reduce the amount of carbon monoxide and nitrogen dioxide in car Examiner’s
exhausts. Use
(i) What is meant by the term redox reaction?
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
(ii) Explain how the redox reactions in the catalytic converter decrease the amounts of
carbon monoxide and nitrogen dioxide in car exhausts.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [2]
[Total: 10]
A5 Hydrogen peroxide, H2O2, is a colourless liquid.
(a) Calculate the percentage by mass of oxygen in hydrogen peroxide.
..............................................% [2]
(b) The enzyme catalase is present in yeast. The enzyme catalyses the decomposition of
aqueous hydrogen peroxide.
2H2O2(aq) 2H2O(l) + O2(g)
The apparatus below is used to monitor this reaction.
water
yeast
+ hydrogen water
peroxide solution
What measurements should be taken in order to monitor the rate of this reaction?
..........................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................... [2]
© UCLES 2013 5070/21/O/N/13

(c) Describe and explain the effect of increasing the concentration of hydrogen peroxide on For
the rate of this reaction. Examiner’s
Use
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................... [3]
(d) The graph below shows how the rate of decomposition of hydrogen peroxide, catalysed
by yeast, varies with temperature. All other conditions are kept constant.
rate of
reaction
0 10 20 30 40 50 60
temperature / °C
Suggest why the rate of reaction decreases rapidly from 45 °C to 60 °C.
...................................................................................................................................... [1]
[Total: 8]

Section B For
Examiner’s
B6 Iron is extracted from its ore (haematite, Fe2O3) in a blast furnace.

Coke (carbon) and limestone (calcium carbonate) are also added to the furnace.
(a) Describe the essential reactions taking place in the blast furnace.
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................... [4]
(b) Steel is an alloy made by the addition of carbon or metals to iron.

Use the diagrams below to explain why an alloy of iron and manganese is less malleable
than pure iron.
Key
iron atoms
manganese atoms
iron alloy of iron and manganese
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................... [2]
© UCLES 2013 5070/21/O/N/13

(c) Iron reacts with dilute hydrochloric acid to form iron(II) chloride. For
Examiner’s
Fe(s) + 2HCl (aq) FeCl2(aq) + H2(g) Use
A student added 2.1 g of iron to 50 cm3 of 0.10 mol / dm3 hydrochloric acid.
(i) Calculate the amount, in moles, of iron present.
........................................... mol [1]
(ii) Calculate the amount, in moles, of hydrochloric acid present.
........................................... mol [1]
(iii) Calculate the volume of hydrogen formed in this reaction, measured at room
temperature and pressure.
...........................................cm3 [2]
[Total: 10]

10
B7 (a) A compound of carbon, hydrogen and chlorine contains 0.48 g of carbon, 0.08 g of For
hydrogen and 1.42 g of chlorine. Examiner’s
Use
(i) Deduce the empirical formula of this compound.
[2]
(ii) The relative molecular mass of this compound is 99.
Deduce the molecular formula of this compound.
[1]
(b) Chloroethene is another compound containing carbon, hydrogen and chlorine.

The structure of chloroethene is shown below.
H Cl
C C
H H
Draw a section of the polymer formed when chloroethene undergoes polymerisation to

form poly(chloroethene).
[2]
© UCLES 2013 5070/21/O/N/13

11
(c) Poly(chloroethene) is an addition polymer but nylon is a condensation polymer. For

Examiner’s
Describe the difference between an addition polymer and a condensation polymer in Use
terms of how they are formed from their monomers.
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................... [1]
(d) Chloroethene is made by reacting ethene with hydrogen chloride and oxygen in the
presence of a catalyst of copper(II) chloride, CuCl2. The other product of the reaction is
water.
[1]
(ii) Copper(II) chloride is made by heating copper(II) oxide, CuO, with hydrochloric
acid.
[1]
(iii) Copper is a transition element.
State two physical properties of copper which are different from those of a typical
Group I element such as sodium.
1 ...............................................................................................................................
2 ........................................................................................................................... [2]
[Total: 10]

12
B8 Zinc sulfide is a compound that can be made by heating zinc powder with sulfur powder. For
Examiner’s
(a) Describe two differences between a mixture of zinc and sulfur and a compound of zinc Use
and sulfur.
1 .......................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
2 .......................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................... [2]
(b) The reaction between zinc and sulfur is exothermic.
Complete the energy profile diagram for this reaction.

On your diagram label
the product,
the enthalpy change for the reaction, ΔH.
energy zinc + sulfur
progress of reaction
[2]
(c) Part of the structure of zinc sulfide is shown below.
Key
Zn ions
S ions
Deduce the empirical formula of zinc sulfide from this structure.
...................................................................................................................................... [1]
© UCLES 2013 5070/21/O/N/13

13
(d) Zinc sulfide reacts with hydrochloric acid to form hydrogen sulfide. For
An aqueous solution of hydrogen sulfide behaves as a weak acid. Examiner’s
Use
Describe what is meant by the term weak acid.
..........................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................... [1]
(e) Zinc sulfate can be made by reacting zinc with dilute sulfuric acid.
Zn(s) + H2SO4(aq) ZnSO4(aq) + H2(g)
(i) Write an ionic equation for this reaction.
[1]
(ii) Describe how you would prepare crystals of pure, dry zinc sulfate using this
reaction.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [3]
[Total: 10]

14
B9 Ethanoic acid reacts with sodium hydroxide to form water and a salt. For
Examiner’s
(a) Give the formula of the salt. Use
...................................................................................................................................... [1]
(b) The reaction between ethanoic acid and sodium hydroxide is described as a
neutralisation reaction.
Write the simplest ionic equation for this reaction.
...................................................................................................................................... [1]
(c) Ethanoic acid reacts with methanol to form an ester and water.
CH3CO2H + CH3OH CH3CO2CH3 + H2O
The reaction is endothermic.
(i) Describe what happens to the position of this equilibrium when the concentration of
methanol is increased. Explain your answer.
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
(ii) Describe what happens to the position of this equilibrium when the temperature of
the reaction mixture is decreased. Explain your answer.
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
(d) The structure of the ester methyl benzoate is shown below.
O O C H
C
H
H C H
C C
C C
H C H
Deduce the molecular formula for methyl benzoate.
...................................................................................................................................... [1]
© UCLES 2013 5070/21/O/N/13

15
(e) Sodium hydroxide is an alkali. For

Examiner’s
Give the formula of the ion present in sodium hydroxide which causes it to be alkaline. Use
...................................................................................................................................... [1]
(f) A student titrated a metal hydroxide with 0.200 mol/dm3 hydrochloric acid.
It required 12.5 cm3 of hydrochloric acid to neutralise 25.0 cm3 of 0.0500 mol / dm3 metal
hydroxide solution.
(i) Calculate the amount, in moles, of hydrochloric acid used.
........................................... mol [1]
(ii) Calculate the amount, in moles, of metal hydroxide present.
........................................... mol [1]
(iii) Construct an equation for this reaction.

Use the letter M to represent the metal in the metal hydroxide solution.
[1]
(g) Name a metal hydroxide which can be used to treat excess acidity in soils.
...................................................................................................................................... [1]
[Total: 10]
Permission to reproduce items where third-party owned material protected by copyright is included has been sought and cleared where possible. Every
reasonable effort has been made by the publisher (UCLES) to trace copyright holders, but if any items requiring clearance have unwittingly been included, the
publisher will be pleased to make amends at the earliest possible opportunity.
University of Cambridge International Examinations is part of the Cambridge Assessment Group. Cambridge Assessment is the brand name of University of
Cambridge Local Examinations Syndicate (UCLES), which is itself a department of the University of Cambridge.
© UCLES 2013 5070/21/O/N/13

DATA SHEET
© UCLES 2013
Group
1 4
H He
Hydrogen Helium
1 2
7 9 11 12 14 16 19 20
Li Be B C N O F Ne
3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
23 24 27 28 31 32 35.5 40
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
39 40 45 48 51 52 55 56 59 59 64 65 70 73 75 79 80 84
19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36
16
85 88 89 91 93 96 101 103 106 108 112 115 119 122 128 127 131
5070/21/O/N/13
37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54
133 137 139 178 181 184 186 190 192 195 197 201 204 207 209 209 210 222
55 56 57 * 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86
223 226 227
Fr Ra Ac
87 88 89 †
140 141 144 147 150 152 157 159 162 165 167 169 173 175
58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71

GCE Ordinary Level
5070 CHEMISTRY
components.

A1 (a) iron(II) chloride (1) [1]
(b) carbon dioxide (1) [1]
(c) nitrogen dioxide (1) [1]
(d) calcium oxide (1) [1]
(e) carbon dioxide (1) [1]
(f) silver chloride (1) [1]
[Total: 6]
A2 (a) CnH2n (1) [1]
(b) ANY TWO FROM:

have same functional group (1)
physical properties change gradually (down the series) (1)
have similar chemical properties (1)
chain increases by CH2 for each successive member (1) [2]
(c) (i) ANY ONE FROM:

catalyst/aluminium oxide/zeolites/silicon dioxide (1)
high temperature/values between and including 400–500 °C (1) [1]
(ii) C14H30 C8H16 + C6H14 (1) [1]
(d) addition (1) [1]


(e) ANY TWO FROM:

does not conduct electricity/does not conduct heat (1)
it is a gas/low melting point/low boiling point (1)
insoluble in water/soluble in organic solvents (1) [2]
(f) absorbs ultra violet/UV light (1)
(too much) UV light harmful/(too much) UV causes skin cancer (1) [2]
[Total: 10]
A3 (a) 2, 8, 8, 2 (1) [1]
(b) (i) atoms of same element with different number of neutrons (1) [1]
(ii)
isotope number of number of number of
protons electrons neutrons
42
Ca 20 20 22
48
Ca 20 20 28
proton column (1)
electrons column (1)
neutrons column (1) [3]
(c) (i) CaCO3 + 2HCl CaCl2 + CO2 + H2O (1) [1]
(ii) calcium ion = 2, 8, 8 and charge is + 2 (1)
chloride ion = 2, 8, 8 and charge is –1 (1) [2]
(d) (i) anode: chlorine

AND
cathode: calcium (1) [1]
(ii) hydrogen (1) [1]
(iii) ions cannot move/no free ions (1) [1]
[Total: 11]


A4 (a) nitrogen; 78 to 79% (1)

oxygen; 20 to 21% (1) [2]
(b) fractional distillation (1) [1]
(c) ANY ONE FROM:

acid rain/effect of acid rain e.g. chemical weathering of carbonate rocks/buildings/
killing aquatic life (1)
smog (1)
(worsens) asthma/breathing difficulties (1)
depletion of ozone layer (1) [1]
(d) C8H18 + 8½O2 → 8CO + 9H2O
correct reactants and products (1)
balancing – dependent on correct formulae (1) [2]
(e) speeds up chemical reaction/lowers activation energy (1) [1]
(f) (i) reaction in which oxidation and reduction occur at the same time (1)
(ii) carbon monoxide oxidised to carbon dioxide (1)
nitrogen dioxide reduced to nitrogen (1) [2]
[Total: 10]
A5 (a) Mr of H2O2 as 34 (1)
 32 
 ×100 =  94% (1) [2]
 34 
(b) measure volume of gas or oxygen (1)
at various times (1) [2]
(c) rate of reaction increases/reaction is faster (1)
particles of H2O2 closer together/more particles per unit volume/more crowded particles (1)
greater frequency of collisions (1) [3]


(d) yeast dies (at higher temperatures)/enzymes denatured (1) [1]
[Total: 8]
B6 (a) (i) ANY FOUR FROM:

carbon converted to carbon dioxide (from air blast) (1)
carbon monoxide formed from reaction of carbon with carbon dioxide (1)
carbon monoxide converts iron oxide, iron ore or haematite to iron (1)
(in hotter parts of furnace) carbon converts iron oxide, iron ore or haematite to iron (1)
idea of reduction of iron oxide (1)
calcium carbonate/limestone decomposes to calcium oxide (1)
calcium oxide reacts with silicon dioxide/sand to form slag (1)
balanced equation for iron oxide reduction (1) [4]
(b) in ‘pure’ iron the layers can slide (when force applied) (1)
in alloy the (larger) Mn atoms stop the layers from sliding (1) [2]
(c) (i) 0.0375 / 0.038 mol (1) [1]
(ii) 0.005 / 5 × 10–3 mol (1) [1]
(iii) mol H2 = 5 x 10–3/2 = 2.5 x 10–3 mol (1)
60 (cm3) / 0.06 dm3 (1) [2]
[Total: 10]
B7 (a) (i) (C = 0.48/12 H = 0.08/1 Cl = 1.42/35.5)

C = 0.04 H = 0.08 Cl = 0.04 (1)
CH2Cl (1) [2]
(ii) C2H4Cl2 (1) [1]
(b) two or more units shown polymerised with single bonds only/single unit with single bonds
only and brackets (1)
extension bonds shown (1) [2]


(c) ANY ONE FROM:

in condensation polymer a small molecule is released (on polymerisation) whereas in
addition polymer no other substance is formed (1)
addition polymers formed by double bonds breaking (when monomers combine) whereas
condensation polymers formed by reaction of (specific groups) in each monomer (1) [1]
(d) (i) C2H4 + HCl + ½ O2 → C2H3Cl + H2O / 2C2H4 + 2HCl + O2 → 2C2H3Cl + 2H2O (1) [1]
(ii) CuO + 2HCl → CuCl2 + H2O (1) [1]
(iii) ANY TWO FROM:

high melting point/high boiling point (1)
high density (1)
hard (1) [2]
[Total: 10]
B8 (a) ANY TWO FROM

mixture has no fixed composition but compound has fixed composition (1)
(components of) mixture can be separated (by physical means) but compound cannot (1)
when mixture formed no heat change/energy change but when compound formed there is
an energy change (1)
the properties of a compound are different from those of the reactants (1) [2]
(b) zinc sulfide/labelled products on right and below the reactants (1)
labelled enthalpy change shown correctly with downward pointing arrow (1) [2]
(c) ZnS (1) [1]
(d) (acid which is) incompletely ionised (in water)/(acid which is) partially ionised (in water)/
(acid which is) incompletely dissociated (in water) (1) [1]


(e) (i) Zn + 2H+ → Zn2+ + H2 (1) [1]
(ii) ANY THREE FROM

add excess Zn to sulfuric acid (1)
filter (off excess zinc) (1)
heat filtrate to crystallisation point/partially evaporate filtrate (1)
filter off crystals or pick out crystals and dry on filter paper (1) [3]
[Total: 10]
B9 (a) CH3CO2Na (1) [1]
(b) H+ + OH– → H2O (1) [1]
(c) (i) goes to the right + reason (1)

e.g. reaction goes in direction to oppose direction of change/reaction goes in direction
to reduce concentration of methanol [1]
(ii) goes to the left + reason (1)

e.g. for endothermic reaction decrease in temperature shifts reaction to the left
ORA/reaction goes in direction so as to oppose the decrease in temperature [1]
(d) C8H8O2 (1) [1]
(e) OH– (1) [1]
(f) (i) 0.0025 / 2.5 × 10-3 mol (1) [1]
(ii) 0.00125 / 1.25 × 10-3 mol (1) [1]
(iii) M(OH)2 + 2HCl → MCl2 + H2O (1) [1]
(g) calcium (hydroxide) (1) [1]
[Total: 10]

Cambridge International Examinations

Cambridge Ordinary Level
* 5 9 0 7 0 5 1 9 5 8 *
CHEMISTRY 5070/21
1 hour 30 minutes
You may use an HB pencil for any diagrams or graphs.
Do not use staples, paper clips, glue or correction fluid.
Section A
Section B


DC (NH/SW) 72256/4
Section A
Answer all the questions in this section in the spaces provided.
A1 The diagram shows part of the Periodic Table. Only some of the elements are shown.
H
C N O
Na Mg Al Si P
K Ca Fe Cu Zn
Rb
(a) Answer each of the following questions using only those elements shown in the diagram.
Each element may be used once, more than once or not at all.
Give one element which
(i) has a giant molecular structure,
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
(ii) combines with oxygen to form a gas which contributes to acid rain,
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
(iii) forms an ion of type X + which has only three completely filled shells of electrons,
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
(iv) has an atom with only seven protons in its nucleus,
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
(v) has an atom with only six electrons,
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
(vi) has a chloride of type XCl 2, whose aqueous solution forms a white precipitate on addition
of sodium hydroxide.
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
© UCLES 2014 5070/21/O/N/14

(b) Under reduced pressure, potassium reacts with oxygen to form potassium oxide, K2O.
Construct the equation for this reaction.
...............................................................................................................................................[1]
(c) Aluminium is higher than zinc in the reactivity series.

Explain why aluminium foil does not react with an aqueous solution of zinc ions.
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[2]
[Total: 9]

A2 The table shows some properties of the Group 0 elements (noble gases).
density of liquid element boiling point

element
in g / cm3 / °C
helium 0.15 –269
neon 1.20 –246
argon 1.40 –186
krypton –152
xenon 3.52
(a) Predict
(i) the density of liquid krypton, ..........................................................................................[1]
(ii) the boiling point of xenon. ..............................................................................................[1]
(b) Argon is a gas at room temperature.
(i) Describe the arrangement and motion of the particles in a gas.
arrangement ......................................................................................................................
motion ................................................................................................................................
[2]
(ii) State one use of argon.
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
(c) The noble gases are unreactive.

Explain why.
...............................................................................................................................................[1]
(d) Several compounds of the noble gases have been made in recent years.
Xenon(IV) fluoride, XeF4, reacts with water to form a mixture which contains xenon, xenon(VI)
oxide, XeO3, and hydrogen fluoride, HF.
Complete the equation for the reaction of xenon(IV) fluoride with water.
.... XeF4 + .... H2O Xe + 2XeO3 + 12HF [1]
(e) The noble gases make up about 1% of the air.

Describe and explain how fractional distillation can be used to separate the gases in the air.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[3]
[Total: 10]
© UCLES 2014 5070/21/O/N/14
A3 Paper chromatography can be used to separate metal ions in a mixture and identify them by
comparison with known samples of metal ions (A–E).
(a) Draw a labelled diagram to show the apparatus used in paper chromatography.
On your diagram show

• the solvent,
• where the mixture of metal ions and known samples of metal ions are placed at the start
of the experiment.
[2]
(b) The completed chromatogram is shown below.
solvent front
B
A
E base line
mixture
(i) Which of the metal ions, A–E, were present in the mixture?
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
(ii) Calculate the Rf value of metal ion A.
Rf value = ..................................[1]

(c) Ammonia can be used as a locating agent for some metal ions on the chromatogram.
(i) Suggest why a locating agent may need to be used.
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
(ii) Aqueous ammonia is added slowly to aqueous copper(II) sulfate until the ammonia is in
excess.
Describe what you would observe as the ammonia is added.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[2]
(iii) Construct the ionic equation, with state symbols, for the reaction of aqueous copper(II)
sulfate with aqueous sodium hydroxide.
.......................................................................................................................................[2]
[Total: 9]
© UCLES 2014 5070/21/O/N/14

A4 The diagram shows a simple electrochemical cell.
positive
electrode negative electrode
dilute
sulfuric acid
The voltages produced by different combinations of metal electrodes are shown in the table below.
The more reactive metal is always the negative electrode.
positive electrode negative electrode voltage / V

copper zinc 1.10
copper tin 0.48
copper magnesium 2.70
copper iron 0.78
silver copper 0.46
(a) (i) Write an equation showing the conversion of zinc to zinc ions.
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
(ii) How does the table above show that copper is above silver in the reactivity series?
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
(iii) Which combination of metals in the table above will give the highest voltage?
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
(iv) Use the information in the table to deduce the order of reactivity of the metals copper,
iron, magnesium, tin and zinc. Explain your answer.
most reactive ........................................
........................................
........................................
........................................
least reactive ........................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[2]
(b) Refer to the structure of metals to explain
(i) why metals are malleable,
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[2]
(ii) why metals conduct electricity.
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
(c) Explain why plating iron with tin prevents the iron from rusting.
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[1]
[Total: 9]
A5 A student titrates 20.0 cm3 of a metal hydroxide, M(OH)2, of concentration 0.060 mol / dm3 with a
strong acid of concentration 0.050 mol / dm3.
It requires 24.0 cm3 of acid to neutralise the metal hydroxide.
(a) (i) Calculate the number of moles of acid in 24.0 cm3 of the acid.
........................ moles [1]
(ii) Calculate the number of moles of OH– ions in 20.0 cm3 of the metal hydroxide.
........................ moles [1]
(iii) Deduce whether the acid used is more likely to be hydrochloric acid or sulfuric acid.
Explain your answer.
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
© UCLES 2014 5070/21/O/N/14

(b) A student added excess calcium carbonate to 50 cm3 of 0.10 mol / dm3 hydrochloric acid.
(i) Construct an equation for the reaction of calcium carbonate with hydrochloric acid.
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
(ii) The volume of gas produced in the first 2 minutes is 24 cm3.
Calculate the average rate of reaction over the first 2 minutes, in cm3 / s.
reaction rate = ........................cm3/s [1]
(iii) The student repeats the experiment using 50 cm3 of 0.10 mol / dm3 ethanoic acid.
Use the kinetic particle theory to explain why the rate of reaction is slower with ethanoic
acid than with hydrochloric acid.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[3]
[Total: 8]

10
Section B
Answer three questions from this section in the spaces provided.
B6 Parts of the structures of silicon dioxide and poly(ethene) are shown below.
oxygen atom
silicon atom H H H H H H H H
C C C C
C C C C
H H H H H H H H
silicon dioxide poly(ethene)
(a) The melting point of silicon dioxide is 1610 °C.

Poly(ethene) starts to melt at 130 °C.
Explain, in terms of structure and bonding, the difference between the melting points of these
two substances.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[4]
(b) What type of polymerisation is used to make poly(ethene)?
...............................................................................................................................................[1]
(c) Poly(ethene) is made from ethene monomers.

Explain why ethene is both a hydrocarbon and an unsaturated compound.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[2]
© UCLES 2014 5070/21/O/N/14

11
(d) Silicone fluids are polymers. Part of the structure of a silicone fluid is shown below.
C2H5 C2H5 C2H5
O Si O Si O Si O
C2H5 C2H5 C2H5
The monomer used in making this silicone fluid is a saturated compound with two –OH
groups.
Deduce the structure of this monomer.
[1]
(e) The compound used to make the monomer of the silicone fluid has the following composition
by mass.
C = 18.6 g, Cl = 55.0 g, H = 4.65 g, Si = 21.7 g
Deduce the empirical formula of this compound.
empirical formula ..................................[2]
[Total: 10]

12
B7 Three important processes in the carbon cycle are combustion, respiration and photosynthesis.
(a) Construct the equation for the complete combustion of propane, C3H8.
...............................................................................................................................................[1]
(b) (i) Describe how the processes in the carbon cycle regulate the amount of carbon dioxide in
the atmosphere.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[2]
(ii) Carbon dioxide is a greenhouse gas.

What do you understand by the term greenhouse gas?
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
(iii) Methane is also a greenhouse gas.

Give one source of methane in the atmosphere.
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
(iv) The percentage of methane by volume in the air is 0.00014%.

Calculate the mass of methane in 1 000 dm3 of air.
mass = ...............................g [2]
(c) Plants use water in photosynthesis. Water containing the radioactive isotope 18O is fed to a
plant.
The resulting radioactivity in the products of photosynthesis is shown in the equation below.
6CO2 + 6H218O C6H12O6 + 618O2

glucose
(i) What does this tell you about the origin of the oxygen in each of the products?
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
(ii) Deduce the number of protons, neutrons and electrons in an atom of 18O.
protons ................................................
neutrons ..............................................
electrons ............................................. [2]

[Total: 10]
© UCLES 2014 5070/21/O/N/14
13
B8 Sulfuric acid is manufactured by the Contact process.
(a) In some chemical plants zinc sulfide, ZnS, is roasted in air to form zinc oxide and sulfur
dioxide.
Construct the balanced equation for this reaction.
...............................................................................................................................................[1]
(b) The sulfur dioxide is then converted to sulfur trioxide.
2SO2(g) + O2(g) 2SO3(g) ΔH = –98 kJ / mol
(i) Describe how and explain why increasing the pressure affects the position of equilibrium.
The temperature remains constant.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[2]
(ii) Describe how and explain why increasing the temperature affects the position of
equilibrium. The pressure remains constant.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[2]
(iii) Vanadium(V) oxide is used as a catalyst in the conversion of sulfur dioxide to sulfur
trioxide.
Explain how using vanadium(V) oxide reduces the energy costs of the Contact process.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[2]

14
(c) Sulfuric acid is used to make superphosphate fertilisers. A mixture of the fertiliser and calcium
sulfate is formed. This mixture is used by farmers.
Ca3(PO4)2 + 2H2SO4 Ca(H2PO4)2 + 2CaSO4

calcium superphosphate
(i) Calculate the percentage by mass of calcium sulfate in the mixture of calcium
superphosphate and calcium sulfate.
(The relative formula mass of calcium superphosphate is 234.)
.............................. % [2]
(ii) Suggest one problem involved in either the transport of this mixture or its use as a
fertiliser.
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
[Total: 10]
Cambridge International Examinations is part of the Cambridge Assessment Group. Cambridge Assessment is the brand name of University of Cambridge Local
Examinations Syndicate (UCLES), which is itself a department of the University of Cambridge.
© UCLES 2014 5070/21/O/N/14

15
B9 Bromate(V) ions, BrO3–, react with bromide ions, Br –, in acidic solution to form bromine.
BrO3–(aq) + 5Br –(aq) + 6H+(aq) 3Br2(aq) + 3H2O(l)
(a) (i) Explain why the acidity of the reaction mixture decreases as the reaction proceeds.
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[2]
(ii) State the colour of aqueous bromine.
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
(iii) Explain, using the kinetic particle theory, why increasing the temperature increases the
rate of this reaction.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[2]
(b) Bromine oxidises aqueous iodide ions to iodine.

Write the equation for this reaction.
...............................................................................................................................................[1]
(c) Aqueous potassium iodide can be used to test for oxidising agents.
Describe and explain the colour change when excess aqueous potassium iodide is added to
aqueous acidified potassium manganate(VII), KMnO4.
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[2]
(d) Describe how aqueous bromine is used to test for an unsaturated hydrocarbon.
...............................................................................................................................................[1]
(e) Draw a ‘dot-and-cross’ diagram for a bromine molecule.

[1]
[Total: 10]
© UCLES 2014 5070/21/O/N/14
DATA SHEET
© UCLES 2014
Group
1 4
H He
Hydrogen Helium
1 2
7 9 11 12 14 16 19 20
Li Be B C N O F Ne
3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
23 24 27 28 31 32 35.5 40
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
39 40 45 48 51 52 55 56 59 59 64 65 70 73 75 79 80 84
19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36
16
85 88 89 91 93 96 101 103 106 108 112 115 119 122 128 127 131
Rubidium Strontium Yttrium Zirconium Niobium Molybdenum Technetium Ruthenium Rhodium Palladium Silver Cadmium Tin Antimony Tellurium Xenon
5070/21/O/N/14
Indium Iodine
37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54
133 137 139 178 181 184 186 190 192 195 197 201 204 207 209 209 210 222
55 56 57 * 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86
223 226 227
Fr Ra Ac
87 88 89 †
140 141 144 147 150 152 157 159 162 165 167 169 173 175
58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71

5070 CHEMISTRY
Cambridge is publishing the mark schemes for the October/November 2014 series for
most Cambridge IGCSE®, Cambridge International A and AS Level components and some
Cambridge O Level components.
® IGCSE is the registered trademark of Cambridge International Examinations.


Cambridge O Level – October/November 2014 5070 21
A1 (a) (i) C / carbon / Si / silicon (1) [1]
(ii) N / nitrogen (1) [1]
(iii) K / potassium (1) [1]
(iv) N / nitrogen (1) [1]
(v) C / carbon (1) [1]
(vi) Zn / zinc (1) [1]
(b) 4K + O2 → 2K2O (1) [1]
(c) aluminium forms an oxide layer (1)
layer is unreactive / layer cannot be easily removed from the surface / layer
adheres to (metal) surface / layer is impermeable to water (1) [2]
[Total: 9]


A2 (a) (i) values between 1.6 and 2.6 (1)

(actual value = 2.15) [1]
(ii) values between –130 and – 80 (1)

(actual value = –107) [1]
(b) (i) arrangement: is random / irregular (1)
motion: rapid / fast / can move anywhere / random (1) [2]
(ii) any suitable use e.g. in steelmaking / in light bulbs / welding (1) [1]
(c) completely filled outer shells of electrons / not able to gain electrons / not able to
lose electrons / not able to share electrons (1) [1]
(d) 3XeF4 + 6H2O → Xe + 2XeO3 + 12HF (1) [1]
(e) ANY THREE FROM
air liquefied (1)
temperature of liquefied air raised (gradually) / liquid air is heated (1)
gas with lowest boiling point vaporises first (1)
idea of fractionation depending on difference in boiling points (1)
idea of fractionation depending differences in size (or mass) of the atoms or

molecules (1) [3]
[Total: 10]


A3 (a) chromatography paper dipping into labelled solvent in a beaker (1)
solvent level below the spots at start of experiment / below base line drawn /
below marked spot (1) [2]
(b) (i) B and E (1) [1]
(ii) 0.68 to 0.72 (1) [1]
(c) (i) to make the spots visible / because the spots may not be coloured (1) [1]
(ii) (light) blue precipitate (1)
(dark) blue solution in excess (1) [2]
(iii) Cu2+(aq) + 2OH–(aq) → Cu(OH)2(s)
correct state symbols (dependent on correct formulae) (1) [2]
[Total: 9]


A4 (a) (i) Zn → Zn2+ + 2e– / Zn – 2e– → Zn2+ (1) [1]
(ii) in the copper / silver cell the copper is the negative electrode (1) [1]
(iii) silver and magnesium (1) [1]
(iv) magnesium
zinc
iron
tin
copper (1)
the higher the voltage (difference between copper and the metal) the more
reactive the metal / voltage (difference) gets smaller, the less reactive the
metal (1) [2]
(b) (i) metal layers (1)
slide over each other when force applied (1) [2]
(ii) electrons (originating from valency shell) can move / sea of

electrons / some of the electrons are mobile / there are free electrons (1) [1]
(c) tin prevents oxygen and/or water from reaching the iron (1) [1]
[Total: 9]


A5 (a) (i) moles acid = 1.2 × 10–3 / 0.0012 mol (1) [1]
(ii) moles OH– ions = 2.4 × 10–3 / 0.0024 mol (1) [1]
(iii) sulfuric (acid) (no mark but if incorrect 0, marks for question)
mole ratio of acid to OH– is 1:2 so the acid must have 2H+ per mole / only way
to get 1:1 ratio of H+ to OH– from 1:2 ratio of acid to OH– (1) [1]
(b) (i) CaCO3 + 2HCl → CaCl2 + CO2 + H2O (1) [1]
(ii) 24 / (2 × 60) = 0.2 cm3 / s (1) [1]
(iii) ethanoic acid dissociates only slightly / ethanoic acid partially

dissociated / hydrochloric acid dissociated fully (1)
lower concentration of H+ ions in ethanoic acid OR reverse argument (1)
lower frequency of collisions (with CaCO3) in ethanoic acid OR reverse

argument (1) [3]
[Total: 8]


B6 (a) (i) silicon dioxide is giant covalent structure / has a continuous structure of
covalent bonds all linked in 3-dimensions (1)
all bonds are strong / all bonds need high temperature to break / all bonds
need a lot of energy to break (1)
poly(ethene) has weak forces between the molecules / weak intermolecular

forces (1)
not much energy required to overcome weak forces / weak forces easily
broken / small amount of energy required to separate molecules (1) [4]
(b) addition (polymerisation) (1) [1]
(c) hydrocarbon because contains carbon and hydrogen only / contains carbon and
hydrogen and no other element (1)
unsaturated because it has a (C=C) double bond (1) [2]
(d)
CH2 CH3
O
H Si H
O
H3C CH2 (1) [1]
(e)
C H Si Cl
1.55 4.65 0.775 1.55 (1)
C2H6SiCl2 (1)
[2]
[Total: 10]


B7 (a) C3H8 + 5O2 → 3CO2 + 4H2O (1) [1]
(b) (i) respiration releases CO2 AND photosynthesis absorbs CO2 (1)
The (rate of) CO2 released into the atmosphere is (roughly) the same as the
amount absorbed from the atmosphere (1) [2]
(ii) gas which absorbs infra-red radiation / gas which absorbs energy / gas
which absorbs heat (1) [1]
(iii) waste gas from animals / rice paddy fields / bacterial action / landfill
sites etc. (1) [1]
(iv) (0.0014 dm3 in 1000 dm3 )

and 0.0014 / 24 = 5.833 × 10–5 mol CH4 (1)
5.833 × 10–5 × 16 = 9.33 × 10–4 g (1) [2]
(c) (i) the oxygen in O2 comes from the water / the oxygen in the
oxygen molecule comes from the water (1) [1]
(ii) protons = 8 AND electrons = 8 (1)
neutrons = 10 (1) [2]
[Total: 10]


B8 (a) 2ZnS + 3O2 → 2ZnO + 2SO2 (1) [1]
(b) (i) position of equilibrium shifts to the right (1)
in direction of smaller number of moles / in direction of smaller volume (1) [2]
(ii) position of equilibrium shifts to the left (1)
(forward) reaction is exothermic / reaction goes in direction of absorption of

heat (1) [2]
(iii) increases rate of reaction / lowers activation energy / alternate reaction

pathway (1)
less fuel used to heat the reaction / less fuel used for the process / a lower
temperature can be used / less electricity used to maintain the
temperature / need to use the energy for less time (to get same amount of
product) (1) [2]
(c) (i) 2 × CaSO4 = 2 × 136 = 272 (1)

(272 / 506) × 100 = 53.8% (1) [2]
(ii) ANY ONE FROM
money or energy wasted in transporting calcium sulfate which is not required

(1)
money or energy wasted in transporting substance which is not a fertiliser (1)
waste of money or energy in spreading a substance which is not a fertiliser

(onto the soil) (1)
calcium sulfate does not dissolve and so is left on the soil [1]
[Total:10]


B9 (a) (i) acidity caused by H+ ions (1)
H+ ions consumed in the reaction / H+ ions used up in the reaction (1) [2]
(ii) orange / reddish-brown (1) [1]
(iii) ions or particles have more energy / move faster (1)
more particles or ions have energy above the activation energy / more
energetic collisions / more effective collisions / more successful collisions /
more fruitful collisions (1) [2]
(b) Br2 + 2I– → I2 + 2Br– (1) [1]
(c) purple solution goes brown (1)
iodide oxidised to iodine / iodine is brown (1) [2]
(d) aqueous bromine decolourised (1) [1]
(e) correct dot and cross diagram for bromine molecule (1) [1]
[Total: 10]


* 3 9 3 0 6 0 9 0 3 7 *
CHEMISTRY 5070/21
1 hour 30 minutes
Section A
Section B

DC (LK/SW) 89535/4
Section A
A1 Choose from the following gases to answer the questions below.
ammonia
argon
carbon dioxide
chlorine
ethane
ethene
nitrogen
nitrogen(II) oxide
oxygen
sulfur dioxide
Each of these gases can be used once, more than once or not at all.
Which gas
(a) forms approximately 1% of the air,
...............................................................................................................................................[1]
(b) bleaches damp litmus paper,
...............................................................................................................................................[1]
(c) reacts with water to form an alkaline solution,
...............................................................................................................................................[1]
(d) can undergo polymerisation,
...............................................................................................................................................[1]
(e) is a compound formed in the atmosphere as a result of lightning activity,
...............................................................................................................................................[1]
(f) is a diatomic molecule containing a total of 16 electrons?
...............................................................................................................................................[1]
[Total: 6]
© UCLES 2015 5070/21/O/N/15

A2 Coal is a mixture of carbon compounds with a small amount of sulfur.

A sample of coal is heated in the absence of air using the apparatus shown.
powdered
coal
heat
water
colourless
liquid
tar
The distillate is a mixture of a colourless liquid and tar.
(a) The colourless liquid contains ammonia, NH3.
Draw a ‘dot-and-cross’ diagram for ammonia.

[2]
(b) The tar contains ethanoic acid.

When warmed in the presence of sulfuric acid, ethanoic acid reacts with propanol
to form an ester.
Name and draw the structure of this ester showing all the atoms and all the bonds.
name ..........................................................................................................................................
structure
[2]

(c) The tar also contains a compound with the following composition.
element percentage by mass

carbon 76.60
hydrogen 6.38
oxygen 17.02
empirical formula ...........................................................[2]
(d) When coal is burned, an acidic gas is produced which decolourises acidified aqueous
potassium manganate(VII). This gas contributes to acid rain.
(i) Identify this gas and describe how acid rain is formed.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[2]
(ii) Give one adverse effect of acid rain on buildings.
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
(iii) Acid rain can have an adverse effect on respiration.
Write an equation to represent the process of respiration.
.......................................................................................................................................[2]
[Total: 11]
© UCLES 2015 5070/21/O/N/15

A3 A layer of ozone is present in the stratosphere about 30 km above the Earth’s surface.
(a) Compounds with formulae such as CCl 3F and C2Cl F5 are responsible for the depletion of
ozone.
(i) Give the general name for these compounds.
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
(ii) Explain, in terms of human health, why it is important that the ozone in the stratosphere
does not become too depleted.
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[2]
(b) In the stratosphere, ozone, O3, is broken down to oxygen by photochemical reactions.
(i) What is meant by the term photochemical reaction ?
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
(ii) Construct an equation for the breakdown of ozone molecules to oxygen molecules.
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
(c) Ozone oxidises Fe2+ ions to Fe3+ ions.
Complete the ionic equation for this reaction.
…. Fe2+ + …. H+ + O3 …. Fe3+ + H2O + O2 [1]
[Total: 6]

A4 Copper is a metal.
(a) Draw a labelled diagram to show the bonding in copper.
[2]
(b) Explain why metals are malleable.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[2]
(c) Copper corrodes slowly in damp air.

One of the corrosion products has the formula CuCO3.Cu(OH)2.
(i) Calculate the percentage by mass of copper in this compound.
[2]
(ii) How could you show that CuCO3.Cu(OH)2 contains carbonate ions?
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[2]
© UCLES 2015 5070/21/O/N/15

(d) Copper is oxidised by concentrated sulfuric acid.

This redox reaction can be represented by equations A and B.
A Cu Cu2+ + 2e–
B 4H+ + SO42– + 2e– 2H2O + SO2
Which reaction, A or B, is oxidation and which is reduction? Explain your answer.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[2]
[Total: 10]

A5 A student set up a tube as shown in the diagram.
cotton wool cotton wool

soaked in soaked in
hydrobromic acid aqueous ammonia
Concentrated hydrobromic acid produces fumes of hydrogen bromide.

Concentrated aqueous ammonia produces fumes of ammonia.
(a) After some time, solid ammonium bromide appeared on the walls of the tube at point X.
Use the kinetic particle theory to explain this result.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[4]
(b) A gas syringe is filled with 70 cm3 of ammonia gas.

The pressure on the plunger is increased.
The temperature does not change but the volume in the syringe decreases to 60 cm3.
plunger
gas syringe
70 cm3
ammonia 60 cm3
gas
blocked
syringe end
Use the kinetic particle theory to explain why the volume decreases.
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[1]
[Total: 5]
© UCLES 2015 5070/21/O/N/15

A6 When 1 mole of sodium hydroxide reacts with excess hydrochloric acid, 57.1 kJ of energy is
released.
NaOH + HCl NaCl + H2O
(a) Calculate the energy released when 12.0 g of sodium hydroxide reacts with excess
hydrochloric acid.
[2]
(b) Calculate the volume of 0.200 mol / dm3 HCl which contains 2.19 g of HCl.
[2]
(c) Aqueous hydrochloric acid contains chloride ions.
Describe a test for chloride ions.
test ............................................................................................................................................
result .....................................................................................................................................[2]
(d) Zinc oxide reacts with both hydrochloric acid and sodium hydroxide.
Which term describes this behaviour of zinc oxide?
...............................................................................................................................................[1]
[Total: 7]

10
Section B
B7 The structures of graphite and boron nitride are shown below.
Key Key
= carbon atom nitrogen atom
boron atom
graphite boron nitride
(a) Like graphite, boron nitride feels slippery to the touch.
Explain, in terms of structure and bonding, why boron nitride feels slippery to the touch.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[2]
11
(b) An isotope of boron is represented by the symbol 5
B.
Deduce the number of protons and neutrons in this isotope of boron.
number of protons .....................................................................................................................
number of neutrons ...............................................................................................................[1]
(c) Explain why graphite has a high melting point.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[2]
© UCLES 2015 5070/21/O/N/15

11
(d) Dilute sulfuric acid can be electrolysed using graphite electrodes.
oxygen hydrogen
dilute
sulfuric
acid
graphite electrodes
+ –
(i) Graphite is a good electrical conductor.
Explain why graphite conducts electricity.
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
(ii) Give another property of graphite that makes it useful as an electrode in this electrolysis.
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
(e) During the electrolysis of dilute sulfuric acid, oxygen is released at the anode (positive
electrode) and hydrogen is released at the cathode (negative electrode).
(i) Complete the equation for the reaction at the anode.
4OH– O2 + ........... + ........... [1]
(ii) Construct the equation for the reaction at the cathode.
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
(iii) Explain why the volume of hydrogen produced is approximately double that of the oxygen.
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
[Total: 10]
12
B8 A sample of 0.030 g of small pieces of magnesium is added to 20 cm3 of 0.10 mol / dm3
hydrochloric acid.
Mg(s) + 2HCl (aq) MgCl 2(aq) + H2(g)
(a) (i) Show by calculation which reactant is in excess.
[3]
(ii) What would you observe in this reaction?
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
© UCLES 2015 5070/21/O/N/15

13
(b) The graph shows how the volume of hydrogen gas produced, at room temperature and
pressure, changes with time.
30
20
volume of
hydrogen
/ cm3
10
0
0 20 40 60 80 100
time / s
Calculate the total mass of hydrogen formed.
mass of hydrogen = ................. g [2]
(c) The experiment is repeated at the same temperature and pressure. The same mass of
magnesium is added but magnesium powder is used instead of small pieces.
The rate of reaction is faster. Explain why.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[2]
(d) Magnesium reacts with nitrogen when heated. The ionic compound magnesium nitride,
Mg3N2, is formed.
(i) Construct the equation, including state symbols, for this reaction.
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
(ii) Deduce the charge on the nitride ion.
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
[Total: 10]
14
B9 The structure of glycolic acid can be represented as shown.
H O C
O H
(a) Glycolic acid is a solid at room temperature.
Describe the arrangement and motion of the molecules in glycolic acid at room temperature.
arrangement ..............................................................................................................................
motion ....................................................................................................................................[2]
(b) Glycolic acid can polymerise with itself to form a polyester called poly(glycolic acid).
(i) What type of polymer is a polyester?
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
(ii) Draw a section of the polymer chain of poly(glycolic acid) showing at least two repeating
units.
[2]
© UCLES 2015 5070/21/O/N/15

15
(c) Glycolic acid is produced by heating methanal, carbon monoxide and water in the presence
of a sulfuric acid catalyst.
CH2O + CO + H2O CH2(OH)COOH

methanal glycolic acid
(i) A sample of 1800 g of methanal reacts with excess carbon monoxide and water.
The percentage yield of glycolic acid is 45%.
Calculate the mass, in grams, of glycolic acid produced.
mass of glycolic acid = ............... g [3]
(ii) Glycolic acid is a weak acid. Sulfuric acid is a strong acid.
Explain the difference between a strong acid and a weak acid.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[2]
[Total: 10]

16
B10 Methanol is manufactured by reacting carbon monoxide with hydrogen. The forward reaction is
exothermic.
CO(g) + 2H2(g) CH3OH(g) ΔH = – 91 kJ / mol
(a) Predict and explain the effect of increasing the pressure on the position of equilibrium. The
temperature remains constant.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[2]
(b) Predict and explain the effect of decreasing the temperature on the position of equilibrium.
The pressure remains constant.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[2]
(c) The rate of reaction decreases when the temperature is lowered.
Explain why.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[2]
(d) The reaction is catalysed by copper.
(i) Describe and explain the effect of a catalyst on this reaction.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[2]
(ii) Copper is a transition element. Many transition elements are catalysts.
Give two other properties of copper that identify it as a transition element.
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[2]
[Total: 10]
© UCLES 2015 5070/21/O/N/15

DATA SHEET
© UCLES 2015
Group
1 4
H He
Hydrogen Helium
1 2
7 9 11 12 14 16 19 20
Li Be B C N O F Ne
3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
23 24 27 28 31 32 35.5 40
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
39 40 45 48 51 52 55 56 59 59 64 65 70 73 75 79 80 84
19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36
20
85 88 89 91 93 96 101 103 106 108 112 115 119 122 128 127 131
5070/21/O/N/15
Indium Iodine
37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54
133 137 139 178 181 184 186 190 192 195 197 201 204 207 209 209 210 222
55 56 57 * 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86
223 226 227
Fr Ra Ac
87 88 89 †
140 141 144 147 150 152 157 159 162 165 167 169 173 175
58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71

5070 CHEMISTRY
Cambridge is publishing the mark schemes for the October/November 2015 series for most
Cambridge IGCSE®, Cambridge International A and AS Level components and some


A1 (a) argon (1) [1]
(b) chlorine / sulfur dioxide (1) [1]
(d) ammonia (1) [1]
(c) ethene (1) [1]
(e) nitrogen(II) oxide (1) [1]
(f) oxygen (1) [1]
[Total: 6]
A2 (a) three pairs of bonding electrons between H and N (1) [2]

two non-bonding electrons on N (1)
(b) propyl ethanoate (1) [2]
H
H
C O
C
H
H
O H
C H
C
H C
H H
H (1)
(c) [2]
C H 0
mole 76.60
/
6.38 17.02
/
ratio /
12 1 16
6.38 6.38 1.064
simplified 6.38 6.38 1.064

/ / /
ratio 1.064 1.064 1.064
6 6 1
mole ratio line (1)
simplified ratio or empirical formula (1)


(d) (i) sulfur dioxide / SO2 (1) [2]

(sulfur dioxide) dissolves and is oxidised / reacts with (rain)water and oxygen
(1)
(ii) any suitable example e.g. reacts with mortar / reacts with limestone / erodes
buildings (made of carbonate rocks) / corrodes metalwork etc. (1) [1]
(iii) C6H12O6 + 6O2 → 6CO2 + 6H2O [2]
correct reactants and formulae (1)
correctly balanced equation (1)
[Total: 11]
A3 (a) (i) chlorofluorocarbons / CFCs (1) [1]
(ii) ozone absorbs uv (radiation) (1) [2]
too much uv increases incidence of skin cancer / cataracts etc. (1)
(b) (i) reaction catalysed by light / light involved in breakdown of chemicals (1) [1]
(ii) 2O3 → 3O2 (1) [1]
(c) 2Fe2+ + 2H+ + O3 → 2Fe3+ + H2O + O2 (1) [1]
[Total: 6]
A4 (a) positive ions in regular layers with a minimum of two layers of ions (1) [2]
electrons shown interspersed between the particles shown (1)

+ + + +
positive ion
e e e e e
+ + + +
electron e e e e
e
+ + + +
Marks can be awarded from correct description in writing or from labelled

diagram.
(b) idea of layers of metal atoms / or ions (1) [2]
can slide over each other (when force applied) (1)


(c) (i) correct Mr of 128 or ( 2 × 64) as numerator of fraction [2]

OR
correct Mr (2 × 64) + 12 + (16 × 5) + (2 × 1) or 222 as denominator (1)
percentage = 57.65 / 57.7 (1)
(ii) add acid (1) [2]

gas evolved turns limewater milky (1)
(d) A is oxidation because electrons are lost (1) [2]
B is reduction because electrons are gained (1)
[Total: 10]
A5 (a) (i) ANY FOUR FROM: [4]
ammonia molecules / HBr molecules have enough energy to escape from the
HBr(aq) or NH3(aq) (1)
diffusion (1)
molecules move randomly / molecules spread out / molecules get mixed up

(1)
move from high to low concentration / move with the concentration gradient
(1)
solid formed where NH3 and HBr react (1)
HBr has higher Mr than NH3 / molecules of HBr are heavier than molecules of
NH3 (1)
NH3 molecules move faster than HBr molecules / NH3 diffuses faster (1)
(b) higher pressure pushes molecules closer together [1]
[Total: 5]
A6 (a) mol of NaOH = 0.30 (1) [2]
energy released (= 0.30 × 57.1) = 17 / 17.1(3) (kJ) (1)
(b) mol of HCl = 2.19 / 36.5 OR = 0.06 (1) [2]

volume = (0.06 / 0.2) = 0.3 dm3 / 300 cm3 (1)
(c) add nitric acid and silver nitrate (1) [2]

white precipitate / white solid formed (1)


(d) amphoteric (1) [1]
[Total: 7]
B7 (a) weak forces between layers / (weak) van der Waals’ forces between layers (1) [2]
layers slide over each other (easily) (1)
(b) 5 protons and 6 neutrons (1) [1]
(c) giant structure / lattice (1) [2]
(all) bonds are strong / lot of energy needed to break the bonds / needs high
temperature to break the bonds (1)
(d) (i) has delocalised electrons / free electrons / electrons can move (1) [1]
(ii) inert / does not react (with the electrolyte) (1) [1]
(e) (i) 4OH– O2 + 2H2O + 4e– (1) [1]
(ii) 2H+ + 2e– → H2 (1) [1]
(iii) the mole ratio of H to O in water is 2:1 / for every 2 moles of hydrogen
produced only 1 mole of oxygen is liberated (1) [1]
[Total: 10]
B8 (a) (i) mol Mg (= 0.030 / 24) = 1.25 × 10–3 (1) [3]

mol HCl (= 0.10 × 20 / 1000) = 2 × 10–3 (1)
mol HCl required to react with 1.25 × 10–3 mol Mg is

2.5 × 10–3 so Mg in excess (1)
(ii) bubbles / effervescence / fizzing / tube gets hot / magnesium reduces on

size (1) [1]
(b) mol of gas( = 24 / 24 000) = 1.0 × 10–3 (1) [2]

mass of hydrogen (= 2 × 1.0 × 10–3) = 2.0 × 10–3 (g)
(c) greater surface area (1) [2]
more frequent collisions (of H+ ions with Mg) (1)
(d) (i) 3Mg(s) + N2(g) → Mg3N2(s) (1) [1]


(ii) 3 – / –3 (1) [1]
[Total: 10]
B9 (a) arrangement: regularly arranged / in a set pattern / ordered / not random / fixed
position (1) [2]
motion: vibrating / do not move (from place to place) (1)
(b) (i) condensation (polymer) (1) [1]
(ii) correct structure with minimum of two units (2) [2]
e.g.
O O
║ ║
- O – □ – C ─ O – □ – C – (as minimum required)
(c) (i) moles methanal (= 1800 / 30) = 60 mol (1) [3]

mass of glycolic acid (= 60 × 76) = 4560 (g) (1)
for 45% yield (= 4560 × 45 / 100) = 2052 (g) (1)
(ii) strong acid is fully ionised / fully dissociated in solution (1) [2]
weak acid is partially ionised / incompletely dissociated in solution (1)
[Total: 10]
B10 (a) position of equilibrium moves to right / more products formed (1) [2]
goes in direction of decreasing number of moles / goes in direction of smaller

volume / fewer moles of products than reactants (1)
(b) position of equilibrium goes to the right / more products formed (1) [2]
reaction is exothermic / backward reaction is endothermic / reaction goes to the

exothermic direction (1)
(c) particles move slower / particles have less energy (1) [2]
fewer particles have activation energy / fewer successful collisions / fewer fruitful
collisions (1)
(d) (i) speeds up reaction (1) [2]
by lowering the activation energy / providing an alternative reaction pathway (1)


(ii) ANY TWO FROM: [2]

form coloured compounds (1)
have variable oxidation states / form ions with different charges (1)
form complex ions (1)
[Total: 10]


* 4 0 5 3 2 1 1 0 0 8 *
CHEMISTRY 5070/21
1 hour 30 minutes
Section A
Section B

DC (LEG/SG) 107872/3
Section A
Ba(NO3)2
CaCO3
CaO
CH4
C3H8
Fe2O3
KMnO4
NaNO3
NO
SO2
V2O5
Zn(NO3)2
Each of these compounds can be used once, more than once or not at all.
Which compound
(a) is an atmospheric pollutant formed by lightning activity,
...............................................................................................................................................[1]
(b) is the main constituent of natural gas,
...............................................................................................................................................[1]
(c) dissolves in water to form an aqueous solution which gives a white precipitate on addition of
aqueous sodium sulfate,
...............................................................................................................................................[1]
(d) is a catalyst in the contact process for the manufacture of sulfuric acid,
...............................................................................................................................................[1]
(e) is a product of the thermal decomposition of limestone?
...............................................................................................................................................[1]
[Total: 5]
© UCLES 2016 5070/21/O/N/16

A2 Sulfuric acid is a strong acid.
(a) (i) What is meant by the term strong acid ?
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
(ii) Describe how you could measure the pH of dilute sulfuric acid.
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
(b) Many plants cannot grow in soils which are too acidic.
Describe and explain how soils which are too acidic can be treated to reduce the acidity.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[2]
(c) The graph shows the effect of soil pH on the rate of uptake of potassium ions by plant roots.
rate of uptake
of potassium
ions
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
soil pH
Describe how the rate of uptake of potassium ions varies with soil pH.
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[1]
[Total: 5]

A3 The alcohols are a homologous series with the general formula CnH2n+1OH.
(a) Deduce the molecular formula of the alcohol having eight carbon atoms.
...............................................................................................................................................[1]
(b) The table shows some information about different alcohols.
alcohol formula melting point boiling point density

/ °C / °C in g / cm3
ethanol C2H5OH –117 79 0.789
propanol C3H7OH –126 98 0.804
butanol C4H9OH –89 117
pentanol C5H11OH –79 138 0.815
hexanol C6H13OH –47 158 0.820
(i) Describe how the boiling point changes with the number of carbon atoms in the alcohol.
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
(ii) Estimate the density, in g / cm3, of butanol.
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
(iii) What is the physical state of pentanol at room temperature and pressure? Explain your
answer.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
(c) How does viscosity change in the homologous series of alcohols?
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[2]
(d) Construct the equation for the complete combustion of propanol.
...............................................................................................................................................[2]
(e) Propanol can be oxidised to propanoic acid.
(i) Suggest the oxidising agent and describe the conditions used for this reaction.
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[2]
© UCLES 2016 5070/21/O/N/16
(ii) Draw the structure of propanoic acid, showing all the atoms and all the bonds.
[1]
[Total: 11]

A4 Peroxodisulfate ions, S2O82–, react with iodide ions in aqueous solution.
S2O82–(aq) + 2I–(aq) 2SO42–(aq) + I2(aq)
The table shows how the relative rate of this reaction changes when different concentrations of
peroxodisulfate ions and iodide ions are used.
concentration of S2O82– concentration of I– relative rate

experiment
in mol / dm3 in mol / dm3 of reaction
1 0.008 0.02 1.7
2 0.016 0.02 3.3
3 0.032 0.02 6.8
4 0.008 0.04 3.4
5 0.008 0.08 6.9
(a) Use the information in the table to describe how increasing the concentration of each of these
ions affects the relative rate of reaction.
peroxodisulfate ions ..................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
iodide ions .................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
[2]
(b) Iron(III) ions, Fe3+, catalyse this reaction.
Explain how catalysts increase the rate of a reaction.
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[1]
(c) Iron(III) ions react with iodide ions.
2I–(aq) + 2Fe3+(aq) I2(aq) + 2Fe2+(aq)
(i) Explain how iron(III) ions are acting as an oxidising agent in this reaction.
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
(ii) What colour change is observed when this reaction happens?
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
© UCLES 2016 5070/21/O/N/16

(iii) Describe a test for iron(III) ions.
test ....................................................................................................................................
observation ........................................................................................................................
[2]
(d) Iron(II) ions react with peroxodisulfate ions. The products are iron(III) ions and sulfate ions.
...............................................................................................................................................[1]
[Total: 8]

A5 Potassium chlorate, KCl O3, decomposes to form potassium chloride and oxygen.
2KCl O3(s) 2KCl (s) + 3O2(g)
(a) Calculate the percentage by mass of oxygen in potassium chlorate.
[2]
(b) Calculate the maximum volume of oxygen formed at room temperature and pressure when
12.25 g of potassium chlorate is completely decomposed.
[3]
(c) Potassium chloride can be made by reacting potassium with chlorine.
(i) Explain in terms of gain and loss of electrons, how potassium ions and chloride ions are
formed when potassium reacts with chlorine.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[3]
(ii) Predict two physical properties of potassium chloride.
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[2]
[Total: 10]
© UCLES 2016 5070/21/O/N/16

A6 Dry air contains nitrogen, oxygen, argon and other gases.
(a) State the percentage compositions by volume of nitrogen and oxygen present in dry air.
nitrogen ................................ %
oxygen ................................. % [1]
(b) The formula for oxygen gas is O2.
(i) Draw a ‘dot-and-cross’ diagram of an oxygen molecule.
[1]
(ii) What is the formula of argon gas?
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
(c) Titanium is extracted from titanium(IV) chloride by reduction with molten sodium in an argon
atmosphere and not in air.
Suggest why this reaction is carried out in an argon atmosphere and not in air.
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[2]
(d) State one other use of argon.
...............................................................................................................................................[1]
[Total: 6]

10
Section B
B7 Ethenyl ethanoate, CH3CO2CH=CH2, is manufactured by passing a mixture of ethanoic acid,

ethene and oxygen over a catalyst at 200 °C.
CH3CO2H + CH2=CH2 + ½O2 CH3CO2CH=CH2 + H2O
The reaction is exothermic.
(a) Draw an energy profile diagram for this reaction on the axes shown.

• the reactants and products,
• the enthalpy change for the reaction,
• the activation energy.
energy
reaction pathway
[3]
(b) Ethenyl ethanoate is an unsaturated compound.
Describe a chemical test for an unsaturated compound.
test ............................................................................................................................................
observation ...............................................................................................................................
[2]
© UCLES 2016 5070/21/O/N/16

11
(c) The catalyst used in the manufacture of ethenyl ethanoate contains copper.
Copper reacts with concentrated nitric acid.
Complete the equation for this reaction.
Cu + ….HNO3 Cu(NO3)2 + ….H2O + ….NO2 [1]
(d) The structure of ethenyl ethanoate is shown.
COCH3
O H
C C
H H
Draw the structure of the addition polymer formed from ethenyl ethanoate.
[2]
(e) State two pollution problems caused by non-biodegradable plastics.
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[2]
[Total: 10]

12
B8 Ethanol can be manufactured by reacting ethene with steam in a closed reaction vessel.
C2H4(g) + H2O(g) C2H5OH(g)
(a) State two conditions for this reaction.
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[2]
(b) The graph shows the percentage yield of ethanol at different temperatures.
50
40
% yield 30
of ethanol
20
10
100 200 300 400
temperature / °C
(i) Describe how, and explain why, the percentage yield changes with temperature.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[3]
(ii) Suggest why the reaction is carried out at 300 °C and not at 200 °C.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[2]
(c) Describe how, and explain why, the position of equilibrium changes when the pressure is
increased.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[2]
© UCLES 2016 5070/21/O/N/16

13
(d) Ethanol reacts with methanoic acid, HCO2H, to form ethyl methanoate and water.
...............................................................................................................................................[1]
[Total: 10]

14
B9 Tin and silver are metals.
(a) State two properties which are characteristic of most metals.
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[2]
(b) Draw a labelled diagram to show how a tin rod can be electroplated with silver.
[3]
(c) A 9.50 g sample of a chloride of tin contains 5.95 g of tin.
Deduce the empirical formula of this chloride of tin.
empirical formula ............................................................[2]
© UCLES 2016 5070/21/O/N/16

15
(d) Tin(II) oxide reacts with oxygen to form tin(IV) oxide.
2SnO + O2 2SnO2
tin(II) oxide tin(IV) oxide
When a sample of 13.5 g of tin(II) oxide is reacted with oxygen, 12.7 g of tin(IV) oxide is
formed.
Calculate the percentage yield of tin(IV) oxide.
...................................................... % [3]
[Total: 10]

16
B10 A student prepared some crystals of hydrated lithium nitrate by reacting aqueous lithium hydroxide
with dilute nitric acid.
LiOH + HNO3 + 2H2O LiNO3.3H2O
(a) Explain how you would carry out this procedure to obtain pure dry crystals of hydrated lithium
nitrate.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[4]
(b) The student used 20.0 cm3 of 0.500 mol / dm3 of lithium hydroxide to prepare the crystals.
Calculate the maximum mass of hydrated lithium nitrate crystals that could be made.
....................................................... g [3]
(c) A sample of hydrated lithium nitrate is heated in a test-tube.
2LiNO3.3H2O(s) Li2O(s) + 2NO2(g) + ½O2(g) + 6H2O(l)
What is observed during this reaction?
...............................................................................................................................................[1]
(d) Explain why lithium oxide conducts electricity when molten.
...............................................................................................................................................[1]
© UCLES 2016 5070/21/O/N/16

17
(e) Predict the products of electrolysis of molten lithium oxide at
the anode (positive electrode), .................................................................................................
the cathode (negative electrode). .............................................................................................

[1]
[Total: 10]
© UCLES 2016 5070/21/O/N/16

The Periodic Table of Elements
Group
© UCLES 2016
I II III IV V VI VII VIII
1 2
H He
hydrogen helium
Key 1 4
3 4 atomic number 5 6 7 8 9 10
Li Be atomic symbol B C N O F Ne
lithium beryllium name boron carbon nitrogen oxygen fluorine neon
7 9 relative atomic mass 11 12 14 16 19 20
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
sodium magnesium aluminium silicon phosphorus sulfur chlorine argon
23 24 27 28 31 32 35.5 40
19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36
potassium calcium scandium titanium vanadium chromium manganese iron cobalt nickel copper zinc gallium germanium arsenic selenium bromine krypton
39 40 45 48 51 52 55 56 59 59 64 65 70 73 75 79 80 84
37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54
rubidium strontium yttrium zirconium niobium molybdenum technetium ruthenium rhodium palladium silver cadmium indium tin antimony tellurium iodine xenon
20
85 88 89 91 93 96 – 101 103 106 108 112 115 119 122 128 127 131
55 56 57–71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86
5070/21/O/N/16
lanthanoids
Cs Ba Hf Ta W Re Os Ir Pt Au Hg Tl Pb Bi Po At Rn
caesium barium hafnium tantalum tungsten rhenium osmium iridium platinum gold mercury thallium lead bismuth polonium astatine radon
133 137 178 181 184 186 190 192 195 197 201 204 207 209 – – –
87 88 89–103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 114 116
actinoids
Fr Ra Rf Db Sg Bh Hs Mt Ds Rg Cn Fl Lv
francium radium rutherfordium dubnium seaborgium bohrium hassium meitnerium darmstadtium roentgenium copernicium flerovium livermorium
– – – – – – – – – – – – –
57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71
lanthanoids La Ce Pr Nd Pm Sm Eu Gd Tb Dy Ho Er Tm Yb Lu
lanthanum cerium praseodymium neodymium promethium samarium europium gadolinium terbium dysprosium holmium erbium thulium ytterbium lutetium
139 140 141 144 – 150 152 157 159 163 165 167 169 173 175
89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103
actinoids Ac Th Pa U Np Pu Am Cm Bk Cf Es Fm Md No Lr
actinium thorium protactinium uranium neptunium plutonium americium curium berkelium californium einsteinium fermium mendelevium nobelium lawrencium
– 232 231 238 – – – – – – – – – – –
The volume of one mole of any gas is 24 dm3 at room temperature and pressure (r.t.p.)

CHEMISTRY 5070/21
MARK SCHEME
Maximum Mark: 75
Published
This mark scheme is published as an aid to teachers and candidates, to indicate the requirements of the
examination. It shows the basis on which Examiners were instructed to award marks. It does not indicate the
details of the discussions that took place at an Examiners’ meeting before marking began, which would have
considered the acceptability of alternative answers.
Mark schemes should be read in conjunction with the question paper and the Principal Examiner Report for
Teachers.
Cambridge IGCSE®, Cambridge International A and AS Level components and some Cambridge O Level
components.


Question Answer Mark
A1(a) NO / nitrogen oxide / nitric oxide (1) 1
A1(b) CH4 / methane (1) 1
A1(c) Ba(NO3)2 / barium nitrate (1) 1
A1(d) V2O5 / vanadium pentoxide / vanadium(V) oxide (1) 1
A1(e) CaO / calcium oxide (1) 1
Total: 5
A2(a)(i) acid that is completely ionised / acid that is completely dissociated / acid that releases all ionisable hydrogen (1) 1
A2(a)(ii) add Universal Indicator AND compare colour with pH (colour) chart (1) 1
A2(b) add calcium oxide / add lime / add calcium hydroxide / add calcium carbonate (1) 2
base (reacts with the acid) / neutralising (the acid) (1)
A2(c) rate increases as pH increases (then remains constant) (1) 1
Total: 5
© UCLES 2016

A3(a) C8H18O (1) 1
A3(b)(i) increases with increased number of carbon atoms (1) 1
A3(b)(ii) values between 0.806 and 0.813 (inclusive) (1) 1
A3(b)(iii) liquid 1
because melting point is below room temperature and boiling point is above room temperature (1)
A3(c) (viscosity) increases as number of C atoms increases / increases down the alcohols (1) 2
any correct answer related to length / size / mass of molecule e.g. size of molecule increases / length of carbon
chain increases / chains get more tangled / van der Waals’ forces increase / intermolecular forces increase (1)
A3(d) C3H7OH + 4½O2 → 3CO2 + 4H2O 2

correct balancing, dependent on correct formulae (1)
A3(e)(i) (acidified) potassium manganate(VII) / potassium permanganate (1) 2

heat / reflux (1)
A3(e)(ii) H 1
H H
C
C O
H C H
H
O (1)
Total: 11
© UCLES 2016

A4(a) peroxodisulfate: increases rate / doubling concentration doubles the rate (1) 2
iodide: increases rate / doubling concentration doubles the rate (1)
A4(b) lower the activation energy (1) 1
A4(c)(i) oxidation number of iron decreases / they gain electrons / iron(III) gets reduced (1) 1
A4(c)(ii) yellow → brown (1) 1
A4(c)(iii) add (aqueous) sodium hydroxide / add (aqueous) ammonia (1) 2

red-brown precipitate (1)
A4(d) 2Fe2+ + S2O82– → 2Fe3+ + 2SO42– (1) 1
Total: 8
A5(a) 39% (2) 2

If 2 marks not scored, molar mass of KClO3 = 122.5 scores 1 mark
A5(b) 12.25 3
KClO3 = OR 0.10 (mol) (1)
122.5
moles O2 = 1.5 × 0.01 = 0.15 moles / idea of multiplying moles by 1.5 (1)
volume of O2 = 3.6 dm3 / 3600 cm3 , correct unit must be included (1)
© UCLES 2016

A5(c)(i) potassium (atom(s)) loses electron(s) (1) 3

chlorine (atom(s)) gains electron(s) (1)
so there are 8 electrons in outer shells of both ions (1)
A5(c)(ii) One mark each for any two of : 2
• high melting point / high boiling point

• dissolves in water
• does not conduct electricity when solid / conducts electricity when molten
Total: 10
A6(a) nitrogen 78% AND oxygen 21% (1) 1
A6(b)(i) correct ‘dot-and-cross’ diagram with two pairs of bonding electrons and four non-bonding electrons on each of the 1
two oxygen atoms (1)
A6(b)(ii) Ar (1) 1
A6(c) argon is unreactive / argon is inert / argon does not react (1) 2
air would react with sodium / air would react with titanium / air would react with the reaction mixture / argon prevents
sodium reacting with air / argon stops titanium reacting with air / to exclude air (1)
A6(d) any suitable e.g. lamps / bulbs / lasers (1) 1
Total: 6
© UCLES 2016

B7(a) reactants labelled on left and products labelled on right AND product level below reactant level (1) 3
enthalpy change labelled and shown by downward arrow (1)
activation energy as upward arrow from left hand energy level to energy ‘hump’ above the highest energy level of
both products and reactant (1)
B7(b) bromine water / aqueous bromine / bromine (1) 2

turns colourless (1)
B7(c) Cu + 4HNO3 → Cu(NO3)2 + 2H2O + 2NO2 (1) 1
B7(d) OCOCH3 2
│
CH─CH2 (1)
extension bonds shown (1)
B7(e) One mark each for any two suitable points e.g. : 2
• fills landfill sites

• litter
• when burnt greenhouse gases given off / burning produces poisonous gases
• get caught in birds / fish gullets (causing choking / death)
Total: 10
© UCLES 2016

B8(a) One mark each for any two of : 2
• catalyst / phosphoric acid

• high temperature / heat
• high pressure
B8(b)(i) % yield decreases as temperature increases (1) 3

reaction is exothermic / reaction releases energy (1)
(equilibrium) moves to the left (1)
B8(b)(ii) at 200 ºC rate of reaction will be low / slow reaction at 200 ºC / 300 ºC rate of reaction will be high / fast reaction at 2
300 ºC (1)
idea of compromise temperature / idea of balance between lower yield and faster rate (1)
B8(c) position of equilibrium shifts to the right / equilibrium moves towards the product side (1) 2
more molecules on left than right / more moles of on left than on right (1)
B8(d) HCO2H + C2H5OH → HCO2C2H5 + H2O (1) 1
Total: 10
© UCLES 2016

B9(a) One mark each for any two suitable properties e.g.: 2
• shiny
• conducts heat / conducts electricity
• malleable
• ductile
B9(b) 2 electrodes dipping into liquid and connected to a power supply (1) 3
electrolyte labelled as aqueous silver ions, soluble silver compound or named soluble silver compound / silver
nitrate solution (1)
silver anode / silver positive electrode AND tin cathode / tin negative electrode (1)
B9(c) 5.95 2
mol Sn =
119
3.55
mol Cl =
35.5
dividing masses by correct atomic masses (1)
(mol Sn = 0.05 and mol Cl = 0.1) formula is SnCl2 (1)
B9(d) 13.5 3
mol tin(II) oxide = OR 0.10 mol (1)
135
mass tin(IV) oxide expected = 0.10 × 151 = 15.1 g (1)
12.7
% yield = × 100 = 84% (1)
15.1
Total: 10
© UCLES 2016

B10(a) add acid to alkali in flask with indicator and record volume of acid needed (to neutralise alkali) (1) 4
repeat without indicator adding the recorded volume of acid (1)
evaporate solution to point of crystallisation / leave to crystallise (1)
filter off crystals and dry with filter paper / leave in a drying oven (1)
B10(b) mol LiOH = 0.500 × 20 OR 0.01 mol 1000 3

molar mass of hydrated lithium nitrate = 123 (1)
mass = 123 × 0.01 = 1.23 g (1)
B10(c) brown fumes / colourless liquid condensing at mouth of tube / white solid forming (1) 1
B10(d) ions (are free to) move (1) 1
B10(e) anode: oxygen / O2 AND cathode lithium / Li (1) 1
Total: 10
© UCLES 2016

* 4 4 3 3 5 0 8 2 7 7 *
CHEMISTRY 5070/21
1 hour 30 minutes
Section A
Section B

This document consists of 19 printed pages and 1 blank page.
DC (RW/JG) 129376/3
Section A
A1 (a) Choose from the following elements to answer the questions.
calcium
chlorine
chromium
copper
krypton
nitrogen
oxygen
sodium
sulfur
Which element:
(i) is a monatomic gas,
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
(ii) makes up 78% of dry air,
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
(iii) has an oxide which reacts with the impurities in a blast furnace to form slag,
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
(iv) forms aqueous ions with a 2+ charge which give a dark blue solution on addition of
excess aqueous ammonia,
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
(v) reacts with propane in the presence of ultraviolet light by a substitution reaction?
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
© UCLES 2017 5070/21/O/N/17

(b) Complete the table to show the number of electrons and number of neutrons in the sulfur
atom and in the magnesium ion.
number of electrons number of neutrons
33
16S
25 2+
12Mg
[4]
[Total: 9]

A2 Copper(II) sulfate is an ionic compound.
(a) Describe the arrangement of the ions and the type of attractive forces between the ions in
solid copper(II) sulfate.
arrangement .............................................................................................................................
type of attractive forces ............................................................................................................

[2]
(b) Explain why solid copper(II) sulfate does not conduct electricity but aqueous
copper(II) sulfate does conduct.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[2]
(c) When aqueous copper(II) sulfate is electrolysed using platinum electrodes, copper(II) ions
are reduced to copper at the negative electrode. Oxygen is formed at the positive electrode
by loss of electrons from hydroxide ions.
(i) State the source of the hydroxide ions.
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
(ii) Complete the equation for the reaction at the positive electrode.
.... OH– O2 + .... H2O + ............ [1]
(iii) Suggest why hydroxide ions and not sulfate ions are discharged at the positive electrode.
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
(d) (i) Give the formulae of the four ions present in aqueous copper(II) sulfate.
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
(ii) Suggest why the solution becomes acidic as the electrolysis proceeds.
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[2]
(iii) Suggest why the blue colour of the aqueous copper(II) sulfate fades as the electrolysis
proceeds.
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
© UCLES 2017 5070/21/O/N/17

(e) Draw a ‘dot-and-cross’ diagram of an oxygen molecule.
[2]
[Total: 13]

A3 The diagram shows the structure of a metal.
Key
– –
+ + + + + + metal ion
– – – –
+ + + + – electron
– – –
– – –
+ + + +
–
(a) Refer to this structure to explain why
(i) metals are malleable,
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[2]
(ii) metals conduct electricity.
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
(b) The table shows the ease with which different metal oxides can be reduced.
metal oxide ease of reduction

calcium oxide not reduced by carbon at 1800 °C
iron(III) oxide reduced by carbon at 650 °C
silver oxide reduced by heating without carbon
titanium(IV) oxide reduced by carbon at 1800 °C but not at 650 °C
Use the information in the table to place the metals calcium, iron, silver and titanium in order
of their reactivity.
least reactive most reactive

[1]
© UCLES 2017 5070/21/O/N/17

(c) Iron(III) oxide can be reduced by carbon monoxide.
Fe2O3 + 3CO 2Fe + 3CO2
(i) Calculate the maximum mass of iron that can be formed when 14.4 g of iron(III) oxide is
reduced by excess carbon monoxide.
Give your answer to three significant figures.
mass of iron = ....................................................... g [3]
(ii) Calculate the maximum volume of carbon dioxide, in dm3, produced by this reaction, at
room temperature and pressure.
volume of carbon dioxide = .................................................. dm3 [2]
[Total: 9]

A4 The structure of malic acid is shown.
H H
O O
C C C C
H O O H
O H
(a) Malic acid is a carboxylic acid because it contains a –COOH group.
Malic acid also contains an –OH group.
Name the homologous series of compounds which contain the –OH group.
...............................................................................................................................................[1]
(b) A diester of malic acid has the formula shown.
H7C3OOC–CH(OH)–CH2–COOC3H7
What reagent and conditions are needed to make this diester from malic acid?
reagent .....................................................................................................................................
conditions .................................................................................................................................
[2]
(c) When heated, malic acid forms fumaric acid.
HOOC–CH(OH)–CH2–COOH HOOC–CH=CH–COOH + H2O

malic acid fumaric acid
How can aqueous malic acid and aqueous fumaric acid be distinguished when aqueous
bromine is added to a sample of each?
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[2]
© UCLES 2017 5070/21/O/N/17

(d) The structure of compound A is shown.
H H
C C
COOH OH
Compound A can undergo two types of polymerisation.
(i) Name these two types of polymerisation.
1. .......................................................................................................................................
2. .......................................................................................................................................
[2]
(ii) For one of these types of polymerisation, draw a section of the polymer to show two
repeat units.
[2]
[Total: 9]

10
A5 Hydrocarbons undergo complete combustion to form carbon dioxide and water.
(a) Construct the equation for the complete combustion of butane, C4H10.
...............................................................................................................................................[2]
(b) The combustion of butane is exothermic.
Explain in terms of bond making and bond breaking why this reaction is exothermic.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[2]
(c) Petroleum (crude oil) fractions contain hydrocarbons.
Give one use of the paraffin (kerosene) fraction.
...............................................................................................................................................[1]
[Total: 5]
© UCLES 2017 5070/21/O/N/17

12
Section B
B6 Ethanoic acid is a weak acid.
(a) What is meant by the term weak acid ?
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[1]
(b) Ethanoic acid reacts with ethanol to form ethyl ethanoate.
CH3COOH + C2H5OH CH3COOC2H5 + H2O
Describe and explain the effect, if any, on the position of equilibrium when
(i) the concentration of ethanol is increased,
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[2]
(ii) the temperature is increased.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[2]
© UCLES 2017 5070/21/O/N/17

13
(c) The table shows some properties of four carboxylic acids.
carboxylic acid formula melting point boiling point density in the

/ °C / °C liquid state
in g / cm3
methanoic acid HCOOH 8.5 100.7 1.22
ethanoic acid CH3COOH 16.7 118.0 1.05
propanoic acid C2H5COOH −20.7 141.1
butanoic acid C3H7COOH −4.4 165.6 0.96
(i) How does the boiling point change as the number of carbon atoms in the formula of the
carboxylic acids increases?
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
(ii) Estimate the density, in g / cm3, of liquid propanoic acid.
density ............................................... g / cm3 [1]
(iii) What is the physical state of ethanoic acid at 15.0 °C? Explain your answer.
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
(iv) Why is it difficult to predict the melting point of pentanoic acid, C4H9COOH, using only
the information from the table?
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
(v) Draw the structure of propanoic acid showing all of the atoms and all of the bonds.
[1]
[Total: 10]

14
B7 Some properties of the Group IV elements are shown in the table.
melting point relative electrical

element
/ °C conductivity
carbon (diamond) 3550 non-conductor
silicon 1410 poor conductor
germanium 937 poor conductor
tin 232 conductor
lead 328 conductor
(a) (i) Explain in terms of structure and bonding why diamond has such a high melting point.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[2]
(ii) Use the information in the table to suggest how the type of structure and bonding in
carbon (diamond) differs from the type of structure and bonding in tin. Explain your
answer.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[2]
(iii) Lead oxide is an amphoteric oxide.
What is the meaning of the term amphoteric oxide?
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
© UCLES 2017 5070/21/O/N/17

15
(b) A sample containing 64.5 g of a chloride of germanium contains 42.6 g of chlorine.
(i) Deduce the empirical formula of this chloride.
(ii) This chloride of germanium has a boiling point of 87 °C.
Predict the structure and bonding of this chloride.
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[2]
[Total: 10]

16
B8 Concentrated aqueous ammonia is used to make fertilisers such as ammonium phosphate,

(NH4)3PO4.
(a) Calculate the percentage by mass of nitrogen in ammonium phosphate.
........................................ % by mass [2]
(b) Explain why farmers spread nitrogen-containing fertilisers on their fields.
...............................................................................................................................................[1]
(c) Describe a test for ammonia.
test ............................................................................................................................................
result .........................................................................................................................................
[2]
(d) Explain why adding calcium hydroxide to the soil at the same time as ammonium phosphate
results in loss of nitrogen from the soil.
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[2]
© UCLES 2017 5070/21/O/N/17

17
(e) Aqueous ammonia reacts with dilute sulfuric acid.
2NH3(aq) + H2SO4(aq) (NH4)2SO4(aq)
A student titrates 20.0 cm3 of aqueous ammonia with 0.150 mol / dm3 sulfuric acid.
10.5 cm3 of sulfuric acid is required to neutralise the aqueous ammonia.
Calculate the concentration, in mol / dm3, of the aqueous ammonia.
concentration of aqueous ammonia = ........................................... mol / dm3 [3]
[Total: 10]

18
B9 Cyclopropane is converted to propene when heated.
H 2C
CH2 CH3CH = CH2
H 2C
cyclopropane
(a) Explain why cyclopropane and propene are isomers.
...............................................................................................................................................[1]
(b) The graph shows how the concentration of propene in this reaction changes with time.
concentration
of propene
in mol / dm3
0
0 time / min
Describe how the rate of this reaction changes with time. Explain your answer by referring to
the graph.
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[2]
(c) Describe and explain the effect of increasing the concentration of cyclopropane on the rate of
this reaction.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[2]
(d) Describe and explain the effect of decreasing the temperature on the rate of this reaction.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[2]
© UCLES 2017 5070/21/O/N/17

19
(e) Propene undergoes addition reactions. Two addition reactions of propene are shown in the
diagram.
Complete the diagram to show the missing name, formula and conditions.
propene
CH3CH = CH2
conditions
1. ......................................
+ steam + H2
2. ......................................
name ...................................... propane

formula ................................... CH3CH2CH3
[3]
[Total: 10]
To avoid the issue of disclosure of answer-related information to candidates, all copyright acknowledgements are reproduced online in the Cambridge International
Examinations Copyright Acknowledgements Booklet. This is produced for each series of examinations and is freely available to download at www.cie.org.uk after
the live examination series.
© UCLES 2017 5070/21/O/N/17

Group
© UCLES 2017
1 2
H He
hydrogen helium
Key 1 4
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
23 24 27 28 31 32 35.5 40
19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36
39 40 45 48 51 52 55 56 59 59 64 65 70 73 75 79 80 84
37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54
20
85 88 89 91 93 96 – 101 103 106 108 112 115 119 122 128 127 131
55 56 57–71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86
5070/21/O/N/17
lanthanoids
133 137 178 181 184 186 190 192 195 197 201 204 207 209 – – –
87 88 89–103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 114 116
actinoids
– – – – – – – – – – – – –
57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71
139 140 141 144 – 150 152 157 159 163 165 167 169 173 175
89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103
– 232 231 238 – – – – – – – – – – –
Cambridge Assessment International Education

CHEMISTRY 5070/21
MARK SCHEME
Maximum Mark: 75
Published
Teachers.
Cambridge International will not enter into discussions about these mark schemes.
Cambridge International is publishing the mark schemes for the October/November 2017 series for most
components.
® IGCSE is a registered trademark.

5070/21 Cambridge O Level – Mark Scheme October/November
PUBLISHED 2017
Question Answer Marks
A1(a)(i) krypton / Kr (1) 1
A1(a)(ii) nitrogen / N2(1) 1
A1(a)(iii) calcium / Ca (1) 1
A1(a)(iv) copper / Cu (1) 1
A1(a)(v) chlorine / Cl2 (1) 1
A1(b) number of electrons number of neutrons 4

33
S 16 (1) 17 (1)
25 2+
Mg 10 (1) 13 (1)
A2(a) arrangement: ordered / lattice / regular / layers / uniformly arranged / repeated pattern (1) 2
type of force: electrostatic (1)
A2(b) solid: ions cannot move (1) 2
aqueous: ions can move (1)
A2(c)(i) (ionisation of) water (1) 1
A2(c)(ii) 4OH− → O2 + 2H2O + 4e− (1) 1
A2(c)(iii) hydroxide (ions) lower in reactivity (than sulfate (ions)) / sulfate (ions) less easily oxidised (than hydroxide (ions)) (1) 1
A2(d)(i) H+, OH−, SO42−, Cu2+ (1) 1
© UCLES 2017 Page 2 of 9

PUBLISHED 2017
A2(d)(ii) hydroxide removed (1) 2
idea of H+ remaining (causing acidity) (1)
A2(d)(iii) Cu2+ ions removed (at negative electrode) (1) 1
A2(e) two pairs of bonding electrons (1) 2

rest of structure correct (1)
A3(a)(i) Any two of: 2
reference to layers (1)
(layers) slide (1)
A3(a)(ii) mobile electrons / electrons can move (1) 1
A3(b) silver < iron < titanium < calcium (1) 1
A3(c)(i) 14.4 3
mol Fe2O3 = OR 0.090 (1)
160
mol Fe = 2 × 0.090 OR 0.180 (1)
mass = (0.180 × 56) = 10.1 (1)
A3(c)(ii) 3 2
mol CO2 = × 0.18 OR 0.27 (1)
2
volume = 0.27 × 24 = 6.48 (dm3) (1)

PUBLISHED 2017
A4(a) alcohol (1) 1
A4(b) propanol (1) 2
reflux / heat (with sulfuric / strong acid / conc acid) (1)
A4(c) bromine decolourised by fumaric acid / colour of bromine goes (brown to) colourless with fumaric acid (1) 2
no colour change with malic acid / bromine remains brown with malic acid / bromine remains the same colour with malic
acid (1)
A4(d)(i) addition (1) 2
condensation (1)

PUBLISHED 2017
A4(d)(ii) for addition polymer: 2
HO O
C H H OH
H C C C C H
H OH C H
HO O
two (or more) repeat units with single bonds between carbon atoms (1)
continuation bonds dependent on correct structure (1)
OR
for condensation polymer:
O O
H O C O C H
C C C C
H H H H
two (or more) repeat units with ester link and continuation bonds (2)
if 2 marks not awarded, 1 mark for ester link drawn correctly

PUBLISHED 2017
A5(a) 2C4H10 + 13O2 → 8CO2 + 10H2O 2
correct reactants and products (1)
balancing dependent on correct formulae (1)
A5(b) bond breaking is endothermic and bond making is exothermic (1) 2
more energy released (in bond making) than absorbed (in bond breaking) (1)
A5(c) jet fuel, heating oil (1) 1
B6(a) acid which doesn’t dissociate completely to give H+ / doesn’t ionise completely to give H+ (1) 1
B6(b)(i) equilibrium shifts to the right (1) 2
to reduce the amount of ethanol added (1)
B6(b)(ii) equilibrium moves to the left (1) 2
the (forward) reaction is exothermic / backward reaction is endothermic / moves in the direction of the endothermic reaction (1)
B6(c)(i) increases (with increasing number of carbon atoms) (1) 1
B6(c)(ii) any value between 0.97 and 1.04 (1) 1
B6(c)(iii) solid because 15 °C is below its melting point / solid because the melting point is above 15 °C (1) 1
B6(c)(iv) there is no clear trend / the values go up and down (and up) (1) 1

PUBLISHED 2017
B6(c)(v) correct structure of propanoic acid showing all atoms and all bonds (1) 1
H H O
H C C C
H H O H
B7(a)(i) giant (molecular) structure / many covalent bonds (1) 2
takes a lot of energy to break the bonds / needs a high temperature to break the bonds (1)
B7(a)(ii) Diamond has a giant covalent structure whereas tin has a metallic structure (1) 2
because diamond or carbon has a much higher melting point OR diamond does not conduct electricity but tin does (1)
B7(a)(iii) (oxide which) reacts with acids or bases (1) 1
B7(b)(i) mass of germanium = 21.9 (g) (1) 3
21.9 42.6
mol Ge = and mol Cl = OR mol ratio Ge : Cl is 0.3 to 1.2 (1)
73 35.5
GeCl4 (1)
B7(b)(ii) (simple) molecular (1) 2
covalent bonding (1)
B8(a) 3 × 14 2
× 100 = 28.2 % (2 marks)
149
If 2 marks not scored correct Mr = 149 (1)

PUBLISHED 2017
B8(b) to increase plant growth / to help make more protein / to add nitrogen to soil depleted by previous year’s growth (1) 1
B8(c) (damp) red litmus paper (1) 2
turns blue (1)
B8(d) ammonia is formed (1) 2
idea of ammonia escaping from the soil as a gas (1)
B8(e) 10.5 3
mol H2SO4 = 0.150 × OR 1.575 × 10–3 (1)
1000
mol NH3(aq) = 2 × 1.575 × 10–3 OR 3.15 × 10–3 (1)
concentration of NH3(aq) = 0.158 (mol dm–3) (1)
B9(a) they have the same molecular formula but the atoms are arranged differently (1) 1
B9(b) rate decreases (1) 2
the gradient of the graph decreases / slope of the graph decreases (1)
B9(c) increases rate (no marks) 2
particles closer together / more particles in a given volume / more crowded particles (1)
greater collision frequency / more collisions per second / rate of collisions increases (1)

PUBLISHED 2017
B9(d) decreases rate (no marks) 2
particles move more slowly / particles have less kinetic energy (1)
number of particles with energy equal to or greater than the activation energy is decreased / fewer successful collisions / fewer
effective collisions (1)
B9(e) left hand box: 3
propanol (1)
C3H7OH (1)
right hand conditions:
catalyst / Ni AND heat / high temperature / high pressure (1)


*0637390508*
CHEMISTRY 5070/22
1 hour 30 minutes
Section A
Section B

question. Section A
B6
B7
B8
B9
Total
DC (LEO/SW) 21596/2
Section A For
Examiner’s
A1 (a) Choose from the following list of metals to answer the questions below.
aluminium
iron
lead
magnesium
potassium
silver
vanadium
Each metal can be used once, more than once or not at all.
Which metal
(i) reacts with cold water to form an alkaline solution,
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
(ii) forms a protective oxide layer on its surface,
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
(iii) is the catalyst used in the industrial manufacture of ammonia,
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
(iv) is a sacrificial metal used to prevent iron pipes from rusting,
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
(v) is in Period 5 of the Periodic Table?
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
(b) Draw a labelled diagram to show the structure of a typical metal.
[2]
[Total: 7]
© UCLES 2010 5070/22/O/N/10
A2 Ethanol can be made both by fermentation and by the addition of steam to ethene. For
Examiner’s
(a) (i) Name the organic compound required for fermentation. Use
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
(ii) State the conditions under which fermentation most readily takes place.
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [2]
(b) Write an equation for the reaction between steam and ethene.
[1]
(c) Ethanol, C2H5OH, reacts with ethanoic acid, CH3COOH.
CH3COOH + C2H5OH CH3COOC2H5 + H2O
(i) Name the compound CH3COOC2H5.
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
(ii) What name is given to this type of chemical reaction?
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
(d) (i) Name the third member of the alcohol homologous series.
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
(ii) Draw the structural formula of this compound, showing all atoms and bonds.
[1]
[Total: 8]

A3 A student measured the volume of hydrogen produced over time when small pieces of zinc For
reacted with excess sulfuric acid. Examiner’s
The results are shown in the graph below. Use
50
40
volume
of hydrogen
/ cm3
30
20
10
0
0 2 4 6 8 10 12
time / minutes
(a) Use the information from the graph to calculate the average speed of reaction in the first
two minutes.
[1]
(b) Explain why the reaction stopped after 6 minutes.
...................................................................................................................................... [1]
(c) Copper catalyses this reaction.
(i) On the axes above, sketch a line to show the expected results for the catalysed
reaction. [1]
(ii) Explain how a catalyst changes the speed of reaction.
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
© UCLES 2010 5070/22/O/N/10

(d) Explain, using ideas about colliding particles, what happens to the speed of this reaction For
when larger particles of zinc are used. Examiner’s
Use
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................... [2]
(e) Explain, using ideas about colliding particles, what happens to the speed of this reaction
when the temperature of the reaction mixture is increased.
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................... [2]
[Total: 8]

A4 Chlorine, bromine and iodine are non-metals in Group VII of the Periodic Table. Their For
molecules are diatomic. Examiner’s
Use
(a) What do you understand by the term diatomic?
...................................................................................................................................... [1]
(b) (i) Describe the trend in colour of the Group VII elements down the Group.
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
(ii) In what physical state do the following elements exist at room temperature and
pressure?
bromine ....................................................................................................................
iodine .................................................................................................................... [2]
(c) Aqueous bromine reacts with aqueous potassium iodide.
Br2(aq) + 2KI(aq) 2KBr(aq) + I2(aq)
(i) Write an ionic equation for this reaction.
[1]
(ii) Describe a positive test for iodide ions.
test ...........................................................................................................................
observation ........................................................................................................... [2]
(iii) Explain why aqueous bromine does not react with aqueous potassium chloride.
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
(d) Hydrochloric acid can be made by burning hydrogen in chlorine, then dissolving the
product in water.
Give the formulae for the ions present in hydrochloric acid.
...................................................................................................................................... [1]
© UCLES 2010 5070/22/O/N/10

(e) An aqueous solution of calcium hydroxide was titrated with 0.0150 mol / dm3 hydrochloric For
acid. Examiner’s
Use
Ca(OH)2 + 2HCl CaCl2 + 2H2O
It required 6.00 cm3 of this aqueous hydrochloric acid to neutralise 20.0 cm3 of the
calcium hydroxide solution.
Calculate the concentration, in mol / dm3, of the calcium hydroxide solution.
[3]
[Total: 12]

A5 Carbon and graphite are two forms of carbon. For

Examiner’s
Use
diamond graphite
(a) (i) Describe two differences in the structure of diamond and graphite.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [2]
(ii) Explain, in terms of their structure, why graphite is soft but diamond is hard.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [2]
(b) Tin is extracted by heating tin(IV) oxide, SnO2, with carbon in a furnace.
SnO2 + 2C Sn + 2CO
(i) How does this equation show that tin(IV) oxide gets reduced?
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
(ii) Explain why carbon monoxide must not be allowed to escape from the furnace.
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
(c) Carbon monoxide can be formed by the reduction of carbon dioxide with red-hot
carbon.
(i) Write an equation for this reaction.
[1]
© UCLES 2010 5070/22/O/N/10

(ii) Carbon monoxide has a triple covalent bond. For

Draw the electronic structure of carbon monoxide. Show only the outer electrons. Examiner’s
Use
[2]
(iii) Carbon monoxide reacts with chromium to form chromium carbonyl.

The structure of chromium carbonyl is shown below.
O C O
C C
Cr
C C
O C O
Write the empirical formula for chromium carbonyl.
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
[Total: 10]

10
Section B For
Examiner’s
B6 The carbon cycle regulates the amount of carbon dioxide in the atmosphere.
(a) Explain how the processes of photosynthesis and respiration help to regulate the
amount of carbon dioxide in the atmosphere.
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................... [3]
(b) Methane is an atmospheric pollutant which contributes to global warming.
(i) Suggest two possible consequences of an increase in global warming.
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [2]
(ii) Write an equation for the complete combustion of methane.
[1]
(iii) Methane is generally unreactive. Apart from combustion, state one other chemical
reaction of methane.
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
© UCLES 2010 5070/22/O/N/10

11
(c) Methane is a member of the alkane homologous series. For

Examiner’s
(i) Describe how the boiling points of unbranched alkanes vary with the size of their Use
molecules.
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
(ii) Alkanes can be cracked to form alkenes.

State the conditions required for cracking alkanes.
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [2]
[Total: 10]

12
B7 Zinc chloride is an ionic solid. It can be electrolysed using the apparatus shown below. For
Examiner’s
Use
graphite graphite
anode cathode
zinc chloride
heat
(a) Explain why zinc chloride conducts electricity when molten, but not when solid.
..........................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................... [2]
(b) Predict the products of this electrolysis at
the anode, ........................................................................................................................
the cathode. ................................................................................................................. [1]
(c) When a dilute aqueous solution of zinc chloride is electrolysed, hydroxide ions are
converted to oxygen at the anode.
Write the ionic equation for this reaction.
[2]
(d) Describe a positive test for zinc ions.
test ...................................................................................................................................
observations ....................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................... [3]
© UCLES 2010 5070/22/O/N/10

13
(e) Solid zinc chloride absorbs ammonia to form tetrammine zinc chloride, Zn(NH3)4Cl2. For
Examiner’s
ZnCl2 + 4NH3 Zn(NH3)4Cl2 Use
Calculate the maximum yield, in grams, of tetrammine zinc chloride formed when 3.4 g
of zinc chloride reacts with excess ammonia.
[2]
[Total:10]

14
B8 Magnesium is a reactive metal. For

Examiner’s
(a) (i) Name the products formed when magnesium reacts with steam. Use
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
(ii) Write the equation for the reaction of magnesium with ethanoic acid, CH3COOH.
[2]
(b) Magnesium chloride is a soluble salt.

Describe how you can make pure dry crystals of magnesium chloride from magnesium
carbonate.
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................... [3]
(c) The equation shows the reaction which occurs when magnesium carbonate is heated.
MgCO3 MgO + CO2
State the name given to this type of chemical reaction.
...................................................................................................................................... [1]
© UCLES 2010 5070/22/O/N/10

15
(d) A student compared the action of heat on three solid metal carbonates. For
She heated each carbonate using the apparatus shown below. In each case, she Examiner’s
recorded the length of time taken for the limewater to turn milky. Use
limewater
metal
carbonate
Bunsen
burner
(i) State one factor that must be kept constant if the speeds of reaction are to be
compared in a fair way.
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
(ii) The time taken for the limewater to turn milky for each metal carbonate is shown in
the table.
metal carbonate time taken for the limewater to

turn milky / s
copper carbonate 10
magnesium carbonate 40
zinc carbonate 24
Describe and explain these results in terms of the reactivity of the metals.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [2]
[Total: 10]

16
B9 Sulfur dioxide is a gas which contributes to acid rain. For

Examiner’s
(a) (i) State one source of sulfur dioxide in the atmosphere. Use
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
(ii) Acid rain can cause lakes to become acidic. This may cause fish and plants in the
water to die.
Describe one other environmental problem caused by acid rain.
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
(b) Acid rain is a solution of dilute sulfuric acid.

The acidity in lakes can be neutralised by adding powdered calcium carbonate.
(i) Write an equation, including state symbols, for the reaction of calcium carbonate
with sulfuric acid.
[2]
(ii) State one industrial use of sulfuric acid.
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
(iii) Sulfuric acid is a strong acid.

What do you understand by the term strong acid?
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
(c) Sulfuric acid is manufactured by the Contact process.

Name the raw materials used in the first stage of the Contact process.
...................................................................................................................................... [1]
(d) The equation shows the second stage of the Contact process.
2SO2 + O2 2SO3 ∆ H = –197 kJ / mol
(i) State the meaning of the symbol ∆ H.
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
(ii) Predict and explain the effect of increasing the temperature on the position of
equilibrium in this reaction.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [2]
[Total: 10]
© UCLES 2010 5070/22/O/N/10

DATA SHEET
© UCLES 2010
Group
1 4
H He
Hydrogen Helium
1 2
7 9 11 12 14 16 19 20
Li Be B C N O F Ne
3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
23 24 27 28 31 32 35.5 40
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
39 40 45 48 51 52 55 56 59 59 64 65 70 73 75 79 80 84
19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36
20
85 88 89 91 93 96 101 103 106 108 112 115 119 122 128 127 131
5070/22/O/N/10
37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54
133 137 139 178 181 184 186 190 192 195 197 201 204 207 209 209 210 222
55 56 57 * 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86
223 226 227
Fr Ra Ac
87 88 89 †
140 141 144 147 150 152 157 159 162 165 167 169 173 175
58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71

GCE Ordinary Level

5070 CHEMISTRY
examination.
• CIE will not enter into discussions or correspondence in connection with these mark schemes.
CIE is publishing the mark schemes for the October/November 2010 question papers for most IGCSE,
GCE Advanced Level and Advanced Subsidiary Level syllabuses and some Ordinary Level
syllabuses.

A1 (a) (i) potassium / K [1]
(ii) aluminium / Al [1]
(iii) iron / Fe [1]
(iv) magnesium / Mg [1]
(v) silver / Ag [1]

ALLOW: symbols such as Ag, Fe etc.
(b) positive ions regularly arranged; [1]

ALLOW: space between ions as long as the arrangement is regular
ALLOW: ions touching
ALLOW: positively charged atoms for + ions
ALLOW: large empty circles in regular arrangement and labelled as positive ions
electrons shown as negative charges between the ions; [1]

ALLOW: very small empty circles between the ions and labelled electrons
ALLOW: electrons within very small circles / electrons as e– or e or –
IGNORE: disparity between ionic charges and number of electrons
NOT: electrons as negative charges in large circles
NOTE: mark independently
[Total: 7]
© UCLES 2010

A2 (a) (i) glucose; [1]

ALLOW: other suitable sugars e.g. sucrose
ALLOW: sugar
IGNORE: carbohydrate
(ii) any two from: [2]

temperature within range 20–40°C;
IGNORE: temperatures below 20°C
REJECT: high temperature / temperatures above 40°C
lack of oxygen / lack of air / anaerobic

REJECT: oxygen needed
yeast
IGNORE: bacteria / fungi / enzymes / catalyst / zymase
water present / in solution / moisture present / damp

REJECT: dry
pH neutral
REJECT: acid / alkali
IGNORE: pressure
IGNORE: optimum pH / temperature etc.
(b) C2H4 + H2O → C2H5OH [1]

ALLOW: displayed / graphical formulae
ALLOW: C2H6O for ethanol
IGNORE: state symbols
(c) (i) ethyl ethanoate / ethyl acetate [1]
(ii) esterification / addition-elimination / condensation / ester formation; [1]

ALLOW: reversible / equilibrium (reaction)
IGNORE: exothermic / endothermic
REJECT: addition alone
(d) (i) propanol; [1]
(ii) H H H
│ │ │
H–C–C–C–O–H
│ │ │
H H H [1]
ALLOW: structure of propan-2-ol

ALLOW: –OH in place of –O–H
[Total: 8]
© UCLES 2010

A3 (a) 12.5 cm3 / min [1]

both value AND units must be correct for one mark
(b) all the zinc was used up / there was no zinc left / zinc is limiting; [1]
IGNORE: the zinc no longer reacted / zinc finished reacting / all the zinc dissolved
(c) (i) line steeper from the 0-0 point AND ending at the same level (40 cm3) [1]
(ii) lowers the activation energy / makes the reaction go by a more efficient pathway /
makes the reaction go by faster pathway; [1]
ALLOW: makes the reaction go by a different pathway
IGNORE: supplies activation energy / increases speed of reaction
(d) goes slower / speed decreases / smaller surface area (with larger pieces) / less area
exposed (with larger pieces); [1]
ALLOW: (reaction) takes more time
IGNORE: goes slowly / small surface area
REJECT: goes slower at the start + larger surface area for larger pieces
fewer collisions per minute / fewer particles exposed to react per minute / particles
collide less often / frequency of collisions decreased / collision rate lower / chance of
collisions decreases; [1]
Answer must be comparative e.g. NOT: few collisions per minute
(e) any two from: [2]

• increases / goes faster
ALLOW: (reaction) takes less time
NOT: goes fast
• particles have more energy (at higher temperature) / particles move faster (at
higher temperature) / particles collide faster / collision rate increases;
IGNORE: particles vibrate more
NOTE: must have reference to particles or named particles
• more particles have activation energy / more chance of successful collisions / more
collisions are successful
[Total: 8]
© UCLES 2010

A4 (a) molecule containing two atoms / two atoms joined (by bond) / atoms in A pairs; [1]
ALLOW: has two atoms
IGNORE: two atoms / two atomic / mention of states / mention of same or different
elements / made of two elements / elements with two atoms / 2 atoms of itself
combined
(b) (i) gets darker / chlorine green bromine red (or brown or red-brown) and iodine grey-
black or grey or black
ALLOW: goes from green to black or from yellow (F2) to black [1]
NOT: iodine dark brown / silver
NOT: colour increases / gets more intense
REJECT: chloride / bromide / iodide (instead of halogens)
(ii) bromine – liquid; (1)

iodine – solid (1) [2]
(c) (i) Br2 + 2I– → 2Br– + I2 [1]

IGNORE: state symbols / K+ ions
(ii) add (aqueous) silver nitrate / (aqueous) lead nitrate; (1)

ACCEPT: formulae
REJECT starch test alone / addition of chlorine alone
REJECT: if incorrect acid added
yellow precipitate; (1) [2]

(both yellow and precipitate needed for mark)
NOTE: second mark dependent on correct reagent.
(iii) chlorine more reactive than bromine (or reverse argument) [1]
NOT: chloride more reactive than bromine
(d) H+ / H3O+ and Cl– (both needed for the mark) [1]
ALLOW: H+ / H3O+ ,Cl– and OH–
ALLOW: correct answer as part of equation e.g. HCl → H+ + Cl –
ALLOW: H+Cl –
(e) moles HCl = 0.015 × 6/1000 OR 9 × 10–5 ; (1)

moles Ca(OH)2 = ½ those of moles HCl; (4.5 × 10–5) (1)
ALLOW: any indication of correct 1:2 ratio
molarity of Ca(OH)2 = 4.5 × 10–5 × 1000/20 = 2.25 × 10–3 (mol / dm3) (1)
ALLOW: correct answer without working / 2.3 × 10–3 (mol / dm3)
VM 20 × M1
ALLOW: Use of 1 1 with correct figures e.g. (1 mark)
V2M 2 0.015 × 6
correct use of 1:2 ratio e.g. for the above ½ = V1M1 / V2M2 (1 mark)
correct answer (1 mark) [3]
[Total: 12]
© UCLES 2010

A5 (a) (i) 1 mark for each pair of matching descriptions up to max of 2 marks [2]
• diamond: atoms closely packed

graphite: layers / atoms less closely packed /
• diamond: each atom joined to 4 other atoms

graphite: each atom joined to 3 others
ALLOW: (atoms in) diamond form more bonds than graphite
• diamond: atoms arranged tetrahedrally / in a pyramid / in bent hexagons /

ALLOW: in triangles
graphite: atoms arranged in hexagons / rings / layers
• diamond: all atoms connected (by covalent bonds)/

graphite: some atoms (i.e. those between layers) not connected (by covalent
bonds)
• graphite: had intermolecular forces / van der Waal’s forces

diamond doesn’t / has strong forces or bonds throughout
• diamond has no free moving electrons / no delocalised electrons / all electrons

involved in bonding
graphite has (some) delocalised / mobile electrons
(ii) in graphite the layers can slide / weak forces between the layers / intermolecular
forces between the layers; [1]
in diamond there is continuous 3 dimensional structure of (covalent) bonds /

covalent bonds are linked in all directions / (strong) bonding in all directions / all
atoms in fixed positions [1]
ALLOW: all the atoms are bonded together
REJECT: ionic structure
(b) (i) oxygen removed from the tin oxide / it loses oxygen / carbon takes oxygen away; [1]
ALLOW: oxidation number of tin (in tin oxide) decreases / tin (in tin oxide)
gains electrons
ALLOW: tin loses oxygen /
NOT: wrong oxidation numbers / electron gain without qualification
(ii) it is poisonous / toxic; [1]

IGNORE: kills red blood cells / stops red blood cells carrying oxygen / combines
with haem
IGNORE: harmful / causes pollution / dangerous / hazardous
© UCLES 2010

(c) (i) CO2 + C → 2CO [1]

(ii) 6 electrons shared between C and O; (1)
2 non bonding electrons on outer shell of oxygen and 2 non bonding electrons on
outer shell of carbon (1) [2]
REJECT: 0 non bonding electrons on outer shell of oxygen and 4 non bonding
electrons on outer shell of carbon
IGNORE: dots / crosses
IGNORE: inner shell electrons
NOTE: mark these points independently
(iii) CrC6O6 [1]

ALLOW: Cr(CO)6
[Total: 10]
B6 (a) plants absorb CO2 from atmosphere / plants take up CO2 in photosynthesis; (1)
ALLOW: plants use carbon dioxide
CO2 given out in respiration; (1)

ALLOW: carbon dioxide breathed out in animals
Amount of CO2 given out (in respiration) equal to that absorbed (in photosynthesis) /
idea of (roughly) equal uptake and release of carbon dioxide; (1) [3]
ALLOW: carbon dioxide given out in balance with carbon dioxide taken up
(b) (i) any two possible consequences (1 mark for each) e.g. [2]
• sea level rise / flooding of low lying land /
ALLOW: floods
NOT: increase in water level
• climate change / extreme weather / increased rainfall /
NOT: weather unpredictable
• desertification / more forest fires / more droughts /
• melting of glaciers / melting of polar ice caps / melting icebergs
NOT: increase in temperature / greenhouse effect skin cancers
(ii) CH4 + 2O2 → CO2 + 2H2O [1]

ALLOW: multiples
(iii) substitution (by chlorine) / reaction with chlorine (in the light) /
ALLOW: suitable word equation or symbol equation [1]
REJECT: addition reaction
© UCLES 2010

(c) (i) larger / longer / heavier / molecules have higher boiling points; [1]
ALLOW: higher boiling point when more carbon atoms (in molecule)
IGNORE: the boiling points increase / they get higher
IGNORE: higher boiling point with more bonds / reference to intermolecular forces
/ melting points / ‘bond’ breaking between molecules
(ii) high temperature / heat; [1]

ALLOW: quoted temperatures between 300°C–800°C
EITHER:
Catalyst / named catalyst e.g. aluminium oxide / silicon dioxide / zeolites [1]
ALLOW: porous pot / ceramics
REJECT: incorrect catalyst
OR:
high pressure / quoted pressure between 50-200 atmospheres
[Total: 10]
B7 (a) in solid ions can’t move / ions in fixed position / no free ions / ions are in a lattice; [1]
IGNORE: there are no ions / reference to electrons
when molten ions can move / ions are free to move / are mobile; [1]
ALLOW: ions are free
IGNORE: ions moving in solution
REJECT: reference to electrons moving (in addition to ions moving) /
(b) anode: chlorine AND cathode: zinc [1]

ALLOW: Cl 2 / Cl / Zn
ALLOW: correct products from equation (need not be balanced)
REJECT: Cl – / chloride / Zn2+
(c) 4OH– → O2 + 2H2O + 4e– [2]

1 mark for correct reactants and products (OH–, O2 and H2O)
1 mark for correct balance with electrons
ALLOW: multiples in both cases
ALLOW: e for e–
(d) add (aqueous) sodium hydroxide / other suitable hydroxide / (aqueous) ammonia; (1)
NOT: hydroxide alone
white precipitate; (1)
precipitate soluble in excess (hydroxide or ammonia) / dissolves in excess / gives

colourless solution in excess (1) [3]
(e) correct formula masses 136 for ZnCl 2 AND 204 for Zn(NH3)4Cl 2 (1)
correct answer (3.4 × 204/136) = 5.1 (g) (1) [2]
ALLOW: error carried forward from one incorrect formula mass
[Total: 10]
© UCLES 2010

B8 (a) (i) magnesium oxide and hydrogen (both required) [1]

ALLOW: correct formula of products
IGNORE: incorrect equation
(ii) 2CH3COOH + Mg → (CH3COO)2Mg + H2 [2]

1 mark for correct reactants and products
1 mark for balance (dependent on correct reactant and products)
(b) any three from: [3]

• add hydrochloric acid to (excess) magnesium carbonate;
REJECT: this first mark if titration suggested
• filter (off excess carbonate);

• heat filtrate or solution to crystallisation point / evaporate off (some of) the water
from the filtrate / leave in a warm place / leave to crystallise;
NOT: heat / dry it / put it in the oven / let all water evaporate
• pick out crystals / filter off crystals / dry crystals on filter paper
(c) (thermal) decomposition [1]

ALLOW: endothermic
(d) (i) height or strength of Bunsen flame /

ALLOW: temperature of Bunsen / temperature / amount of energy (applied) /
distance of Bunsen flame from tube / amount of carbonate in the tube /
ALLOW: volume of carbonate in tube / mass of carbonate / same amount of
limewater in tube [1]
ALLOW: same size of (carbonate) particles
IGNORE: pressure
(ii) order of decomposition is copper (carbonate) > zinc (carbonate) > magnesium
(carbonate); (1)
ALLOW: copper carbonate takes shortest time and magnesium carbonate takes
longest time / copper carbonate the fastest and magnesium carbonate the slowest
the less reactive (the metal), the faster the rate (of decomposition) /
the more reactive (the metal) the slower the rate (of decomposition) /
the more reactive (the metal) the longer it takes (to decompose) / (1) [2]
ALLOW: the most reactive takes the most time ORA
[Total: 10]
© UCLES 2010

B9 (a) (i) burning fossil fuels / burning named fossil fuel / volcanoes / smelting sulfide ores; [1]
IGNORE: gases from exhausts / factory chimneys / power stations / burning sulfur
/ decomposition of fossil fuels
(ii) any suitable e.g. [1]

• erosion of buildings / statues (made of carbonate rocks / limestone)/
IGNORE: erosion of rocks / destroys building / dissolves stones
ALLOW: corrosion of buildings / damages buildings
• corrosion of metal structures / bridges etc. /
ALLOW: erosion of metal structures etc.
• forest death / crop loss / reduction in plant growth / do not grow properly
NOT: kills plants (in stem of question) / destroys trees
• soil acidification / leaching from soil
(b) (i) CaCO3(s) + H2SO4(aq) → CaSO4(aq) + CO2(g) + H2O(l) [2]

1 mark for balanced equation
1 mark for correct state symbols (dependent on correct formulae)
ALLOW: CaSO4(s)
(ii) Any suitable use e.g. [1]

(making) paints / (making) dyes / (making) plastics / (making) fertilisers / (making)
fibres / (making) soaps / (making) detergents / cleaning metals / oil refining / waste
water processing / removing rust
ALLOW: for adjusting pH of the soil / making soil less alkaline / car batteries /
catalyst /
IGNORE: general chemical used in the lab / dehydrating agent
(iii) completely ionised / completely dissociated; [1]

ALLOW: the hydrogen ion is fully ionised / completely ionises the hydrogen ions
IGNORE: low pH / has more hydrogen ions
(c) air AND sulfur (both needed) [1]

ALLOW: oxygen and sulfur
ALLOW: sulfide ore in place of sulfur
(d) (i) enthalpy change [1]

ALLOW: heat change / amount of energy released or absorbed / heat of reaction /
energy change
IGNORE: exothermic / thermal energy / amount of energy released / amount of
energy absorbed / enthalpy
(ii) reaction goes to left / favours the reactants / reverse reaction occurs / amount of
product decreases; (1)
(because) the reaction is exothermic; (1) [2]

ALLOW: goes to the side which is endothermic
[Total: 10]
© UCLES 2010

* 3 5 3 9 3 7 7 5 9 2 *
CHEMISTRY 5070/22
1 hour 30 minutes
Section A
Section B

question. Section A
B6
B7
B8
B9
Total
DC (NF/CGW) 34310/2
Section A For
Examiner’s
A1 Choose from the following list of elements to answer the questions below.
calcium
chlorine
hydrogen
iodine
nickel
sodium
vanadium
zinc
Each element can be used once, more than once, or not at all.
Which element
(a) forms an oxide which is amphoteric,
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
(b) is a catalyst in the hydrogenation of alkenes,
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
(c) oxidises aqueous bromide ions to bromine,
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
(d) is used in water purification to kill bacteria,
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
(e) is formed at the cathode when a dilute aqueous solution of sodium chloride is
electrolysed,
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
(f) can be used in the sacrificial protection of iron?
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
[Total: 6]
© UCLES 2011 5070/22/O/N/11

A2 Pure oxygen for industrial use is obtained from the air. For
Examiner’s
(a) (i) State the percentage by volume of oxygen in clean air. Use
............................................................................................................................. [1]
(ii) Explain how fractional distillation is used to obtain oxygen from the air.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................. [2]
(b) When acetylene, C2H2, burns in oxygen it produces a very hot flame.
State one industrial use for this oxyacetylene flame.
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
(c) Acetylene has a triple covalent bond between its carbon atoms.
Draw a ‘dot-and-cross’ diagram for acetylene.
You need only show the outer electrons.
[1]

(d) Oxygen reacts with magnesium to form magnesium oxide. For

Draw diagrams to show the complete electronic structure and charges of both ions Examiner’s
present in magnesium oxide. Use
[2]
(e) Oxygen, O2, in the atmosphere can react to form ozone, O3.
(i) Write an equation for this reaction.
............................................................................................................................. [1]
(ii) In the upper atmosphere there is a layer of ozone surrounding the Earth.
Explain the importance of this layer in terms of human health.
..................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................. [1]
[Total: 9]
© UCLES 2011 5070/22/O/N/11

A3 The alkanes are an homologous series of saturated hydrocarbons with the general formula For
CnH2n+2. Examiner’s
Use
(a) What do you understand by the term hydrocarbon?
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
(b) Write the molecular formula for the alkane containing seven carbon atoms.
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
(c) Two different structural formulae can be written for the alkane having the molecular
formula C4H10.
H C H
H H H H H H
H C C C C H H C C C H
H H H H H H H
butane methylpropane
What term is given to compounds with the same molecular formula but different structural
formulae?
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
(d) A student ignites a mixture of 15 cm3 of propane and 100 cm3 of oxygen. The oxygen is
in excess. All measurements of volume are taken at room temperature and pressure.
C3H8(g) + 5O2(g) 3CO2(g) + 4H2O(l)
Calculate
the volume of carbon dioxide formed,
.............................................................................................................................. cm3 [1]
the volume of unreacted oxygen remaining.
...............................................................................................................................cm3 [1]
(e) Explain why the incomplete combustion of an alkane in an enclosed space is

hazardous.
..........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [2]
[Total: 7]

A4 Coal is largely carbon. For

Examiner’s
(a) Carbon burns in excess air to form carbon dioxide. Use
C(s) + O2(g) CO2(g) ΔH = –393.5 kJ / mol
(i) Draw an energy profile diagram for this reaction on the axes below.
• the reactants and products

• the enthalpy change for the reaction
• the activation energy
enthalpy
reaction pathway
[3]
(ii) Give a test for carbon dioxide.
test ...........................................................................................................................
observation .......................................................................................................... [2]
© UCLES 2011 5070/22/O/N/11

(b) Coal contains a small amount of sulfur. For

Examiner’s
(i) Explain how the burning of coal results in the formation of acid rain. Use
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................. [3]
(ii) State one effect of acid rain.
............................................................................................................................. [1]
(c) Oxides of nitrogen also contribute to acid rain. They can be formed naturally in the
atmosphere from nitrogen and oxygen.
(i) What condition is needed to allow nitrogen and oxygen to combine in the
atmosphere?
............................................................................................................................. [1]
(ii) Nitric acid in the atmosphere can chemically erode buildings made from carbonate
rocks.
Write an equation for the reaction of nitric acid, HNO3, with calcium carbonate,
CaCO3.
[2]
[Total: 12]

A5 Bromine is a halogen. It has two naturally-occurring isotopes. For

Examiner’s
(a) Define the term isotopes. Use
..........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
(b) One isotope of bromine has the symbol 81Br.

35
State the number of protons, neutrons and electrons in this isotope of bromine.
protons ............................
neutrons ..........................
electrons ......................... [2]
(c) Bromine is a liquid at room temperature.
(i) Draw a diagram to show the arrangement of the molecules in liquid bromine.
Show a bromine molecule as z .
[2]
(ii) A small amount of liquid bromine was placed in the bottom of a sealed flask. After
thirty minutes the brown colour of the bromine had spread throughout the flask.
air
liquid bromine
start after 30 minutes
Use the kinetic particle theory to explain these observations.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................. [3]
© UCLES 2011 5070/22/O/N/11
(d) Bromine forms a variety of compounds with other halogens. For

Examiner’s
(i) Bromine reacts with fluorine to form bromine(I) fluoride, BrF. Use
............................................................................................................................. [1]
(ii) Another compound of bromine and fluorine is bromine(V) fluoride, BrF5.

Calculate the percentage of bromine by mass in bromine(V) fluoride.
[2]
[Total: 11]

10
Section B For
Examiner’s
B6 Ammonia is made by the Haber process.
(a) (i) Write an equation for the formation of ammonia in the Haber process.
............................................................................................................................. [1]
(ii) State the essential conditions for the Haber process.
..................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................. [3]
(b) Ammonia is used to make fertilisers.

Explain why farmers use fertilisers.
..........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
(c) Many fertilisers are ammonium salts.

Explain why adding calcium hydroxide to the soil can cause the loss of nitrogen from the
ammonium salts added as fertilisers.
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [2]
(d) Fertilisers such as ammonium nitrate and ammonium phosphate are solids.
They can get into lakes and cause excessive growth of algae.
(i) Explain how these fertilisers get into lakes.
..................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................. [2]
(ii) What name is given to the enrichment of lakes with nitrates and phosphates which
leads to the death of plant and animal life in the lakes?
............................................................................................................................. [1]
[Total: 10]
© UCLES 2011 5070/22/O/N/11

11
B7 Sulfuric acid is a strong acid. Ethanoic acid is a weak acid. For

Examiner’s
(a) What do you understand by the terms strong acid and weak acid ? Use
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
(b) Compare and explain the difference in the electrical conductivity between a strong and
a weak acid.
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
(c) A dilute solution of sulfuric acid contains hydrogen ions, hydroxide ions and sulfate ions.
When this solution is electrolysed, hydrogen gas is formed at the cathode and oxygen
gas is formed at the anode.
(i) Explain why hydrogen is formed at the cathode.
..................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................. [1]
(ii) Write the ionic equation for the reaction at the anode.
............................................................................................................................. [2]

12
(d) Magnesium reacts with dilute sulfuric acid. For

Examiner’s
Mg(s) + H2SO4(aq) MgSO4(aq) + H2(g) Use
(i) Describe how you can follow the progress of this reaction.
What measurements can you use to calculate the speed of the reaction?
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................. [3]
(ii) A student reacts 3.0 g of magnesium with 2.5 mol / dm3 sulfuric acid.
Calculate the minimum volume of sulfuric acid that reacts with all the magnesium.
[2]
[Total: 10]
© UCLES 2011 5070/22/O/N/11

13
B8 The table gives some information about the first five members of the carboxylic acid For
homologous series. Examiner’s
Use
carboxylic acid formula boiling point / °C
methanoic acid HCO2H 101
ethanoic acid CH3CO2H 118
propanoic acid C2H5CO2H 141
butanoic acid 166
pentanoic acid C4H9CO2H
(a) (i) Estimate the boiling point of pentanoic acid.
............................................................................................................................. [1]
(ii) Draw the structure of butanoic acid.

Show all atoms and bonds.
[1]
(iii) Ethanoic acid reacts with sodium.

............................................................................................................................. [1]

14
(b) Carboxylic acids react with alcohols to form esters. For

Examiner’s
(i) Name the ester formed when ethanoic acid reacts with ethanol. Use
............................................................................................................................. [1]
(ii) The diagram shows the repeat unit of poly(ethenyl ethanoate)
CH3CO
H O
C C
H H n
Draw the structure of the monomer used to make poly(ethenyl ethanoate).
[1]
© UCLES 2011 5070/22/O/N/11

15
(c) Carboxylic acid X contains 55.8% carbon, 7.0% hydrogen and 37.2% oxygen. For
Examiner’s
(i) Calculate the empirical formula of X. Use
[2]
(ii) A molecule of carboxylic acid X contains four carbon atoms. What is its molecular
formula?
............................................................................................................................. [1]
(iii) Carboxylic acid X is an unsaturated compound.

Give a test for an unsaturated compound.
test ...........................................................................................................................
observation .......................................................................................................... [2]
[Total: 10]

16
B9 Barium is a reactive metal in Group II of the Periodic Table. For

Barium reacts with water in a similar way to sodium. The products of the reaction are aqueous Examiner’s
barium hydroxide and a colourless gas. Use
(a) (i) Write an equation, including state symbols, for this reaction.
............................................................................................................................. [3]
(ii) Aqueous barium hydroxide is neutralised by hydrochloric acid.

Write the simplest ionic equation for this reaction.
............................................................................................................................. [1]
(b) Explain why barium metal conducts electricity.
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
(c) Barium oxide reacts with aluminium.
3BaO + 2Al 3Ba + Al2O3
Explain how this equation shows that aluminium is a reducing agent.
..........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
(d) Barium sulfate is an insoluble compound.

Describe how a pure dry sample of barium sulfate is prepared from aqueous barium
nitrate.
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [4]
[Total:10]
© UCLES 2011 5070/22/O/N/11

DATA SHEET
© UCLES 2011
Group
1 4
H He
Hydrogen Helium
1 2
7 9 11 12 14 16 19 20
Li Be B C N O F Ne
3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
23 24 27 28 31 32 35.5 40
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
39 40 45 48 51 52 55 56 59 59 64 65 70 73 75 79 80 84
19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36
20
85 88 89 91 93 96 101 103 106 108 112 115 119 122 128 127 131
5070/22/O/N/11
37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54
133 137 139 178 181 184 186 190 192 195 197 201 204 207 209 209 210 222
55 56 57 * 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86
223 226 227
Fr Ra Ac
87 88 89 †
140 141 144 147 150 152 157 159 162 165 167 169 173 175
58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71

GCE Ordinary Level

5070 CHEMISTRY
examination.
• Cambridge will not enter into discussions or correspondence in connection with these mark schemes.
Cambridge is publishing the mark schemes for the October/November 2011 question papers for most
IGCSE, GCE Advanced Level and Advanced Subsidiary Level syllabuses and some Ordinary Level
syllabuses.

A1 (a) zinc
ALLOW: vanadium [1]
(b) nickel [1]
(c) chlorine [1]
(d) chlorine [1]
(e) hydrogen [1]
(f) zinc [1]
[Total: 6]
A2 (a) (i) 20% [1]
(ii) lower temperature of (purified) air so below boiling points of gases/liquefy air/air
compressed and expanded so cools to liquid; [1]
idea of distillation/temperature raised gradually oxygen remains liquid whilst nitrogen (or
other gases) distil off; [1]
ACCEPT: ideas about separation according to boiling points
ACCEPT: ideas about heavier molecules having higher boiling points
(b) welding/joining metals; [1]
(c) correct dot and cross diagram for acetylene; [1]
(d) charges correct either on diagram or written as Mg2+ and O2– [1]
correct electronic structures for both (2,8); [1]
(e) (i) 3O2 → 2O3; [1]

(ignore + uv)
(ii) absorbs ultraviolet radiation which is harmful/absorbs uv which causes skin cancer; [1]
ALLOW: blocks uv which is harmful
[Total: 9]


A3 (a) substance containing only carbon and hydrogen; [1]
(b) C7H16 [1]
(c) isomers; [1]
(d) 45 cm3 [1]

25 cm3 [1]
(e) carbon monoxide formed; [1]

which is poisonous/toxic/kills you; [1]
[Total: 7]
A4 (a) (i) reactants on left and products on right and reactants above products; [1]
enthalpy change shown correctly; [1]
activation energy shown correctly; [1]
(ii) limewater; [1]

turns milky/cloudy/white precipitate; [1]
(b) (i) any 3 of: [3]

sulfur burns to form sulfur dioxide/correct equation;
sulfur dioxide dissolves in rainwater/correct equation;
further oxidation to sulfur trioxide in the atmosphere/correct equation; sulfur dioxide/
trioxide is an acidic oxide;
(ii) breathing difficulties/lung or throat irritant; [1]
(c) (i) lightning/high voltage/electric spark; [1]
(ii) 2HNO3 + CaCO3 → Ca(NO3)2 + CO2 + H2O [2]

1 mark for correct formulae
1 mark for balance
[Total: 12]


A5 (a) atoms of same element/with same number of protons but different numbers of neutrons/
atoms with the same proton (atomic) number but different nucleon number; [1]
(b) electrons = 35 and protons = 35; [1]

neutrons = 46; [1]
(c) (i) molecules very close together; [1]

molecules random/irregularly arranged; [1]
(ii) any 3 of: [3]

faster moving/more energetic molecules escape from liquid/
diffusion/
random movement of molecules/
molecules get mixed up with molecules in the air/
molecules of bromine collide with molecules in the air
(d) (i) Br2 + F2 → 2BrF [1]
(ii) correct molar masses for Br and BrF5 (80 and 175); [1]
100 × 80/175 = 45.7/46% [1]
[Total: 11]
B6 (a) (i) N2 + 3H2 2NH3 [1]
(ii) iron catalyst; [1]

temperature 450°C (allow between 420 and 450); [1]
pressure of 200 atmospheres (allow between 150 and 500 atmospheres [1]
(b) to increase crop yield/make plants grow better/replace N (or K or P) lost from soil; [1]
(c) calcium hydroxide reacts with ammonium salts to form ammonia; [1]
ammonia is a gas/gas escapes from the soil; [1]
(d) (i) fertilisers dissolve in the (ground)water; [1]

idea of leaching/movement of dissolved salts through soil to lakes; [1]
(ii) eutrophication; [1]
[Total: 10]


B7 (a) strong acid is completely ionised in water/solution and weak acid is only partially ionised/
strong acid is completely dissociated weak acid is partly dissociated/no (or few) molecules in
strong acid but weak acid is largely molecules; [1]
(b) strong acid has better conductivity BECAUSE strong acid has greater concentration of
hydrogen ions/weak acid has lower conductivity
BECAUSE has lower concentration of hydrogen ions [1]
(c) (i) hydrogen ions are positive so move to negative electrode/hydrogen ions gain
electrons at cathode; [1]
(ii) 4OH– → O2 + 2H2O + 4e– [2]

1 mark for correct reactants and products (including electron)
1 mark for balance
(d) (i) gas syringe attached to flask/flask with cotton wool in mouth on top pan balance; [1]
measure volume of gas/mass of flask and contents over time; [1]
rate = change in volume of gas/time or change in mass/ time; [1]
(ii) 3g Mg = 3/24 = 0.125 mol; [1]

volume = 1000 × 0.125/2.5 = 50 cm3/0.05 dm3 (unit needed) [1]
[Total: 10]
B8 (a) (i) ALLOW: 175–191 (actual = 187°C) [1]
(ii) correct structure of butanoic acid showing all atoms and bonds; [1]
(iii) 2CH3CO2H + 2Na → 2CH3CO2Na + H2 [1]
(b) (i) ethyl ethanoate [1]
(ii) correct structure of ethenyl ethanoate i.e. CH2=CHO2CCH3 [1]
(c) (i) divide by atomic masses: C = 55.8/12 H = 7/1 O = 37.2/16

C = 4.65 H=7 O = 2.325 [1]
divide by smallest number: C = 4.65/2.325 = 2
H = 7/2.325 = 3
O=1
Correct formula C2H3O [1]
(ii) C4H6O2 [1]

ALLOW: ecf from part (i) if 1 or 2 carbon atoms but H and/or O incorrect.
(iii) aqueous bromine/(acidified) potassium(VII) manganate; [1]

goes colourless [1]
[Total: 10]


B9 (a) (i) Ba(s) + 2H2O(l) → Ba(OH)2(aq) + H2(g) [3]

1 mark for formulae
1 mark for balance
1 mark for state symbols
(ii) H+ + OH– → H2O [1]
(b) valence electrons in metallic structure are free to move [1]
(c) aluminium removes oxygen from barium oxide/oxidation number of decreases/oxidation

number of aluminium increases [1]
(d) add named soluble sulfate/sulfuric acid; [1]

filter off ppt [1]
wash ppt with water; [1]
dry ppt in oven/leave ppt to dry/dry ppt in dessicator [1]
[Total: 10]


* 9 3 8 3 5 9 0 2 0 8 *
CHEMISTRY 5070/22
1 hour 30 minutes
Section A
Section B

question. Section A
B6
B7
B8
B9
Total
DC (NH/SW) 42387/4
Section A For
Examiner’s
A1 (a) Define the term compound.
...................................................................................................................................... [1]
(b) Choose from the following compounds to answer the questions below.
calcium carbonate
carbon dioxide
carbon monoxide
ethane
glucose
methane
propane
sodium oxide
sucrose
water
zinc oxide
Each compound can be used once, more than once or not at all.
Which compound
(i) is a product of fermentation,
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
(ii) reacts with both hydrochloric acid and aqueous sodium hydroxide,
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
(iii) reacts with hydrochloric acid to form a gas which turns limewater milky,
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
(iv) is formed by the thermal decomposition of limestone,
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
(v) is a hydrocarbon formed by the bacterial decay of vegetable matter,
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
(vi) is a product of the incomplete combustion of a hydrocarbon?
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
© UCLES 2012 5070/22/O/N/12
(c) Draw a ‘dot-and-cross’ diagram for a molecule of water. For

Show only the outer shell electrons. Examiner’s
Use
[2]
[Total: 9]

A2 A student heated different mixtures of metals and metal oxides. For

The table shows his results. Examiner’s
Use
mixture reacts or no reaction

iron(III) oxide + zinc reacts
lead(II) oxide + iron reacts
lead(II) oxide + zinc reacts
magnesium oxide + zinc no reaction
(a) (i) Predict the order of reactivity of the metals iron, lead, magnesium and zinc.
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
(ii) Construct the equation for the reaction of iron(III) oxide, Fe2O3, with zinc. The
products are zinc oxide, ZnO, and iron.
[1]
(b) Aluminium is high in the reactivity series but does not appear to react with either water
or acids.
(i) Explain why aluminium appears to be unreactive.
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [2]
(ii) Explain why aluminium is used in the manufacture of aircraft.
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
(iii) Only one naturally-occurring isotope of aluminium is known.

State the number of protons and neutrons in this isotope of aluminium.
number of protons .....................................................................................................
number of neutrons .............................................................................................. [1]
[Total: 6]
© UCLES 2012 5070/22/O/N/12

A3 The rate of reaction of iron with aqueous bromine is determined using the apparatus shown For
below. Examiner’s
Use
mechanical
stirrer
connected to
iron rod
iron aqueous bromine

rod
The iron is removed at regular intervals. It is washed, dried and then weighed. The iron is
then replaced in the solution.
The experiment is repeated twice, each time with a different concentration of aqueous
bromine.
The results are shown in the table below.
concentration of aqueous bromine speed of reaction

mol / dm3 mg iron reacted / min
0.050 9.2
0.10 18.1
0.15 27.2
(a) (i) Describe how and explain why the speed of this reaction changes with the
concentration of bromine.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [2]
(ii) Describe and explain the effect of temperature on the speed of this reaction.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [2]
(iii) Suggest another method of measuring the speed of this reaction.
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [1]

(b) The equation for the reaction is For

Examiner’s
Fe + Br2 FeBr2 ΔH = –250 kJ / mol Use
(i) Construct two half-equations for this reaction to show electron loss and gain.
[2]
(ii) Draw a labelled enthalpy profile diagram for the overall reaction.
On your diagram include
• the enthalpy change of reaction,

• the activation energy,
• reactants,
• products.
[3]
[Total: 10]
© UCLES 2012 5070/22/O/N/12

A4 Wood is made up of many different carbon compounds. For

Examiner’s
(a) Describe how carbon compounds are made in plants by photosynthesis. Use
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................... [3]
(b) When wood is heated in the absence of air, the carbon compounds in the wood
decompose.
wood
chips cold water
heat distillate
The distillate contains a number of organic compounds, including
ethanoic acid
ethanal
ethanol
methanol
(i) When calcium hydroxide is added to the distillate, it neutralises the ethanoic acid.
Name the salt formed in this neutralisation.
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
(ii) Ethanal can be removed from the distillate by a second distillation.

On what physical property of ethanal does this distillation depend?
.............................................................................................................................. [1]

(iii) The composition by mass of ethanal is C 54.5%, H 9.1%, O 36.4%. For

Calculate the empirical formula of ethanal. Examiner’s
Use
[2]
(c) Ethanol reacts with ethanoic acid to form the ester ethyl ethanoate.
(i) Complete the following formula for ethyl ethanoate.
H O
H C C
H
[1]
(ii) State a commercial use for esters.
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
[Total: 9]
© UCLES 2012 5070/22/O/N/12

A5 Nickel can be refined by reacting the impure metal with carbon monoxide. The impurities do For
not react with carbon monoxide. Examiner’s
A volatile compound called nickel carbonyl is formed. Use
This is decomposed to give pure nickel and carbon monoxide.
(a) (i) Explain the meaning of the term volatile.
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
(ii) Suggest how nickel carbonyl might be decomposed.
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
(iii) Explain how this method separates nickel from its impurities.
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
(b) Nickel carbonyl has the formula Ni(CO)x.

The relative molecular mass of nickel carbonyl is 171.
Calculate the value of x.
value of x = ................................................... [1]
(c) Nickel is refined by electrolysis in a similar way to copper.

Draw a labelled diagram of the apparatus you would use to purify nickel by electrolysis
in the laboratory.
[4]
(d) Nickel is a metal.

State three physical properties shown by all metals.
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................... [3]
[Total: 11]
10
Section B For
Examiner’s
B6 Seawater contains chloride, bromide and iodide ions.

Bromine can be manufactured by bubbling chlorine through seawater.
Cl 2 + 2Br– Br2 + 2Cl –
(a) (i) Explain why the reaction of chlorine with bromide ions involves both oxidation and
reduction.
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [2]
(ii) Describe how you could determine the pH of the resulting solution.
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
(iii) Explain why iodine will not displace bromine from seawater.
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
(b) Bromine reacts with many elements to form bromides.

The table shows the boiling points and electrical conductivity for the bromides A, B, C
and D.
bromide boiling point electrical conductivity

/ °C when molten
A 1435 conducts
B 916 conducts
C 154 does not conduct
D 173 does not conduct
Which two bromides are bonded covalently? Give a reason for your answer.
...................................................................................................................................... [1]
(c) Chlorine reacts with cold dilute sodium hydroxide to form sodium chlorate(I), NaCl O,
sodium chloride and water.
[1]
© UCLES 2012 5070/22/O/N/12

11
(d) The concentration of sodium chlorate(I) in a solution can be found by reacting sodium For
chlorate(I) with excess acidified potassium iodide and then titrating the iodine liberated Examiner’s
with aqueous sodium thiosulfate, Na2S2O3. Use
I2 + 2Na2S2O3 2NaI + Na2S4O6
A solution of sodium thiosulfate contains 12.4 g of sodium thiosulfate, Na2S2O3.5H2O, in

1.00 dm3 of solution.
(i) Calculate the concentration of the sodium thiosulfate solution in mol / dm3.
concentration = .................................. mol / dm3 [1]
(ii) 23.6 cm3 of this sodium thiosulfate solution reacts with exactly 12.5 cm3 of aqueous
iodine.
Calculate the concentration, in mol / dm3, of the aqueous iodine.
[3]
[Total: 10]

12
B7 Glass contains silicon(IV) oxide and a number of metal oxides. For

Examiner’s
(a) The structure of silicon(IV) oxide is shown below. Use
Key:
silicon atom
oxygen atom
(i) Describe two similarities in the structure of silicon(IV) oxide and diamond.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [2]
(ii) Explain why silicon(IV) oxide has a high melting point.
.............................................................................................................................. [2]
(iii) Explain why silicon(IV) oxide does not conduct electricity.
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
(b) Old wine glasses often appear cloudy because they have many small cracks on their
surface.
small cracks
on the surface
The cracks are caused by differences in the rate of diffusion of sodium ions and
hydrogen ions in the glass.
(i) Explain the meaning of the term diffusion.
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
(ii) Suggest why sodium and hydrogen ions do not diffuse at the same rate.
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
© UCLES 2012 5070/22/O/N/12

13
(c) Sodium oxide is an ionic compound. For

Draw a ‘dot-and-cross’ diagram to show Examiner’s
Use
• the arrangement of the outer shell electrons,

• the charges on the ions and
• the formula of sodium oxide.
[3]
[Total: 10]

14
B8 Many fertilisers contain phosphate ions and nitrate ions. For

Examiner’s
(a) Explain why farmers put fertilisers on the soil. Use
...................................................................................................................................... [1]
(b) Why should the chemicals in fertilisers be soluble in water?
...................................................................................................................................... [1]
(c) Ammonium nitrate, NH4NO3, and ammonium sulfate, (NH4)2SO4, are commonly used in
fertilisers.
(i) Calculate the percentage of nitrogen by mass in ammonium nitrate.
[3]
(ii) Describe how crystals of ammonium sulfate can be prepared from aqueous
ammonia.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [4]
(d) The formula of calcium phosphate is Ca3(PO4)2.

Use this formula to deduce the charge on the phosphate ion.
...................................................................................................................................... [1]
[Total: 10]
© UCLES 2012 5070/22/O/N/12

15
B9 Chlorine and sodium hydroxide are manufactured by the electrolysis of concentrated For
aqueous sodium chloride. Examiner’s
Use
(a) (i) Chlorine can be used to bleach wood pulp.

Name another chemical that can be used to bleach wood pulp.
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
(ii) Explain the purpose of chlorine in water purification.
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
(b) Chlorine is used to make chloroethene.

The structure of chloroethene is shown below.
H H
C C
H Cl
(i) Draw the structure of the polymer poly(chloroethene).
[2]
(ii) Chloroethene is an unsaturated compound.

Describe a positive test for an unsaturated compound.
test ............................................................................................................................
result ..................................................................................................................... [2]

16
(c) Sodium hydroxide is a typical alkali. For

It reacts with ethanoic acid to form water and the ionic salt, sodium ethanoate. Examiner’s
Use
(i) Write the formula for the ethanoate ion showing all atoms and bonds.
[1]
(ii) Construct the ionic equation for the reaction of ethanoic acid with sodium hydroxide.
[1]
(d) Compounds containing hydroxide ions can be added to the soil to reduce its acidity.
(i) Explain why adding hydroxide ions to the soil can cause the loss of nitrogen from
fertilisers containing ammonium salts.
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
(ii) Construct an ionic equation for this reaction.
[1]
[Total: 10]
© UCLES 2012 5070/22/O/N/12

DATA SHEET
© UCLES 2012
Group
1 4
H He
Hydrogen Helium
1 2
7 9 11 12 14 16 19 20
Li Be B C N O F Ne
3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
23 24 27 28 31 32 35.5 40
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
39 40 45 48 51 52 55 56 59 59 64 65 70 73 75 79 80 84
19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36
20
85 88 89 91 93 96 101 103 106 108 112 115 119 122 128 127 131
5070/22/O/N/12
37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54
133 137 139 178 181 184 186 190 192 195 197 201 204 207 209 209 210 222
55 56 57 * 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86
223 226 227
Fr Ra Ac
87 88 89 †
140 141 144 147 150 152 157 159 162 165 167 169 173 175
58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71

GCE Ordinary Level
5070 CHEMISTRY
components.

A1 (a) (substance containing) two or more elements bonded / joined [1]
(b) (i) carbon dioxide / CO2 [1]
(ii) zinc oxide / ZnO [1]
(iii) calcium carbonate / CaCO3 [1]
(iv) carbon dioxide / CO2 [1]
(v) methane / CH4 [1]
(vi) carbon monoxide / CO [1]
(c) one pair of electrons between each H and O; (1)
rest of structure is correct; (1) [2]
[Total: 9]
A2 (a) (i) lead < iron < zinc < magnesium [1]
(ii) Fe2O3 + 3Zn → 3ZnO + 2Fe [1]
(b) (i) (forms an) oxide layer / has a coat of oxide; (1)
which is strongly fixed to the surface / which is not easily removed / which is
unreactive; (1) [2]
(ii) low density [1]
(iii) protons = 13 and neutrons = 14 [1]
[Total: 6]


A3 NOTE: for parts A3a(i) and A3a(ii) answers must be comparative
(a) (i) speed increases with increase in bromine concentration (no mark alone)
because
(bromine) molecules closer together / more (bromine) molecules (in a given
volume) / more (bromine) particles (in a given volume) / more crowded
molecules; (1)
therefore frequency of collisions greater /more particles collide per second /

greater chance of collisions / collide more often; (1) [2]
(ii) increasing temperature increases rate (no mark alone)

because
particles move more rapidly / particles have more energy ; (1)
therefore more energetic collisions / more effective collisions / more successful

collisions / more vigorous collisions; (1)
NOTE: more particles have energy greater than activation energy = 2 marks [2]
(iii) measure colour of the solution / bromine (over time) / use a colorimeter /
measure absorbance / measure how much light goes through the solution /
measure (electrical) conductivity [1]
(b) (i) Fe → Fe2+ + 2e– (1)
Br2 + 2e– → 2Br – (1) [2]
(ii) reactants on the left and products on the right and reactant level above product
level; (1)
∆H correctly labelled with arrow going downwards; (1)
activation energy correctly labelled with arrow / line going upwards or double-
headed arrow; (1) [3]
[Total: 10]


A4 (a) carbon dioxide and water (required); (1)
(in presence of) sunlight / chlorophyll; (1)
to form glucose / C6H12O6 / sugars / carbohydrate; (1) [3]
(b) (i) calcium ethanoate [1]
(ii) boiling point [1]
(iii) C = 54.5/12 H = 9.1/1 O = 36.4/ 16

or
4.54 9.1 2.275 / 2.28 (1)
ratio = 2 4 1 (1) [2]
(c) (i) formula completed correctly e.g. – OCH2CH3 [1]
(ii) solvent / flavouring / perfumes / making polyesters / making terylene /

plasticisers / making fuels (transesterification) / nail varnish remover [1]
[Total: 9]


A5 (a) (i) evaporates easily / easily form a gas [1]
(ii) by heating / high temperature [1]
(iii) impurities remain as solids / impurities do not evaporate / only the nickel
carbonyl evaporates / nickel reacts and leaves impurities behind [1]
(b) 4 [1]
(c) two electrodes dipping into liquid and power pack or battery; (1)
(pure) nickel and impure nickel electrodes labelled; (1)
impure nickel is the anode / + electrode and pure nickel is the cathode / - electrode; (1)
electrolyte labelled as nickel salt / named nickel salt / aqueous nickel compound; (1) [4]
(d) any three from:

conducts heat / conducts electricity (1)
malleable / can be hammered into shape / can be bent into shapes (1)
ductile / can be stretched (1)
shiny / lustrous (1) IGNORE: silvery [3]
[Total: 11]


B6 (a) (i) chlorine gains electrons, so is reduction; (1)
bromide loses electrons, so is oxidation; (1) [2]

(ii) use of universal indicator / pH paper and comparison with colour chart / use of
pH meter / use of pH electrode [1]
(iii) iodine is less reactive (than bromine) ORA iodine is lower in the reactivity series
(than bromine) [1]
(b) C and D because they have low boiling points/

C and D because they do not conduct (when molten) [1]
(c) Cl2 + 2NaOH → NaClO + NaCl + H2O [1]
(d) (i) 0.05 (mol dm–3) [1]
(ii) mol thiosulfate = 0.05 x 23.6/1000 / 1.18 x 10–3 (mol); (1)
mol iodine = 5.9 x 10–4 (mol) ; (1)
concentration of iodine = (5.9 x 10–4 x 1000 / 12.5) = 0.0472 (mol dm–3) (1)
(mark is for correct answer) [3]
[Total: 10]


B7 (a) (i) (both have) tetrahedral arrangement of atoms / (both have) hexagonal
arrangement of atoms; (1)
(both are) giant structures / giant molecular (structures) / macromolecules /

covalent lattices; (1) [2]
(ii) many (covalent) bonds / giant structure / macromolecule / all atoms joined
together / network of bonds / lattice; (1)
takes a lot of energy to break bonds / hard to break bonds / high temperature
needed to break bonds / bonds are strong; (1) [2]
(iii) no free electrons / no delocalised electrons / no sea of electrons / all electrons

in covalent bonds / electrons can’t move / electrons in fixed positions; [1]
(b) (i) idea of random movement of molecules or particles / movement of molecules or

particles in any direction;
NOTE: answer must refer to particles, of any kind [1]
(ii) they have different masses / they have different sizes / hydrogen (ion) is lighter /
hydrogen (ion) is smaller [1]
(c) 8 valency electrons in both sodium and oxide ions; (1)
charges correct Na+ and O2– ; (1)
2 sodium ions and 1 oxide ion / Na2O / ratio of 2 Na to 1 O from diagram of covalent
structure; (1) [3]


B8 (a) improve (crop) growth / improve (crop) yield / increase crop (growth) / increase crop
(yield) / bigger crop (growth) / better crop (yield) [1]
(b) so that the roots can absorb them / so the plant can absorb them [1]
(c) (i) 2N = 28; (1)
RFM of ammonium nitrate = 80; (1)
% by mass = 35%; (1) [3]
(c) (ii) add sulfuric acid (to aqueous ammonia); (1)
titration; (1)
use of indicator then repeat without indicator; (1)
heat (solution obtained) to crystallisation point / evaporate some of the water

(from the solution) / heat (solution) then leave (solution) to cool / leave (solution)
to crystallise / solution concentrated by heating (1) [4]
(d) 3- [1]
[Total: 10]


B9 (a) (i) sulfur dioxide / hydrogen peroxide [1]
(ii) kills bacteria [1]
(b) (i) correct structure with

two or more units and single bonds between carbon atoms; (1)
continuation bonds present; (1) [2]
(ii) bromine water / (aqueous) bromine / bromine; (1)
turns colourless / decolourised; (1) [2]
(c) (i) correct formula for ethanoate ion showing all atoms and bonds including
negative charge on the single bonded oxygen
H O
l ll
H–C–C–O–
l
H
[1]
(ii) CH3COOH + OH– → CH3COO– + H2O [1]
(d) (i) (hydroxide reacts with ammonium salts) to form ammonia [1]
(ii) OH– + NH4+ → NH3 + H2O [1]
[Total: 10]


* 4 1 7 8 9 7 1 3 5 7 *
CHEMISTRY 5070/22
1 hour 30 minutes
Section A
Section B


DC (SJF/SW) 58087/5
Section A For
Examiner’s
A1 Choose from the following elements to answer the questions below.
chlorine
hydrogen
iron
lithium
nickel
nitrogen
oxygen
potassium
silver
sulfur
vanadium
zinc
Each element can be used once, more than once or not at all.
Which element
(a) is liberated at the anode when an aqueous solution of potassium sulfate is electrolysed,
...................................................................................................................................... [1]
(b) is used as a catalyst in the manufacture of margarine,
...................................................................................................................................... [1]
(c) is a non-metallic solid, an atom of which contains only six valency electrons,
...................................................................................................................................... [1]
(d) is higher than sodium in the reactivity series,
...................................................................................................................................... [1]
(e) is in Period 5 of the Periodic Table,
...................................................................................................................................... [1]
(f) forms a white oxide which is amphoteric?
...................................................................................................................................... [1]
[Total: 6]
© UCLES 2013 5070/22/O/N/13
A2 Carboxylic acids are a homologous series containing the –CO2H group. For
The table shows some properties of the first four carboxylic acids in the series. Examiner’s
Use
carboxylic acid molecular density boiling point

formula in g / cm3 in °C
methanoic acid CH2O2 1.220 101
C2H4O2 1.049 118
propanoic acid C3H6O2 0.993 141
butanoic acid C4H8O2 0.958 165
(a) (i) Describe how the density of these carboxylic acids varies with the number of
carbon atoms in the molecule.
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
(ii) Name the carboxylic acid with the molecular formula C2H4O2.
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
(iii) Draw the structure of propanoic acid, showing all atoms and bonds.
[1]
(b) The next carboxylic acid in this homologous series is pentanoic acid.
Pentanoic acid has five carbon atoms.
(i) Deduce the molecular formula for pentanoic acid.
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
(ii) Suggest a value for the boiling point of pentanoic acid.
............................................. °C [1]
(c) Butanoic acid, C3H7CO2H, reacts with sodium to form a salt and a gas.
(i) Name the gas.
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
(ii) Give the formula of the salt.
.............................................................................................................................. [1]

(d) Esters are formed when carboxylic acids react with alcohols. For
The reaction is catalysed by hydrogen ions. Examiner’s
Use
(i) Describe and explain the effect of a catalyst on reaction rate.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [2]
(ii) State one commercial use of esters.
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
(iii) The structure of an ester is shown below.
O H H H
H C O C C C H
H H H
Name this ester.
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
[Total: 11]
© UCLES 2013 5070/22/O/N/13

A3 Silicon is an element in Group IV of the Periodic Table. For

Examiner’s
(a) Give the electronic configuration for a silicon atom. Use
...................................................................................................................................... [1]
(b) Silicon has three naturally occurring isotopes.
Complete the following table for two of these isotopes.
isotope 28Si 30Si
number of protons
number of electrons
number of neutrons
[3]
(c) Silicon reacts with chlorine on heating to form silicon(IV) chloride, SiCl4.
[1]
(d) Silicon(IV) chloride is a simple molecular compound.
(i) Suggest two physical properties of silicon(IV) chloride other than solubility.
1 ...............................................................................................................................
2 ........................................................................................................................... [2]
(ii) Draw a ‘dot-and-cross’ diagram for silicon(IV) chloride.

You only need to show the outer shell electrons for each atom.
[2]

(e) Silicon(IV) chloride reacts with water to form silicon(IV) oxide. For
Part of the structure of silicon(IV) oxide is shown below. Examiner’s
Use
Key
silicon atom
oxygen atom
Explain, in terms of structure and bonding, why silicon(IV) oxide has a very high melting
point.
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................... [2]
[Total: 11]
© UCLES 2013 5070/22/O/N/13

A4 The carbon cycle regulates the amount of carbon dioxide in the atmosphere. For
Examiner’s
(a) (i) State two processes which release carbon dioxide into the atmosphere. Use
1 ...............................................................................................................................
2 ........................................................................................................................... [2]
(ii) Name one process which removes carbon dioxide from the atmosphere.
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
(b) Carbon dioxide is a greenhouse gas.
(i) What is the meaning of the term greenhouse gas?
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
(ii) Name another greenhouse gas and give a natural source of this gas.
name ........................................................................................................................
source .................................................................................................................. [2]
(c) Carbon dioxide dissolves in water to form a weakly acidic solution.
CO2(g) + H2O(l) HCO3–(aq) + H+(aq)
(i) What is the meaning of the term weak acid ?
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
(ii) Describe how you could measure the pH of this solution other than by using a pH
meter.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [2]
(d) Sodium hydrogencarbonate, NaHCO3, decomposes on heating to form a carbonate,

water and a gas which turns limewater milky.
[2]
[Total: 11]
A5 A student reacts magnesium ribbon with excess hydrochloric acid. For

She follows the course of the reaction by measuring the volume of gas produced against Examiner’s
time. Use
(a) Write the equation for the reaction of magnesium with hydrochloric acid.
...................................................................................................................................... [1]
(b) (i) On the axes below draw a sketch graph to show how the volume of gas produced
during the reaction varies with time and label this line ‘A’.
Label the axes with the appropriate units.
[2]
(ii) The student then carries out the experiment at a lower temperature. All the other
conditions remain the same.
On the axes above draw another line to show how the volume of gas produced
varies with time and label this line ‘B’. [1]
(c) Magnesium reacts with carbon to form the compound magnesium carbide.
Calculate the percentage by mass of magnesium in magnesium carbide, MgC2.
[2]
[Total: 6]
© UCLES 2013 5070/22/O/N/13

Section B For
Examiner’s
B6 Aluminium is extracted from purified bauxite by electrolysis.
(a) Describe how this electrolysis is carried out and construct equations for the reactions
occurring at both the anode and cathode.
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................... [4]
(b) What properties of aluminium make it useful for
(i) making aircraft, .........................................................................................................
(ii) making electricity cables. ...................................................................................... [2]
(c) Aluminium is high in the reactivity series.
(i) Explain why aluminium does not react with aqueous copper(II) sulfate.
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [2]
(ii) When a few drops of aqueous sodium chloride are added to a mixture of aluminium
and aqueous copper(II) sulfate, a vigorous reaction occurs.
copper(II) sulfate + aluminium aluminium sulfate + copper
What type of reaction is this?
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
(iii) State the formula of aluminium sulfate.
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
[Total: 10]

10
B7 Ethene is an unsaturated hydrocarbon. For

Examiner’s
(a) What is the meaning of each of these terms? Use
unsaturated ......................................................................................................................
hydrocarbon ................................................................................................................. [2]
(b) Ethene can be manufactured by cracking.
(i) State the conditions used for cracking.
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [2]
(ii) Construct an equation for the cracking of tetradecane, C14H30, to form ethene and
one other hydrocarbon.
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
(c) Alkenes such as ethene can undergo addition polymerisation.
(i) State one use of poly(ethene).
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
(ii) The diagram below shows a section of a polymer chain.
C2H5 C2H5 C2H5
CH CH2 CH CH2 CH CH2
Deduce the structure of the monomer which is used to make this polymer.
[1]
© UCLES 2013 5070/22/O/N/13

11
(d) Ethanol can be manufactured by the catalytic addition of steam to ethene. For
Examiner’s
C2H4 + H2O C2H5OH Use
If the reactants are not recycled, only 5% of the ethene is converted to ethanol.
Calculate the mass of ethanol formed from 0.4 tonnes of ethene when only 5% of the
ethene is converted to ethanol.
[1 tonne is 1 000 000 grams]
mass of ethanol ...................................... tonnes [3]
[Total: 10]

12
B8 When hydrogen iodide, HI, is heated in a closed tube, the following dynamic equilibrium is For
established. Examiner’s
Use
2HI(g) H2(g) + I2(g) ΔH = + 9.6 kJ / mol
(a) What is meant by the term dynamic equilibrium?
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................... [2]
(b) The table shows the concentrations of HI(g), H2(g) and I2(g) in the equilibrium mixture
at 25 °C and 450 °C.
substance concentration at 25 °C concentration at 450 °C

/ mol / dm3 / mol / dm3
HI(g) 0.94 0.79
H2(g) 0.033 0.11
I2(g) 0.033 0.11
(i) The tube has a volume of 50 cm3.
Calculate the mass of hydrogen iodide in the equilibrium mixture at 25 °C.
[2]
(ii) Describe and explain the differences in the concentrations of reactant and products
at 25 °C and 450 °C.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [2]
© UCLES 2013 5070/22/O/N/13

13
(c) Complete the energy profile diagram for the decomposition of hydrogen iodide. For
On your diagram label Examiner’s
• the products, Use
• the enthalpy change of the reaction, ΔH.
energy
reactants
progress of reaction [2]
(d) An aqueous solution of hydrogen iodide contains iodide ions.
Describe a test for iodide ions.
..........................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................... [2]
[Total: 10]

14
B9 The compounds ammonium nitrate and ammonium sulfate are both fertilisers. For
Examiner’s
(a) Explain why farmers add these fertilisers to soils. Use
..........................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................... [1]
(b) Ammonium sulfate can be prepared by adding sulfuric acid to aqueous ammonia.
...................................................................................................................................... [1]
(c) Excess acidity in soils can be treated by adding calcium hydroxide.
(i) Give the formula of the ion present in calcium hydroxide which causes it to be
alkaline.
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
(ii) Explain why adding calcium hydroxide causes loss of nitrogen from fertilisers such
as ammonium nitrate, which have been previously added to the soil.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [2]
(d) A student titrated 10.0 cm3 of aqueous calcium hydroxide with hydrochloric acid.
Ca(OH)2(aq) + 2HCl(aq) CaCl2(aq) + 2H2O(l)
It required 4.00 cm3 of 0.0100 mol / dm3 hydrochloric acid to neutralise 10.0 cm3 of
aqueous calcium hydroxide.
Calculate the concentration of the calcium hydroxide.
................................... mol/ dm3 [3]
© UCLES 2013 5070/22/O/N/13

15
(e) Describe how to obtain pure dry crystals of calcium chloride from an aqueous solution For
of calcium chloride. Examiner’s
Use
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................... [2]
[Total: 10]
University of Cambridge International Examinations is part of the Cambridge Assessment Group. Cambridge Assessment is the brand name of University of
Cambridge Local Examinations Syndicate (UCLES), which is itself a department of the University of Cambridge.
© UCLES 2013 5070/22/O/N/13

DATA SHEET
© UCLES 2013
Group
1 4
H He
Hydrogen Helium
1 2
7 9 11 12 14 16 19 20
Li Be B C N O F Ne
3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
23 24 27 28 31 32 35.5 40
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
39 40 45 48 51 52 55 56 59 59 64 65 70 73 75 79 80 84
19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36
16
85 88 89 91 93 96 101 103 106 108 112 115 119 122 128 127 131
5070/22/O/N/13
37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54
133 137 139 178 181 184 186 190 192 195 197 201 204 207 209 209 210 222
55 56 57 * 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86
223 226 227
Fr Ra Ac
87 88 89 †
140 141 144 147 150 152 157 159 162 165 167 169 173 175
58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71

GCE Ordinary Level
5070 CHEMISTRY
components.

A1 (a) oxygen / O2 (1) [1]
(b) nickel / Ni (1) [1]
(c) sulfur / S (1) [1]
(d) potassium / K (1) [1]
(e) silver / Ag (1) [1]
(f) zinc / Zn (1) [1]
[Total: 6]
A2 (a) (i) decreases as number of carbon atoms increases / increases as number of carbon
atoms decreases (1) [1]
(ii) ethanoic (acid) (1) [1]
(iii) correct formula for propanoic acid showing all atoms and all bonds (1)
H H O
ǀ ǀ ǁ
H–C–C–C–O–H
ǀ ǀ
H H [1]
(b) (i) C5H10O2 (1) [1]
(ii) any value between and including 180–195 °C (1) [1]
(c) (i) Hydrogen (1)

ALLOW: H2 [1]
(ii) C3H7CO2Na / C4H7O2Na / correct displayed or structural formula (1) [1]
(d) (i) speeds up reaction (rate) / reaction faster (1)
lowers activation energy/makes reaction go by different route using less energy /

lowers energy barrier (1) [2]
(ii) solvent / fragrance / perfume / food additive / flavourings / polyesters / terylene (1) [1]
(iii) propyl methanoate (1) [1]
[Total: 11]


A3 (a) 2,8,4 (1) [1]
(b)
28 30
isotope Si Si
number of protons 14 14 (1)
number of electrons 14 14 (1)
number of neutrons 14 16 (1)

[3]
(c) Si + 2Cl 2 → SiCl 4 (1) [1]
(d) (i) does not conduct electricity / does not conduct heat (1)
liquid (at room temperature) / low melting point / low boiling point (1) [2]
(ii) bonding pair between each of the 4 Si and Cl atoms (1)
rest of structure completely correct (1)
IGNORE: inner shell electrons [2]
(e) many (strong) bonds / many (covalent) bonds / lattice / giant structure / lattice of
covalent bonds (1)
a lot of energy needed to break the bonds / high temperature needed to break the
bonds / strong bonds (1) [2]
[Total: 11]
A4 a (i) Any two of:

● respiration/fermentation (1)
● decay of organic matter / decomposition of organisms (1)
● combustion of carbon (compounds)/combustion of fossil fuel / combustion of
named fossil fuel (1)
● decomposition of carbonates/decomposition of limestone (1)
● from increasing temperature of the oceans / removal of (dissolved) carbon
dioxide from oceans (1)
● volcanoes (1) [2]
(ii) photosynthesis/absorbed by oceans/absorbed by seas (1) [1]
(b) (i) gas which absorbs infra-red (radiation) / gas which absorbs infra-red (light) (1)
ALLOW: gas which traps heat / gas which absorbs heat [1]


(ii) name: methane/other named greenhouse gas (1)

ALLOW: CFCs/nitrous oxide
(methane) from swamps / rice paddy fields / gas from waste from animal
digestion / termites / wetlands (1)
ALLOW: (for methane) bacterial action (unqualified) / fracking / animal
digestion (unqualified) / permafrost / glaciers / landfill
NOTE: 2nd mark for source is dependent on the correct gas [2]
(c) (i) (acid which is) incompletely ionised (in water) / (acid which is) partly dissociated /
(acid which is) incompletely dissociated (in water) (1) [1]
(ii) add universal / full range indicator (1)
compare the colour with (colour on) indicator colour chart (1) [2]
(d) 2NaHCO3 → Na2CO3 + CO2 + H2O

correct balance (1) [2]
[Total: 11]
A5 (a) Mg + 2HCl → MgCl2 + H2 (1) [1]
(b) (i) axes labelled correctly with appropriate units e.g. volume in cm3 on vertical axis and
time in seconds/s on horizontal axis (1)
graph rising steadily from near 0–0 point (although 0 does not have to be shown)
then either levelling off horizontally or rising with decreasing gradient but not yet
finished (1) [2]
(ii) initial gradient less steep from the start

AND
reaction finishing at same volume of gas as original or still below original level but
likely to finish at the same volume as line A (1) [1]
(c) molar mass of MgC2 = 48 (1)

24/48 = 50% (1)
1 mark for ecf from wrong molar mass of magnesium carbide [2]
[Total: 6]


B6 (a) 2 marks for the reactions at the anode and cathode:

anode reaction: 2O2– → O2 + 4e– / 2O2– – 4e– → O2 (1)
cathode reaction: Al 3+ + 3e– → Al / Al 3+ → Al – 3e– (1)
2 marks for the description:

mention of molten aluminium oxide + cryolite in correct context (1)
AND
Any one of:
● cryolite increases conductivity of aluminium oxide / cryolite helps in dissolving
electrolyte mixture (1)
● graphite electrode(s) / carbon electrode(s) (1)
● any temperature between and including 900–1200 °C quoted (1)
● at anode carbon + oxygen → carbon dioxide (in words or equation) (1) [4]
(b) (i) low density (1) [1]
(ii) (good) electrical conductor (1)

ACCEPT: has mobile electrons [1]
(c) (i) has an oxide layer (1)
oxide (layer) is unreactive / oxide (layer) ‘sticks’ strongly to the surface

(of the aluminium) / oxide is non-porous (1) [2]
(ii) displacement / redox (1) [1]
(iii) Al 2(SO4)3 (1) [1]
[Total: 10]
B7 (a) (unsaturated): has (carbon-carbon) double bond (1)
(hydrocarbon): contains carbon and hydrogen only / has no other elements than
Carbon and hydrogen (1) [2]
(b) (i) high temperature / values between and including 400–500 °C (1)
catalyst/aluminium oxide / zeolites / silicon dioxide (1) [2]
(ii) C14H30 → C2H4 + C12H26 (1) [1]
(c) (i) cling film/ bottles / bags / packaging / sandwich bags / moisture barrier / damp-
proofing / toys / jugs / plates / dustbins / water pipes / screw closures / sacks / gas
pipes / bubble wrap / cable coverings / pond linings / ropes / nets / greenhouses /
paints / glues / waxes / (outdoor) furniture e.g. tables / chairs etc. (1) [1]
(ii) C2H5
ǀ / C2H5CH=CH2 (1)
CH=CH2 [1]


(d) 28 g ethene → 46 g ethanol (1)
0.4 tonnes gives 0.4 × 46/28 OR 0.657 / 0.66 (tonnes) (1)

ALLOW: ecf from incorrect molar masses
(0.657 × 5/100) = 0.03 / 0.033 / 0.0329 (tonnes) (1)

ALLOW: ecf from step 2 i.e. for x answer in step 2 by 5/100 [3]
[Total: 10]
B8 (a) Idea of reactants being converted to products at the same time as products converted
to reactants / reaction is reversible (1)
reactants and products at constant concentrations / amounts of reactants and products
are constant(1)
OR
rate of forward reaction = rate of backward reaction = 2 marks [2]
(b) (i) mol HI = 0.94 x 50/1000 OR 0.047 mol (1)
mass HI = 0.047 x 128 = 6 / 6.0 / 6.02 / 6.016 (g) (1) [2]
(ii) At 25 °C higher concentration of reactant / lower concentration of products / At

450 °C lower concentration of reactant / higher concentration of products / decrease
in temperature shifts reaction to the left / increase in temperature shifts reaction to
right / concentration of reactant increases as temperature decreases / concentration
of products increases as temperature increases (1)
reaction is endothermic (1) [2]
(c) labelled products / H2 + I2 on right and above the reactants (1)
enthalpy change shown as upward pointing arrow with ∆H or ‘enthalpy change’ (1) [2]
(d) add (aqueous) silver nitrate / lead nitrate (1)
yellow precipitate (1) [2]
[Total: 10]
B9 (a) to increase plant growth / to improve plant growth / to grow better / to increase the crop
/ to increase the yield / to make more (plant) proteins / to make more amino acids /
speeds up growth (of crops) (1) [1]
(b) 2NH3 + H2SO4 → (NH4)2SO4 (1) [1]


(c) (i) OH– (1) [1]
(ii) ammonia is produced / NH3 produced (1)
ammonia lost to the air / ammonia is a gas (1) [2]
(d) mol HCl = 0.01 × 4/1000 OR 4 × 10–5 (1)
mol Ca(OH)2 = 2 × 10–5 / half answer to mol HCl (1)
concentration of Ca(OH)2 = (2 × 10–5 × 1000 / 10)

= 2 × 10–3 mol / dm3 (1) [3]
(e) heat solution to crystallisation point / leave in a warm place / partially evaporate solution (1)
filter (off crystals) / pick out crystals

AND
dry crystals with filter paper (1) [2]
[Total: 10]


* 5 8 0 6 4 1 4 0 9 1 *
CHEMISTRY 5070/22
1 hour 30 minutes
Section A
Section B


DC (SJF/SW) 72257/4
Section A
A1 The diagram shows part of the Periodic Table. Only some of the elements are shown.
H
C N F
Si P S Cl
Ti Fe Cu Zn As Br
(a) Answer each of the following questions using only those elements shown in the diagram.
Give one element which
(i) is a simple molecular solid at room temperature and pressure,
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
(ii) oxidises in the presence of water and air to form rust,
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
(iii) has an atom with three occupied electron shells, the outer of which has only 5 electrons,
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
(iv) has an oxide which is amphoteric,
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
(v) has a chloride of type X Cl 3 whose aqueous solution forms a reddish-brown precipitate
on addition of aqueous ammonia,
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
(vi) is a colourless diatomic gas.
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
© UCLES 2014 5070/22/O/N/14

(b) (i) Arsenic reacts with oxygen to form arsenic(III) oxide, As2O3.
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
(ii) Arsenic(III) oxide is slightly soluble in water. A weak acid, arsenous acid, H3AsO3, is
formed.
Use kinetic particle theory to explain why a 0.05 mol / dm3 solution of arsenous acid reacts
much more slowly with magnesium ribbon than a 0.05 mol / dm3 solution of hydrochloric
acid.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[2]
[Total: 9]

A2 The table shows some properties of the Group I metals.
metal density melting point boiling point

in g / cm3 / °C / °C
lithium 0.53 181 1342
sodium 0.97 98 883
potassium 0.86 63
rubidium 1.53 39 686
caesium 1.88 29 669
(a) (i) Describe the general trend in the density of the Group I metals.
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
(ii) Predict the boiling point of potassium.
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
(iii) What is the physical state of caesium at 35 °C? Explain your answer.
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
(b) (i) Describe the trend in reactivity of the Group I metals with water.
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
(ii) Construct the equation for the reaction of rubidium with water.
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
(iii) The reaction of rubidium with water is exothermic.

What is meant by the term exothermic?
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
(c) Sodium and calcium form ionic hydrides containing the hydride ion, H–.
Sodium and calcium hydrides react with water to form the hydroxide and hydrogen.
NaH + H2O NaOH + H2
CaH2 + 2H2O Ca(OH)2 + 2H2
Deduce the general ionic equation for these reactions.
...............................................................................................................................................[1]
© UCLES 2014 5070/22/O/N/14

(d) Sodium is a soft metal with little catalytic activity.

Nickel is a hard metal which is often used as a catalyst.
(i) Describe two other differences in the physical properties of sodium and nickel.
1 ........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
2 ........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
[2]
(ii) State one industrial use of nickel as a catalyst.
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
(iii) Explain why an alloy of nickel and copper is less malleable than copper alone.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[2]
[Total: 12]

A3 Seawater contains a variety of dissolved salts.
(a) The diagram shows a simple distillation apparatus that can be used to produce purified water
from seawater.
water out
condenser
seawater
water in
heat
purified water
Explain how distillation purifies seawater.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[3]
(b) Magnesium chloride, MgCl 2, is present in seawater at a concentration of 1.26 g / dm3.
(i) Write the formulae for the ions present in magnesium chloride.
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
(ii) Calculate the concentration of chloride ions, in mol / dm3, arising from the magnesium
chloride in seawater.
concentration = .......................................... mol / dm3 [1]
(iii) Aqueous silver nitrate is added to a small sample of seawater.

Describe what you would observe.
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
© UCLES 2014 5070/22/O/N/14

(c) The concentration of sulfate ions in seawater is 1.24 g / dm3.

Excess aqueous barium chloride is added to a 50.0 cm3 sample of seawater.
Calculate the mass of barium sulfate precipitated in this reaction.
Ba2+(aq) + SO42–(aq) BaSO4(s)
mass = ........................................ g [3]
[Total: 9]

A4 Sulfuric acid reacts with the alkali sodium hydroxide.
(a) Write the ionic equation for this reaction.
...............................................................................................................................................[1]
(b) The graph below shows how the pH changes when aqueous sulfuric acid is added slowly to
45.0 cm3 of 0.150 mol / dm3 sodium hydroxide until the acid is in excess.
14
12
10
pH
0
0 10 20 30 40 50
volume of acid added / cm3
(i) What volume of acid has been added when the pH is 7?
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
© UCLES 2014 5070/22/O/N/14

(ii) Use your answer to part (i) to calculate the concentration, in mol / dm3, of the sulfuric
acid.
concentration = .......................................... mol / dm3 [3]
(c) The experiment was repeated using ethanoic acid of the same concentration as the sulfuric
acid. The same volume and concentration of aqueous sodium hydroxide was used.
(i) The volume of ethanoic acid required to neutralise the aqueous sodium hydroxide was
twice as great compared with the volume of sulfuric acid.
Explain why.
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
(ii) Suggest the value of the pH after excess ethanoic acid has been added.
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
(d) Sulfuric acid is one of the acids present in acid rain.
(i) Suggest how sulfuric acid is formed in the atmosphere.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[2]
(ii) State one effect of acid rain on human health.
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
[Total: 10]

10
A5 The table below shows the reactivity of five metals with either cold water or steam or with both.
metal reactivity
barium reacts rapidly with cold water
copper no reaction with steam or cold water
magnesium reacts very slowly with cold water but reacts with steam
sodium reacts very rapidly with cold water
nickel only reacts when powdered and heated strongly in steam
(a) Deduce the order of reactivity of these metals using the information in the table.
most reactive .....................................................................
.....................................................................
.....................................................................
.....................................................................
least reactive ..................................................................... [1]
(b) A simple electrochemical cell contains two electrodes in an electrolyte.
(i) Complete the diagram below to show how you could measure the voltage between the
two different metal electrodes X and Y.
X Y
electrolyte
[1]
(ii) The order of reactivity of some metals is shown below.
iron cobalt tin copper silver

most reactive least reactive
Which combination of metals from this list would produce the highest voltage when used
as electrodes in an electrochemical cell?
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
© UCLES 2014 5070/22/O/N/14

11
(c) Strips of zinc can be attached to the hull of a ship to stop the steel from rusting.
Explain how these strips of zinc stop the steel from rusting.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[2]
[Total: 5]

12
Section B
B6 The structures of sodium chloride and chlorine are shown below.
Cl – Na+ Cl –
Cl –
Na+ Cl – Na+ Cl Cl
Cl – Na+ Cl –
sodium chloride chlorine
(a) The melting point of sodium chloride is 801 °C.

The melting point of chlorine is –101 °C.
Explain, in terms of structure and bonding, the difference between the melting points of these
two substances.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[4]
(b) Explain why molten sodium chloride conducts electricity but solid sodium chloride does not.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[1]
© UCLES 2014 5070/22/O/N/14

13
(c) Draw a ‘dot-and-cross’ diagram for sodium chloride, showing all the electron shells.
[2]
(d) The electrode reactions occurring when molten sodium chloride is electrolysed are shown
below.
negative electrode Na+ + e– Na
positive electrode 2Cl – Cl2 + 2e–
Refer to these equations to explain why this electrolysis involves both oxidation and reduction.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[2]
(e) Chlorine reacts with excess ammonia, NH3, to form hydrogen chloride and nitrogen.
...............................................................................................................................................[1]
[Total: 10]

14
B7 The alkanes are a homologous series of hydrocarbons.
(a) Give the name of another homologous series of hydrocarbons.
...............................................................................................................................................[1]
(b) The graph below shows how the melting points of the first nine alkanes vary with the number
of carbon atoms.
–50
melting
point –100
/ °C
–150
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
number of carbon atoms
Describe how the melting points of the alkanes with more than two carbon atoms vary as the
number of carbon atoms increases.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[2]
(c) Nonane is an alkane with nine carbon atoms.

Give the molecular formula for nonane.
...............................................................................................................................................[1]
© UCLES 2014 5070/22/O/N/14

15
(d) One mole of undecane, C11H24, is cracked to form a mixture containing one mole of ethene,
one mole of propene and one mole of another hydrocarbon.
(i) Construct the equation for this reaction.
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
(ii) Explain why oil companies crack the longer chain hydrocarbons.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[2]
(e) Hydrogen cyanide, HCN, is manufactured by reacting methane with ammonia and oxygen.
2CH4 + 2NH3 + 3O2 2HCN + 6H2O
(i) Calculate the mass of hydrogen cyanide that can be formed from 500 g of methane if the
percentage yield of hydrogen cyanide is 65%.
mass = .........................................g [2]
(ii) Hydrogen cyanide reacts with calcium hydroxide to form calcium cyanide and water.
The formula of the cyanide ion is CN–.
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
[Total: 10]

16
B8 The ester, ethyl ethanoate, reacts with hydroxide ions to form ethanoate ions and ethanol.
CH3COOC2H5 + OH– CH3COO– + C2H5OH

ethyl ethanoate ethanoate ions
(a) The graph shows how the concentration of ethanoate ions, CH3COO–, changes as the
reaction proceeds.
0.5
0.4
0.3
concentration of
CH3COO– ions
in mol / dm–3
0.2
0.1
0
0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000
time / s
(i) Use the information in the graph to deduce the mass of ethanoate ions in 200 cm3 of
solution when the reaction is complete.
mass = .........................................g [2]
© UCLES 2014 5070/22/O/N/14

17
(ii) Use the information in the graph to calculate the average rate of reaction, in mol / dm3 / s,
during the first 300 seconds.
average rate of reaction ........................................mol / dm3 / s [1]
(iii) Describe and explain, using the kinetic particle theory, the change in the rate of reaction
with time.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[3]
(b) Aqueous sodium hydroxide reacts with aqueous iron(II) sulfate, FeSO4.
Construct the ionic equation, with state symbols, for this reaction.
...............................................................................................................................................[2]
(c) Iron(II) sulfate can be prepared by reacting excess iron powder with sulfuric acid.
Describe the essential practical details to prepare pure dry crystals of iron(II) sulfate.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[2]
[Total: 10]

18
B9 Ammonia is manufactured by the Haber process.

Fe catalyst
N2 + 3H2 2NH3 ΔH = – 92.4 kJ / mol
The table below shows how the percentage yield of ammonia at equilibrium varies with both
temperature and pressure.
pressure % yield at % yield at % yield at % yield at

/ atmospheres 200 °C 300 °C 400 °C 500 °C
30 68 32 11 4
100 81 51 25 10
200 86 63 36 18
300 88 69 40 24
(a) Describe how, and explain why, the percentage yield of ammonia at equilibrium changes with
temperature.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[2]
(b) Describe how, and explain why, the percentage yield of ammonia at equilibrium changes with
pressure.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[2]
(c) Explain why the conditions for the synthesis of ammonia in most chemical plants are between
350–450 °C and 200–300 atmospheres pressure.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[2]
(d) Explain how using a catalyst in the Haber process has an economic advantage.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[2]
© UCLES 2014 5070/22/O/N/14

19
(e) Ammonia is used to make fertilisers such as ammonium phosphate, (NH4)3PO4.

Calculate the percentage by mass of nitrogen in ammonium phosphate.
[2]
[Total: 10]
© UCLES 2014 5070/22/O/N/14

DATA SHEET
© UCLES 2014
Group
1 4
H He
Hydrogen Helium
1 2
7 9 11 12 14 16 19 20
Li Be B C N O F Ne
3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
23 24 27 28 31 32 35.5 40
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
39 40 45 48 51 52 55 56 59 59 64 65 70 73 75 79 80 84
19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36
20
85 88 89 91 93 96 101 103 106 108 112 115 119 122 128 127 131
5070/22/O/N/14
37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54
133 137 139 178 181 184 186 190 192 195 197 201 204 207 209 209 210 222
55 56 57 * 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86
223 226 227
Fr Ra Ac
87 88 89 †
140 141 144 147 150 152 157 159 162 165 167 169 173 175
58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71

5070 CHEMISTRY
Cambridge is publishing the mark schemes for the October/November 2014 series for
most Cambridge IGCSE®, Cambridge International A and AS Level components and some


A1 (a) (i) S / sulfur / P / phosphorus (1) [1]
(ii) Fe / iron (1) [1]
(iii) P / phosphorus (1) [1]
(iv) Zn / zinc / As / arsenic (1) [1]
(v) Fe / iron (1) [1]
(vi) H / hydrogen / H2 / N / nitrogen / N2 (1) [1]
(b) (i) 4As + 3O2 → 2As2O3 (1) [1]
(ii) (arsenous acid) has a lower concentration of hydrogen ions / hydrochloric

acid has higher concentration of hydrogen ions (1)
less frequent collisions (between ions in arsenous acid) / more frequent

collisions (between ions) in hydrochloric acid (1) [2]
[Total: 9]


A2 (a) (i) (density generally) increases down the group (1) [1]
(ii) allow between 710 – 860 (oC) (1)

(actual value = 760 oC) [1]
(iii) liquid (no mark on its own)

melting point is below 35 (oC) AND boiling point is above 35 (oC) (1) [1]
(b) (i) more reactive down the group / less reactive up the group (1) [1]
(ii) 2Rb + 2H2O → 2RbOH + H2 (1) [1]
(iii) reaction which releases heat / releases energy / products have lower energy
than reactants / reaction in which ∆H is negative / temperature (of
surroundings) increases (1) [1]
(c) H– + H2O → OH– + H2 (1) [1]
(d) (i) sodium has low density / nickel has high density (1)
sodium has low melting point / nickel has high melting point / sodium has low
boiling point / nickel has high boiling point (1) [2]
(ii) any suitable use e.g. manufacture of margarine / other stated hydrogenation
reactions e.g. cyclohexane from benzene / sorbitol from glucose / amines from
nitro-compounds / amines from nitriles / alkanes from alkenes / alkanes from
alkynes (1) [1]
(iii) nickel ions are different size to copper ions (1)
idea of disruption of layers in metallic structure / layers cannot slide as

easily (1)
NOTE: there MUST be some idea of layers / rows or sheets sliding not just
atoms sliding [2]
[Total: 12]


A3 (a) water and salts have different boiling points (1)
water evaporates AND salts / residues / impurities / solids left in flask (1)
water condenses / turns to liquid in the condenser (1) [3]
(b) (i) Mg2+ and Cl - (1)

IGNORE: state symbols [1]
(ii) 0.0265 / 0.027 / 0.03 (mol / dm3) (1) [1]
(iii) white precipitate / white solid formed / white deposit formed (1) [1]
(c) 96 g SO42– → 233 g BaSO4 (1)
233
1.24 g SO42– → × 1.24 OR 3.0096 / 3.01 g BaSO4 (1)
96
50.0
mass in 50 cm3 = 3.01 × = 0.151 g (1)
1000
OR (for 1st two steps)
1.24
moles SO42– = OR 0.0129 (1)
96
mass of BaSO4 = 0.0129 × 233 OR 3.01 g (1)
OR
50
mass of SO42– in 50 cm3 = 1.24 × OR 0.062 g (1)
1000
0.062
moles SO42– = OR 0.000645833 mol (1)
96
mass BaSO4 = 0.000646 × 233 = 0.151 g (1) [3]
[Total: 9]


A4 (a) H+ + OH– → H2O (1) [1]
(b) (i) 20 (cm3) / 0.02 dm3 (1) [1]
45
(ii) mol KOH = 0.15 × OR 6.75 × 10-3 / 0.00675 (1)
1000
mol H2SO4 = 0.003375 / 0.0034 (1)
1000
concentration = 0.003375 × = 0.17 / 0.169 (1) [3]
20
(c) (i) ethanoic acid has 1 mol of ionisable H per mol of acid / H2SO4 has 2 per mol
of acid / ethanoic acid is monobasic / H2SO4 is dibasic / ethanoic acid has one
acidic hydrogen (ion) / sulfuric acid has 2 acidic H+ ions / ethanoic acid has
half as much ionisable hydrogen (1) [1]
(ii) any value between 3 and 6.9 inclusive (1) [1]
(d) (i) ANY TWO FROM
• sulfur dioxide / SO2 (1)
• (sulfur dioxide) oxidised further / (sulfur dioxide) reacts further to form

sulfur trioxide (1)
• oxidation product reacts with water to form sulfuric acid / SO3 reacts with
water to form sulfuric acid (1) [2]
(ii) irritates skin / irritates eyes / irritates nose / irritates mouth (1) [1]
[Total: 10]


A5 (a) sodium
barium
magnesium
nickel
copper (1) [1]
(b) (i) voltmeter and two wires either side of voltmeter across the electrodes (1) [1]
(ii) iron and silver (1) [1]
(c) ANY TWO FROM
• the zinc corrodes instead of the iron / zinc reacts instead of the iron (1)
• zinc is more reactive (than iron) / zinc is more reactive (than steel) / zinc higher in the
reactivity series (than steel / iron) OR reverse argument (1)
• the zinc loses electrons in preference to the iron (1)
IGNORE: sacrificial protection without qualification [2]
[Total: 5]


B6 (a) sodium chloride is giant ionic structure / has a continuous structure of ions / ions in
lattice (1)
strong (attractive) forces between the ions / lot of energy needed to break ionic bond (1)
chlorine is a (simple) molecule / chlorine has simple covalent structure (1)
chlorine has weak forces between the molecules / small amount of energy required to
separate molecules / not much energy needed to break intermolecular forces / chlorine
has weak van der Waals’ forces (1) [4]
(b) in molten sodium chloride ions can move but ions can’t move in solid / ions can only
move in molten sodium chloride (1) [1]
(c) sodium ion 2, 8 and + charge (1)

chloride ion 2, 8, 8 and – charge (1) [2]
(d) at the negative electrode / cathode reduction takes place which is gain of electrons
(by sodium) (1)
at the positive electrode / anode oxidation takes place which is loss of electrons
(by chloride) (1)
OR
sodium ions are reduced because they gain electrons (1)
chloride ions are is oxidised because they lose electrons (1)
OR
sodium is reduced because oxidation number of sodium decreases (1)
chloride / chlorine is oxidised because the oxidation number of chlorine increases (1) [2]
(e) 2NH3 + 3Cl2 → N2 + 6HCl (1) [1]
[Total: 10]


B7 (a) alkenes (1) [1]
(b) melting points increase (1)
increase in melting point from even number to odd number of carbon atoms is
less than from odd to even number / the increase is less for some atoms than
others / any reference to the regular zigzag nature of the increase (1) [2]
(c) C9H20 (1) [1]
(d) (i) C11H24 → C2H4 + C3H6 + C6H14 (1) [1]
(ii) ANY TWO FROM
• (hydrocarbons with) longer chains not in high demand / more longer

chains produced than used / shorter chains in more demand / fewer short
chains produced than used (1)
• so (more) petrol / gasoline is made (1)
• to produce alkenes / to make ethane (1) [2]
(e) (i) 16 g methane → 27 g HCN (1)

27 65
500 g methane → 500 × × = 548 g (1)
16 100
OR
500
= 31.25 mol methane (1)
16
65
31.25 × 27 × = 548 g (1) [2]
100
(ii) Ca(OH)2 + 2HCN → Ca(CN)2 + 2H2O (1) [1]
[Total: 10]


B8 (a) (i) concentration of ethanoate = 0.45 mol / dm3 (1)

200
mass = 0.45 × 59 × = 5.31 / 5.3 g (1) [2]
1000
0.17
(ii) = 5.67 × 10-4 / 5.7 × 10-4 (mol / dm3 / s) (1) [1]
300
(iii) rate of reaction decreases with time / reaction slows down (1)
concentration (of H+ ions) decreases / concentration (of reactants)
decreases / concentration (of ethyl ethanoate) decreases (1)
collision frequency reduced (1) [3]
(b) Fe2+(aq) + 2OH–(aq) → Fe(OH)2 (s)

correct state symbols (dependent on correct formulae) (1) [2]
(c) filter (off iron) (1)
heat filtrate to crystallisation point then leave to crystallise / evaporate off some of the
water from filtrate then leave to crystallise / partially evaporate filtrate and leave to
crystallise
AND
dry crystals with filter paper (1) [2]
[Total: 10]


B9 (a) decreases with increase in temperature (1)
reaction is exothermic / increasing temperature favours reaction which absorbs

heat (1) [2]
(b) increases with increasing pressure (1)
increasing pressure causes reaction to go in direction of decreasing number of

moles / smaller volume (1) [2]
(c) ANY ONE FROM
• low(er) temperature makes reaction rate too slow (1)

• high(er) temperature decreases percentage yield (1)
• low(er) temperature increases percentage yield (1)
• this temperature (i.e. 350–450) gives a (relatively) high rate and low yield (1)
ANY ONE FROM
• low(er) pressure gives poor yield (1)

• high(er) pressure increases yield (1)
• high(er) pressure expends too much energy (1)
• high a pressure too expensive (1)
• high(er) pressure gives a higher rate (1)
• high pressure a safety risk (1)
• this pressure (i.e. 200–300) gives a high yield and high rate (1) [2]
(d) speeds up the reaction / lowers the activation energy (1)
lowers energy costs / less energy used (1) [2]
(e) molar mass of (NH4)3PO4 = 149 (1)
42
× 100 = 28.19% / 28.2% (1) [2]
149
[Total: 10]


* 5 7 4 8 0 5 2 9 4 7 *
CHEMISTRY 5070/22
1 hour 30 minutes
Section A
Section B

DC (LK/SW) 121880/5 R
Section A
A1 Choose from the following elements to answer the questions below.
aluminium
argon
carbon
copper
iodine
iron
lead
magnesium
nitrogen
oxygen
sulfur
Each of these elements can be used once, more than once or not at all.
Which element
(a) has an ion which, in aqueous solution, reacts with aqueous sodium hydroxide to give a
red-brown precipitate,
...............................................................................................................................................[1]
(b) has an atom with an electronic configuration with only five occupied electron shells,
...............................................................................................................................................[1]
(c) has an oxide which decolourises acidified potassium manganate(VII),
...............................................................................................................................................[1]
(d) has a sulfate which is insoluble in water,
...............................................................................................................................................[1]
(e) provides an inert atmosphere for the extraction of reactive metals,
...............................................................................................................................................[1]
(f) produces ammonia when it is warmed with an aqueous mixture of sodium nitrate and
sodium hydroxide?
...............................................................................................................................................[1]
[Total: 6]
© UCLES 2015 5070/22/O/N/15

A2 Plants contain many different types of carbon compounds.
(a) Carbon compounds are made in plants by photosynthesis.
Write the overall equation for photosynthesis and state the conditions required for this process.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[3]
(b) Starch is a polymer found in plants.

Starch can be hydrolysed.
(i) Give the name of the product formed when starch is hydrolysed.
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
(ii) Give the reagent and conditions needed to hydrolyse starch.
.......................................................................................................................................[2]

(c) When wood chips are heated in the absence of air, a colourless distillate is formed.
wood
chips
cold water
heat
distillate
The distillate contains ethanoic acid, esters and other organic compounds.
(i) Ethanoic acid reacts with calcium hydroxide to form a salt and water.
Give the name and formula of the salt formed.
name .................................................................................................................................
formula ..........................................................................................................................[2]
(ii) One of the esters in the distillate has the molecular formula, C4H8O2.
Draw the structure of an ester with this formula, showing all the atoms and all the bonds.
[1]
© UCLES 2015 5070/22/O/N/15

(iii) The distillate also contains a compound with the following composition.
element percentage by mass

carbon 37.5
hydrogen 12.5
oxygen 50.0
[Total: 11]

A3 Water for use in the home is treated using carbon and chlorine.
(a) Explain the purpose of using carbon and chlorine in water treatment.
carbon ........................................................................................................................................
chlorine ..................................................................................................................................[2]
(b) In some parts of the world, drinking water is purified by desalination.
What is meant by the term desalination?
...............................................................................................................................................[1]
(c) River water may contain pollutants from agricultural sources.

These pollutants may cause eutrophication.
Give the names of two anions present in fertilisers which contribute to eutrophication.
................................................................ and ...................................................................... [1]
(d) An aqueous solution of barium chloride is added to a sample of water which contains
sulfate ions. A white precipitate forms.
Construct an ionic equation, including state symbols, for this reaction.
...............................................................................................................................................[2]
[Total: 6]
© UCLES 2015 5070/22/O/N/15

A4 Iron is extracted in a blast furnace. The raw materials required are
• iron ore, which contains iron(III) oxide, Fe2O3 ,

• limestone,
• coke (carbon),
• air.
(a) The coke first burns in air to form carbon dioxide.

The carbon dioxide is then reduced by coke to produce carbon monoxide.
The carbon monoxide reduces the iron(III) oxide to iron.
Write equations for
(i) the reduction of carbon dioxide by coke,
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
(ii) the reduction of iron(III) oxide to iron by carbon monoxide.
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
(b) Why is limestone added to the blast furnace?
...............................................................................................................................................[1]
(c) Another ore of iron contains an oxide with the formula Fe3O4.
Calculate the percentage by mass of iron in Fe3O4.
[2]

(d) Iron can be obtained by the electrolysis of an aqueous acidified solution of iron(II) sulfate.
The reactions at the electrodes are given.
at the anode (positive electrode): 4OH– O2 + 2H2O + 4e–
at the cathode (negative electrode): Fe2+ + 2e– Fe
Which reaction is oxidation and which is reduction? Explain your answer.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[2]
(e) Attaching magnesium strips to the iron hulls of ships can lower their rate of rusting.
Explain how the magnesium stops the iron from rusting.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[2]
(f) Aqueous iron(II) chloride is one of the products formed when iron reacts with hydrochloric
acid.
...............................................................................................................................................[1]
[Total: 10]
© UCLES 2015 5070/22/O/N/15

A5 (a) Two students set up tubes as shown.
cotton wool soaked in

concentrated hydrochloric acid
tube 1
cotton wool soaked in

concentrated hydrobromic acid blue litmus paper
tube 2
Concentrated hydrochloric acid produces fumes of hydrogen chloride.

Concentrated hydrobromic acid produces fumes of hydrogen bromide.
Four minutes after setting up the experiment, the litmus paper in tube 1 turns red.
Seven minutes after setting up the experiment, the litmus paper in tube 2 turns red.
Use the kinetic particle theory to explain
(i) how the gases move through the tubes,
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[2]
(ii) why the gases take different times to reach the litmus paper.
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[1]

10
(b) A gas syringe is filled with 80 cm3 of hydrogen chloride gas at 20 °C.
The syringe is placed in some hot water at 50 °C.
The atmospheric pressure does not change but the volume of the gas in the syringe increases
to 88 cm3.
hot water
hydrogen 88 cm3
80 cm3
chloride
hydrogen
blocked
20 °C 50 °C chloride
syringe end
Use the kinetic particle theory to explain why the volume increases.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[2]
[Total: 5]
© UCLES 2015 5070/22/O/N/15

11
A6 When one mole of sulfur burns, 247 kJ of energy is released.
S(s) + O2(g) SO2(g)
(a) Calculate the energy released when 9.60 g of sulfur is burnt.
[2]
(b) When sulfur dioxide is passed through aqueous sodium hydroxide, sodium hydrogensulfite is
formed. Sodium hydrogensulfite contains the hydrogensulfite ion, HSO3–.
Construct the ionic equation for this reaction.
...............................................................................................................................................[1]
(c) The hydrogensulfite ion is a weaker acid than ethanoic acid.
Samples of 0.1 g of magnesium are added separately to 0.1 mol / dm3 ethanoic acid and
0.1 mol / dm3 hydrogensulfite ions.
Explain why the reaction is faster with ethanoic acid.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[2]
(d) Calculate the volume of 0.10 mol / dm3 sodium hydroxide which contains 3.2 g of
sodium hydroxide.
volume of aqueous sodium hydroxide = ..................... cm3 [2]
[Total: 7]

12
Section B
B7 The structures of diamond and silicon dioxide are shown.
silicon atom
oxygen atom
diamond silicon dioxide
(a) Describe one similarity in the structures of diamond and silicon dioxide.
...............................................................................................................................................[1]
(b) Explain why silicon dioxide has a high melting point.
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[2]
(c) Silicon dioxide reacts with hot concentrated sodium hydroxide to form sodium silicate,
Na2SiO3.
Deduce the formula of the silicate ion.
...............................................................................................................................................[1]
(d) Explain why diamond does not conduct electricity.
...............................................................................................................................................[1]
(e) Graphite is a form of carbon which conducts electricity.

Graphite is used as electrodes in electrolysis.
What is the meaning of the term electrolysis?
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[1]
© UCLES 2015 5070/22/O/N/15

13
(f) Aluminium is extracted by the electrolysis of molten aluminium oxide dissolved in cryolite.
Construct the equation for the reaction at
(i) the anode (positive electrode),
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
(ii) the cathode (negative electrode).
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
29
(g) An isotope of silicon is represented by the symbol 14 Si.
Deduce the number of protons and neutrons in this isotope.
number of protons .....................................................................................................................
number of neutrons ...............................................................................................................[1]
(h) Silicon has a relative atomic mass of 28.
Define the term relative atomic mass.
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[1]
[Total: 10]

14
B8 Chlorine reacts with sodium hydroxide.
Cl 2(g) + 2NaOH(aq) NaCl (aq) + NaClO(aq) + H2O(l)
(a) A volume of 144 cm3 of chlorine gas, measured at room temperature and pressure, is passed
into 38.0 cm3 of 0.250 mol / dm3 sodium hydroxide.
Show by calculation which reactant is in excess.
[3]
(b) Chlorine displaces bromine from an aqueous solution of potassium bromide.
.......................................................................................................................................[2]
(ii) Explain why bromine does not react with aqueous potassium chloride.
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
(iii) Give the charge of a chloride ion and its electronic configuration.
charge ...............................................................................................................................
electronic configuration .................................................................................................[2]
(c) Explain why sodium chloride does not conduct electricity when solid but does conduct
electricity when molten.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[2]
[Total: 10]
© UCLES 2015 5070/22/O/N/15

16
B9 When rubber is heated in the absence of air, a small amount of isoprene is formed. The structure
of isoprene is shown.
H C H
H H
C C C C
H H
H
(a) Isoprene is an unsaturated hydrocarbon.
Describe a test for an unsaturated hydrocarbon.
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[2]
(b) Isoprene is a liquid at 25 °C.
Describe the arrangement and motion of the particles in isoprene at 25 °C.
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[2]
(c) Isoprene reacts with sulfur dioxide to form methylsulfolene.
C5H8 + SO2 C5H8SO2

isoprene methylsulfolene
Calculate the maximum mass of methylsulfolene that can be formed from 100 g of isoprene.
mass of methylsulfolene = ................ g [3]
© UCLES 2015 5070/22/O/N/15

17
(d) (i) What feature of the isoprene molecule is responsible for it forming an addition polymer?
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
(ii) Perspex is also an addition polymer.

The diagram shows part of the polymer chain of Perspex.
CO2CH3 CO2CH3 CO2CH3
CH2 C CH2 C CH2 C
CH3 CH3 CH3
Deduce the formula of the monomer used to make Perspex.
[2]
[Total: 10]

18
B10 At 200 °C and 200 atmospheres pressure, phosphorus(V) chloride forms an equilibrium mixture
with phosphorus(III) chloride and chlorine.
PCl 5(g) PCl 3(g) + Cl 2(g)

phosphorus(V) phosphorus(III)
chloride chloride
(a) Predict and explain the effect of decreasing the pressure on the position of this equilibrium.
The temperature remains constant.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[2]
(b) Predict and explain the effect of increasing the concentration of chlorine on the position of this
equilibrium.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[2]
(c) The table shows the percentage of phosphorus(III) chloride in the equilibrium mixture at
different temperatures. The pressure is the same in each case.
temperature / °C % PCl3 in the mixture

200 48
300 95
400 99
(i) Describe how the composition of this equilibrium mixture changes with temperature.
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
(ii) Explain what this tells you about the energy change in this reaction.
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
© UCLES 2015 5070/22/O/N/15

19
(d) How is the position of equilibrium affected by the presence of a catalyst?
...............................................................................................................................................[1]
(e) The rate of this reaction increases with increase in temperature.

Explain why.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[2]
(f) Phosphorus(V) chloride reacts with water. Phosphoric acid, H3PO4, and hydrogen chloride
are formed.
...............................................................................................................................................[1]
[Total: 10]
Permission to reproduce items where third-party owned material protected by copyright is included has been sought and cleared where possible. Every reasonable
effort has been made by the publisher (UCLES) to trace copyright holders, but if any items requiring clearance have unwittingly been included, the publisher will
be pleased to make amends at the earliest possible opportunity.
© UCLES 2015 5070/22/O/N/15

DATA SHEET
© UCLES 2015
Group
1 4
H He
Hydrogen Helium
1 2
7 9 11 12 14 16 19 20
Li Be B C N O F Ne
3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
23 24 27 28 31 32 35.5 40
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
39 40 45 48 51 52 55 56 59 59 64 65 70 73 75 79 80 84
19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36
20
85 88 89 91 93 96 101 103 106 108 112 115 119 122 128 127 131
5070/22/O/N/15
Indium Iodine
37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54
133 137 139 178 181 184 186 190 192 195 197 201 204 207 209 209 210 222
55 56 57 * 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86
223 226 227
Fr Ra Ac
87 88 89 †
140 141 144 147 150 152 157 159 162 165 167 169 173 175
58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71

5070 CHEMISTRY
Cambridge IGCSE®, Cambridge International A and AS Level components and some


A1 (a) iron (1) [1]
(b) iodine (1) [1]
(c) sulfur (1) [1]
(d) lead (1) [1]
(e) argon (1) [1]
(f) aluminium / magnesium (1) [1]
[Total: 6]
A2 (a) 6CO2 + 6H2O → C6H12O6 + 6O2 (2) [3]

1 mark for correct reactants and products
1 mark for correct balancing (dependent on correct reactants and products)
conditions: chlorophyll and light (1)
(b) (i) glucose / sugars (1) [1]
(ii) EITHER [2]

acid (1)
heat / reflux (1)
OR
enzymes / amylase (1)

REJECT: other named enzymes which do not hydrolyse starch
at room temperature / temperature any value between 1 °C and 40 °C / pH 7 (1)
(c) (i) calcium ethanoate (1) [2]

(CH3COO)2Ca / correct displayed formula (1)
(ii) CH3COOC2H5 shown as displayed formula (1) [1]

or
C2H5COOCH3 shown as displayed formula (1)
or
HCOOC3H7 shown as displayed formula (1)
or
HCOOCH(CH3)2 shown as displayed formula (1)


(iii) 1 mark for

C = 37.5 / 12 H = 12.5 / 1 O = 50 / 16 [2]
or
= 3.125 = 12.5 = 3.125
1 mark for
3.125 12.5 3.125
3.125 3.125 3.125
or
1 4 1
or
CH4O
[Total: 11]
A3 (a) carbon for removing smells / removing odours / for removing tastes / so it tastes [2]
better (1)
chlorine to kill bacteria / to kill microbes / to kill micro-organisms (1)
(b) removal of salt / removal of minerals from (sea) water (1) [1]
(c) nitrate and phosphate (1) [1]
(d) Ba2+(aq) + SO42–(aq) → BaSO4(s) (2) [2]

1 mark for correct state symbols (dependent on correct formulae)
[Total: 6]
A4 (a) (i) CO2 + C → 2CO (1) [1]
(ii) Fe2O3 + 3CO → 2Fe + 3CO2 (1) [1]
(b) to form calcium oxide / to make calcium oxide (1) [1]
56 × 3
(c) ( × 100 =) 72.4 % or 72% (2) [2]
232
2 marks for correct percentage

OR 1 mark for 232 or ((56 × 3) + (16 × 4)) as denominator, or (56 × 3) or 168 as
numerator


(d) anode reaction is oxidation as loss of electrons (1) [2]

OR
anode reaction is oxidation as oxidation number of oxygen increases (1)
cathode reaction is reduction as gain of electrons (1)

OR
cathode reaction is reduction as oxidation number (of iron) decreases (1)
(e) 1 mark each for any two of: [2]

• magnesium more reactive than iron / magnesium higher in the reactivity
series
• magnesium reacts instead of iron / magnesium corrodes instead of iron /
magnesium corrodes preferentially
• magnesium loses electrons instead of iron
(f) Fe + 2HCl → FeCl2 + H2 (1) [1]
[Total: 10]
A5 (a) (i) 1 mark each for any two of: [2]

• diffusion
• molecules move randomly / molecules spread out / molecules get mixed
up
• (bulk movement of molecules) from high to low concentration / with the
concentration gradient
(ii) they have different relative molecular masses / they have different molar [1]
masses (1)
(b) molecules or particles move faster at higher temperature (or reverse argument) / [2]
molecules or particles have more (kinetic) energy at higher temperature (1)
molecules spread out / molecules move further away from each other (on
average) / space between molecules increases (1)
[Total: 5]


A6 (a) 9.60 / 32 or 0.3(0) mol S (1) [2]

(247 × 0.30) = 74.1 (kJ) or 74 (kJ) (1)
(b) SO2 + OH– → HSO3– (1) [1]
(c) higher concentration of H+ ions in ethanoic acid / more crowded H+ ions in [2]
ethanoic acid (or reverse argument) (1)
collision frequency greater in ethanoic acid (or reverse argument) (1)
3.2
(d) 3.2 g NaOH = or 0.08 mol (1) [2]
40
(0.08 / 0.1) = 0.8 dm3 or 800 (cm3) (1)
[Total: 7]
B7 (a) (atoms) arranged tetrahedrally / tetrahedral (structure) / (bent) hexagonal [1]

(structure) / four atoms round carbon and four atoms round silicon / both giant
(structures) / both lattices / both macromolecules / each has one atoms surrounded
by four others (1)
(b) giant structure / lattice (1) [2]
(all) bonds are strong / takes a lot of energy to break bonds / needs high
temperature to break the bonds (1)
(c) SiO32– (1) [1]
(d) no mobile electrons / does not have delocalised electrons / does not have free [1]
electrons / all electrons are used in bonding (1)
(e) breakdown / decomposition of substance using electric current (1) [1]
(f) (i) 2O2– → O2 + 4e– (1) [1]
(ii) Al 3+ + 3e– → Al (1) [1]
(g) protons 14 and neutrons 15 (1) [1]
(h) (weighted) mass of atom on scale where carbon-12 atom weighs 12 units / idea of [1]
mass of an atom comparison with C-12 atom (1)
[Total: 10]


B8 (a) 6 × 10–3 mol Cl2 (1) [3]
9.5 × 10–3 mol NaOH (1)
mol NaOH required to react with all chlorine = 12 × 10–3 or mol Cl needed to
react with NaOH = 4.7(5) × 10–3
AND
Cl2 in excess (1)
(b) (i) Cl2 + 2KBr → Br2 + 2KCl (2) [2]

1 mark for balancing (dependent on correct formulae)
(ii) chlorine more reactive than bromine / chlorine above bromine in reactivity [1]
series (or reverse argument)
(iii) –1 or Cl – or – (1) [2]
2,8,8 (1)
(c) in solid, the ions are in fixed positions / ions do not move (1) [2]
when molten, the ions can move (1)
[Total: 10]
B9 (a) bromine water / aqueous bromine / bromine (1) [2]

decolourises / goes colourless (1)
(b) arrangement: not ordered / disordered / no fixed arrangement / no fixed position / [2]
random / irregular (shape) (1)
motion: slide over each other / move over each other (1)
(c) correct molar masses of isoprene and methylsulfolene: 68 AND 132 or 68 + 64 (1) [3]
100/68 or 1.47 mol isoprene (1)
(× 132) = 194.1 g methylsulfolene (1)
(d) (i) double bond / C=C (bond) (1) [1]
(ii) CO2CH3 [2]

|
CH2 = C (2)
|
CH3
1 mark for CH2=C correct; 1 mark for rest of molecule correct
[Total: 10]


B10 (a) position of equilibrium moves to the right / moves in forward direction / moves to [2]
the product side / moves to make more PCl3 / moves to make more Cl2 (1)
(if pressure decreases) reaction goes in direction of increasing number of moles

(in stoichiometric) equation) / goes in direction of more moles of products /
products have larger (gas) volume than reactants (1)
(b) position of equilibrium moves to left moves in backward direction (1) [2]
to reduce the concentration of added substance / to reduce the concentration of

chlorine (1)
(c) (i) increasing temperature increases the % of PCl3 (or reverse argument) (1) [1]
(ii) reaction is endothermic (because as temperature increases the amount of product [1]
increases) (1)
(d) no effect / position of equilibrium remains the same (1) [1]
(e) molecules move faster / molecules have more energy (1) [2]
more molecules have energy greater than activation energy (1)
(f) PCl5 + 4H2O → H3PO4 + 5HCl [1]
[Total: 10]


* 4 1 2 1 9 0 8 7 2 6 *
CHEMISTRY 5070/22
1 hour 30 minutes
Section A
Section B

DC (LEG/SG) 107871/4
Section A
BaCl 2
C 2H 4
C 3H 4
C 3H 8
CO
CO2
K2SO4
Na3PO4
SO2
ZnSO4
Each of these compounds can be used once, more than once or not at all.
Give a compound which
(a) is an acidic atmospheric pollutant from volcanic eruptions,
...............................................................................................................................................[1]
(b) is a saturated hydrocarbon,
...............................................................................................................................................[1]
(c) dissolves in water to form an aqueous solution which gives a white precipitate on addition of
aqueous sodium hydroxide,
...............................................................................................................................................[1]
(d) reduces iron(III) oxide to iron in the blast furnace,
...............................................................................................................................................[1]
(e) contributes to the process of eutrophication.
...............................................................................................................................................[1]
[Total: 5]
© UCLES 2016 5070/22/O/N/16

A2 Farmers add fertilisers such as ammonium sulfate to the soil to increase the rate of plant growth.
(a) Write the formulae of the ions present in ammonium sulfate.
................................................................... and ................................................................... [2]
(b) Describe a test for ammonium ions.
test ............................................................................................................................................
observation ...............................................................................................................................
[2]
(c) When ammonia dissolves in water, ammonium ions and hydroxide ions are formed.
Write the ionic equation for the reaction of aqueous ammonia with sulfuric acid.
...............................................................................................................................................[1]
[Total: 5]

A3 The alkanes are a homologous series of hydrocarbons.
(a) State two properties of a homologous series.
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[2]
(b) Draw the structures of the branched and unbranched alkanes having four carbon atoms.
Show all the atoms and all the bonds.
[2]
© UCLES 2016 5070/22/O/N/16

(c) The graph shows how the melting points of the first nine unbranched alkanes vary with the
number of carbon atoms per molecule.
–50
melting point
/ °C –100
–150
–200
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
number of carbon atoms per molecule
(i) Describe how the melting points of these alkanes change with the number of carbon
atoms.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[2]
(ii) Use the graph to estimate the melting point of the unbranched alkane which has ten
carbon atoms.
......................................................°C [1]
(d) (i) Construct the equation for the complete combustion of pentane, C5H12.
.......................................................................................................................................[2]
(ii) Name the products of the incomplete combustion of pentane and explain why the
incomplete combustion of hydrocarbons is hazardous to health.
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[2]
[Total: 11]

A4 Propanone, CH3COCH3, reacts with iodine, I2, to form colourless products.
CH3COCH3 + I2 CH3COCH2I + HI
The reaction is catalysed by hydrochloric acid.
The table shows how the relative rate of this reaction changes when different concentrations of
propanone, iodine and hydrochloric acid are used.
experiment concentration of concentration of relative rate

CH3COCH3 concentration of I2
hydrochloric acid of reaction
in mol / dm3
in mol / dm3 in mol / dm3
1 0.025 0.024 0.12 5.1

2 0.050 0.024 0.12 10.2
3 0.050 0.024 0.06 5.1
4 0.050 0.012 0.06 5.1
(a) Describe how increasing the concentration of each of these substances affects the relative
rate of reaction.
propanone ................................................................................................................................
iodine ........................................................................................................................................
hydrochloric acid .......................................................................................................................

[3]
(b) Increasing the temperature increases the rate of this reaction.
Explain why, in terms of kinetic particle theory.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[2]
(c) Iodine has several isotopes.
What are isotopes?
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[1]
(d) Astatine, At, is a halogen.
Aqueous iodine reacts with aqueous astatide ions, At–, to produce astatine.
Construct the ionic equation for this reaction.
...............................................................................................................................................[1]
© UCLES 2016 5070/22/O/N/16

(e) Aqueous hydrogen iodide reduces hydrogen peroxide to water.
H2O2(aq) + 2H+(aq) + 2I–(aq) 2H2O(l) + I2(aq)
Explain how iodide ions act as a reducing agent in this reaction.
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[1]
[Total: 8]

A5 Nickel carbonyl, Ni(CO)4, reacts with hydrogen iodide.
Ni(CO)4(l) + 2HI(g) NiI2(s) + H2(g) + 4CO(g)
(a) Calculate the percentage by mass of nickel in nickel carbonyl.
...................................................... % [2]
(b) Calculate the maximum volume of gas formed at room temperature and pressure when 1.71 g
of nickel carbonyl reacts completely with hydrogen iodide.
maximum volume of gas formed .......................... [3]
(c) The structure of a nickel carbonyl molecule is shown.
CO
OC Ni CO
CO
Predict two physical properties of nickel carbonyl.
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[2]
© UCLES 2016 5070/22/O/N/16

(d) The proton numbers and accurate relative atomic masses of cobalt and nickel are shown in
the table.
cobalt nickel
proton number 27 28
relative atomic mass 58.9 58.7
Suggest why cobalt has a higher relative atomic mass than nickel.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[2]
(e) An aqueous solution of hydrogen iodide is a strong acid.
What is meant by the term strong acid ?
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[1]
[Total: 10]

10
A6 Sodium and rubidium are alkali metals.
(a) Explain how metals conduct electricity.
...............................................................................................................................................[1]
(b) State two trends in the properties of the alkali metals.
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[2]
(c) Name the products formed when rubidium reacts with water.
................................................................... and ................................................................... [2]
(d) Titanium is extracted from titanium(IV) chloride by reduction with molten sodium.
TiCl 4 + 4Na 4NaCl + Ti
Suggest why sodium reduces titanium(IV) chloride.
...............................................................................................................................................[1]
[Total: 6]
© UCLES 2016 5070/22/O/N/16

12
Section B
B7 In the contact process, sulfur trioxide is made by the catalytic oxidation of sulfur dioxide. In a
closed container the following equilibrium is set up.
2SO2(g) + O2(g) 2SO3(g)
(a) Name the catalyst used in this reaction.
...............................................................................................................................................[1]
(b) Draw a ‘dot-and-cross’ diagram of an oxygen molecule.
[1]
© UCLES 2016 5070/22/O/N/16

13
(c) The graph shows the percentage yield of sulfur trioxide at different temperatures.
100
95
90
% yield
85
80
75
100 200 300 400 500 600
temperature / °C
(i) Describe how, and explain why, the percentage yield of sulfur trioxide changes with
temperature.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[3]
(ii) Suggest why the reaction is carried out at 450 °C and not at 250 °C.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[2]
(d) Describe how, and explain why, the position of equilibrium changes when the pressure
increases.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[2]
(e) Sulfur trioxide oxidises hydrogen bromide to form sulfur dioxide, bromine and water.
...............................................................................................................................................[1]
[Total: 10]

14
B8 Propenenitrile, CH2=CHCN, is made by passing a mixture of propene, ammonia and oxygen over
a catalyst at 450 °C.
CH3CH=CH2 + NH3 + 1½O2 CH2=CHCN + 3H2O
(a) Draw an energy profile diagram for this reaction on the axes shown.

• the reactants and products,
• the enthalpy change for the reaction,
• the activation energy.
energy
reaction pathway
[3]
(b) Propenenitrile decolourises aqueous bromine.
Explain why.
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[1]
© UCLES 2016 5070/22/O/N/16

15
(c) The structure of propenenitrile is shown.
H CN
C C
H H
Draw the structure of the addition polymer formed from propenenitrile.
[2]
(d) The catalyst used in the reaction to make propenenitrile is molybdenum. Molybdenum is a
transition element.
(i) State two physical properties of molybdenum.
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[2]
(ii) Molybdenum reacts with chlorine at room temperature to form molybdenum(VI) chloride,
MoCl6. Molybdenum(VI) chloride has a melting point of 254 °C.
Construct an equation for this reaction, including state symbols.
.......................................................................................................................................[2]
[Total: 10]

16
B9 Both copper and magnesium are metals.
(a) Explain why magnesium reacts with hydrochloric acid but copper does not.
...............................................................................................................................................[1]
(b) Brass is an alloy of copper and zinc. The table shows how the composition of brass influences
its relative strength.
composition of brass
relative strength
% copper % zinc
90 10 2.6
80 20 3.0
70 30 3.3
60 40 3.6
How does the composition of brass affect its strength?
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[1]
(c) Use your knowledge of the structure of metals to explain why brass is stronger than pure
copper.
You may include a labelled diagram in your answer.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[3]
© UCLES 2016 5070/22/O/N/16

17
(d) Draw a labelled diagram to show how a steel rod can be electroplated with copper.
[3]
(e) A 11.09 g sample of an oxide of copper contains 9.86 g of copper.
Deduce the empirical formula of this oxide of copper.
[Total: 10]

18
B10 A student prepared some crystals of hydrated copper(II) sulfate by reacting excess insoluble
copper(II) oxide with dilute sulfuric acid.
CuO + H2SO4 + 4H2O CuSO4.5H2O
(a) Describe how you would obtain pure dry crystals of hydrated copper(II) sulfate from the
reaction mixture.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[3]
(b) The student used 15.0 cm3 of 2.00 mol / dm3 sulfuric acid to prepare the crystals.
Calculate the maximum mass of hydrated copper(II) sulfate crystals that could be made.
....................................................... g [3]
(c) Aqueous ammonia is added to aqueous copper(II) sulfate until the ammonia is in excess.
What is observed as the aqueous ammonia is added?
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[2]
(d) An aqueous solution of copper(II) sulfate is electrolysed using inert electrodes.
Predict the products of this electrolysis at
the anode (positive electrode), .................................................................................................
the cathode (negative electrode). .............................................................................................

[2]
[Total: 10]
© UCLES 2016 5070/22/O/N/16
Group
© UCLES 2016
1 2
H He
hydrogen helium
Key 1 4
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
23 24 27 28 31 32 35.5 40
19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36
39 40 45 48 51 52 55 56 59 59 64 65 70 73 75 79 80 84
37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54
20
85 88 89 91 93 96 – 101 103 106 108 112 115 119 122 128 127 131
55 56 57–71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86
5070/22/O/N/16
lanthanoids
133 137 178 181 184 186 190 192 195 197 201 204 207 209 – – –
87 88 89–103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 114 116
actinoids
– – – – – – – – – – – – –
57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71
139 140 141 144 – 150 152 157 159 163 165 167 169 173 175
89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103
– 232 231 238 – – – – – – – – – – –
The volume of one mole of any gas is 24 dm3 at room temperature and pressure (r.t.p.)

CHEMISTRY 5070/22
MARK SCHEME
Maximum Mark: 75
Published
Teachers.
components.


Section A
A1(a) SO2/sulfur dioxide (1) 1
A1(b) C3H8/propane (1) 1
A1(c) ZnSO4/zinc sulfate (1) 1
A1(d) CO/carbon monoxide (1) 1
A1(e) Na3PO4/sodium phosphate (1) 1
Total: 5
A2(a) NH4+ (1) 2

SO42– (1)
A2(b) warm with sodium hydroxide (1) 2
(damp red) litmus turns blue/ammonia produced turns red litmus blue (1)
A2(c) OH– + H+ → H2O (1) 1
Total: 5
© UCLES 2016

A3(a) One mark each for any two of : 2
• same functional group

• (same) general formula
• similar chemical properties/react similarly
• trend in physical properties
• each differs by CH2
A3(b) H H H H H H H 2
│ │ │ │ │ │ │
H – C – C – C – C – H (1) H–C–C–C–H (1)
│ │ │ │ │ │ │
H H H H H │ H
H–C–H
│
H
A3(c)(i) One mark each for any two of: 2
• (generally) increases as number of carbon atoms increases

• increases in zigzag way/idea of going up irregularly/idea of going up unevenly
• decreases between C2 and C3 compound (or words to that effect)
A3(c)(ii) any value between –25 (°C) and –45 (°C) (inclusive of these values) (1) 1
A3(d)(i) C5H12 + 8O2 → 5CO2 + 6H2O 2

correct balance dependent on correct formulae (1)
© UCLES 2016

A3(d)(ii) Any two of: carbon monoxide/carbon/water (1) 2
carbon monoxide is toxic/carbon monoxide is poisonous (1)
Total: 11
A4(a) propane: increases (rate)/doubling concentration doubles rate (1) 3

iodine: no effect (on rate) (1)
hydrochloric acid: increases (rate)/doubling concentration doubles rate (1)
A4(b) particles move faster/particles have more energy (1) 2
more particles have (energy greater than) the activation energy/more successful collisions (1)
A4(c) atom(s) with same number of protons and different number of neutrons/atom(s) of the same element 1
with different number of neutrons (1)
A4(d) I2 + 2At – → At2 + 2I– (1) 1
A4(e) they lose electrons/they are oxidised/they give electrons (to hydrogen peroxide)/the oxidation number 1
of iodine increases/the oxidation number of oxygen is decreased (1)
Total: 8
© UCLES 2016

A5(a) 34.5% (2) 2

If two marks not scored, 171 (for molar mass of nickel carbonyl) scores 1 mark
A5(b) 1.71 3
mol nickel carbonyl = OR 0.01 (mol) (1)
171
mol gases = (0.01) × 5/idea of multiplying mol × 5 (1)
volume of gases = 1.2 dm3/1200 cm3 (units must be correct) (1)
A5(c) low melting point/low boiling point (1) 2
does not conduct electricity (1)
A5(d) isotopes (1) 2
cobalt has greater proportion of heavier isotopes than nickel/nickel has lower proportion of lighter
isotopes than nickel (1)
A5(e) acid that is completely ionised/acid that is completely dissociated/acid that releases all ionisable 1
hydrogen (1)
Total: 10
© UCLES 2016

A6(a) electrons move (throughout the structure)/mobile electrons (1) 1
A6(b) One mark each for any two of: 2
• decrease in melting point down the group, Or Reverse Argument (ORA) /decrease in boiling
point down the group ORA (1)
• increase in density down the group ORA
• increase in reactivity down the group ORA
• decrease in hardness down the group ORA
A6(c) rubidium hydroxide (1) 2

hydrogen (1)
A6(d) sodium more reactive (than titanium) ORA/sodium higher in reactivity series (than titanium) ORA (1) 1
Total: 6
Section B
B7(a) vanadium pentoxide/vanadium(V) oxide/V2O5 (1) 1
B7(b) four bonding electrons between the two oxygen atoms 1

AND
four non-bonding electrons on each oxygen atom (1)
© UCLES 2016

B7(c)(i) little/no change in % yield at low temperature (1) 3
yield decreases as temperature increases (1)
reaction is exothermic so equilibrium moves to the left as temperature increases/increasing

temperature favours the endothermic reaction (1)
B7(c)(ii) at 250 °C reaction is slow(er)/at 450 °C reaction is fast(er) (1) 2
idea of compromise temperature/idea of balance between lower yield and faster rate (1)
B7(d) (position of) equilibrium moves to the right/(position of) equilibrium moves towards the product side (1) 2
more (gas) molecules on left than right of the equation/fewer (gas) molecules on right of equation than
left (1)
B7(e) SO3 + 2HBr → SO2 + Br2 + H2O (1) 1
Total: 10
B8(a) reactants labelled on left and products labelled on the right AND product level below reactant level (1) 3
enthalpy change labelled and shown by downward arrow (1)
activation energy shown as upward arrow from left hand energy level to energy ‘hump’ above the
highest energy levels of both products and reactants (1)
B8(b) C=C double bond/it is unsaturated (1) 1
© UCLES 2016

B8(c) CN 2
│
CH – CH2 (1)
extension bonds shown (1)
B8(d)(i) One mark each for any two of: 2

• high melting point/high boiling point
• high density
• hard
• good conductor of electricity/good conductor of heat
• malleable
• ductile
• shiny/lustrous
B8(d)(ii) Mo(s) + 3Cl2 (g) → MoCl6 (s) 2

correct state symbols, dependent on correct formulae (1)
Total: 10
B9(a) magnesium loses (outer shell) electrons more easily than copper/copper cannot give (outer shell) 1
electrons to hydrogen ions but magnesium can ORA (1)
B9(b) the more zinc the greater the strength/the more copper, the lower the strength (1) 1
© UCLES 2016

B9(c) layers (of atoms/ions) in copper can slide (when a force is applied) (1) 3
atoms/ions of zinc are different size to those of copper/atoms of zinc disrupt the copper lattice (1)
layers (of atoms/ions) in alloy cannot slide (as easily) (1)
B9(d) two rods dipping into a liquid and joined to a power supply (1) 3
electrolyte labelled as ‘aqueous copper ions’/named solution of soluble copper salt e.g. aqueous
copper sulfate/solution of copper sulfate (1)
copper anode/positive electrode AND steel cathode/ negative electrode (1)
B9(e) Cu2O (2) 2
9.86 1.23
If two marks not scored, mol Cu = AND mol O = scores 1 mark
64 16
Total: 10
© UCLES 2016

B10(a) filter (off excess copper oxide) (1) 3
evaporate (filtrate) to crystallisation point/leave in warm place to crystallise/heat (solution) until

saturated (1)
dry with filter paper/dry in a drying oven (1)
B10(b) 15 3
mol sulfuric acid = 2.0 × OR 0.03 (1)
1000
molar mass of hydrated copper sulfate = 250 (1)
mass of hydrated copper sulfate = 7.5 g (1)
B10(c) (light) blue precipitate (1) 2
dark blue solution (in excess) (1)
B10(d) anode: oxygen/O2 (1) 2
cathode: copper/Cu (1)
Total: 10
© UCLES 2016

* 3 4 0 1 0 6 9 0 8 9 *
CHEMISTRY 5070/22
1 hour 30 minutes
Section A
Section B

DC (LK/SW) 129224/3
Section A
A1 (a) Choose from the following elements to answer the questions.
aluminium
carbon
hydrogen
iron
magnesium
nitrogen
oxygen
sodium
vanadium
Which element:
(i) is a catalyst in the Haber process,
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
(ii) makes up 21% of dry air,
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
(iii) can be formed when hydrocarbons are cracked,
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
(iv) forms aqueous ions with a 3+ charge which give a white precipitate when added to
aqueous ammonia,
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
(v) has an atom with only three electrons in its outer shell?
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
© UCLES 2017 5070/22/O/N/17

(b) Complete the table to show the number of electrons and neutrons in the potassium atom and
in the oxide ion.
number of electrons number of neutrons
41
19K
17 2–
8O
[4]
[Total: 9]

A2 Sodium chloride, NaCl, and magnesium chloride, MgCl2, are both ionic compounds.
(a) Describe the arrangement of the ions and the type of attractive forces between the ions in
solid magnesium chloride.
arrangement .............................................................................................................................
type of attractive forces ............................................................................................................

[2]
(b) Explain why solid magnesium chloride does not conduct electricity but aqueous
magnesium chloride does conduct.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[2]
(c) State the electronic configuration of a magnesium ion and of a chloride ion.
magnesium ion .........................................................................................................................
chloride ion ...............................................................................................................................

[2]
(d) Chlorine and hydrogen are manufactured by the electrolysis of concentrated aqueous
sodium chloride.
Chlorine is released at the positive electrode and hydrogen is released at the negative
electrode.
(i) Why are hydrogen ions and not sodium ions discharged at the negative electrode?
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
(ii) Construct the equation for the reaction at the negative electrode.
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
(iii) Describe a test for chlorine.
test ....................................................................................................................................
result .................................................................................................................................
[2]
© UCLES 2017 5070/22/O/N/17

(e) (i) Give the formulae of the four ions present in aqueous sodium chloride.
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
(ii) Suggest why the solution becomes alkaline as the electrolysis proceeds.
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[2]
[Total: 13]

A3 Metals have characteristic physical properties such as good electrical and thermal conductivity.
(a) Give two other physical properties which are characteristic of metals.
1. ...............................................................................................................................................
2. ...............................................................................................................................................
[2]
(b) The table gives some observations about the reactions of four metals with water.
metal observations
cerium reacts slowly with cold water
iron reacts with steam when red-hot
magnesium reacts slowly with hot water
sodium reacts rapidly with cold water
Put these metals in order of their reactivity with water.

[1]
(c) The equation for the reaction of iron with steam is shown.
3Fe + 4H2O Fe3O4 + 4H2
(i) Calculate the maximum mass of Fe3O4 that can be formed when 39.2 g of iron reacts
with excess steam.
mass of Fe3O4 = .............................................. g [3]
© UCLES 2017 5070/22/O/N/17

(ii) Calculate the maximum volume of hydrogen, in dm3, produced by this reaction, when
measured at room temperature and pressure.
volume of hydrogen = ......................................... dm3 [2]
(d) Pure iron can be obtained by the following reaction.
Fe(CO)5 Fe + 5CO
Give one hazard associated with this reaction.
...............................................................................................................................................[1]
[Total: 9]

A4 Lavandulol is found in lavender plants.
CH3 CH2
C CH CH2 CH C
CH3 CH3
CH2OH
(a) (i) Give the molecular formula for lavandulol.
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
(ii) Lavandulol contains an –OH group.
Name the homologous series of compounds which contain the –OH group.
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
(b) Lavandulol is an unsaturated compound.
Describe a test for an unsaturated compound.
test ............................................................................................................................................
result .........................................................................................................................................
[2]
(c) Lavender flowers contain a variety of coloured compounds. These can be extracted from the
flowers to give a solution of the coloured compounds.
Describe how to use paper chromatography to identify these coloured compounds.
You may use a labelled diagram in your answer.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[3]
© UCLES 2017 5070/22/O/N/17

(d) Compound G is found in the leaves of lavender plants.
H O
H N CH2 C O H
Compound G can undergo polymerisation.
Draw a section of the polymer to show two repeat units.
[2]
[Total: 9]

10
A5 Dilute ethanoic acid reacts with sodium carbonate.
Sodium ethanoate, CH3COONa, and two other compounds are formed.
(a) Construct the equation for this reaction.
...............................................................................................................................................[2]
(b) The reaction of dilute ethanoic acid with sodium carbonate is endothermic.
Explain in terms of bond making and bond breaking why this reaction is endothermic.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[2]
(c) Ethanoic acid reacts with alcohols to form esters.
Give one use of esters.
...............................................................................................................................................[1]
[Total: 5]
© UCLES 2017 5070/22/O/N/17

12
Section B
B6 At high temperatures, hydrogen reacts with iodine to form hydrogen iodide.
H2(g) + I2(g) 2HI(g) ∆H = + 53.0 kJ / mol
(a) Describe and explain the effect, if any, on the position of equilibrium when
(i) the pressure is increased,
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[2]
(ii) the temperature is decreased.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[2]
(b) Hydrogen iodide reacts with water to form a strong acid, hydriodic acid, HI(aq).
(i) What is meant by the term strong acid ?
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
(ii) Construct the equation for the dissociation of hydrogen iodide molecules into ions.
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
(c) Hydrogen iodide reacts with ethene to form iodoethane.
CH2 = CH2 + HI CH3 CH2I
What is the name of this type of reaction?
...............................................................................................................................................[1]
© UCLES 2017 5070/22/O/N/17

13
(d) The table shows some properties of five alkenes.
alkene formula melting point boiling point

/ °C / °C
ethene C 2H 4 –168.9 –103.6
propene C 3H 6 –47.3
butene C 4H 8 –185.2 –6.2
pentene C5H10 –165.0 30.0
hexene C6H12 –139.7 63.4
(i) How does the boiling point change as the number of carbon atoms in the formula of the
alkenes increases?
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
(ii) What is the physical state of butene at –7 °C? Explain your answer.
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
(iii) Why is it difficult to predict the melting point of propene using only the information from
the table?
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
[Total: 10]

14
B7 The table shows the melting points and relative electrical conductivities of three elements from
Period 3 of the Periodic Table.
property element
magnesium silicon sulfur
melting point
649 1410 113
/ °C
relative electrical good poor does not
conductivity conductor conductor conduct
(a) Use ideas of structure and bonding to explain
(i) the difference in the melting points of magnesium and sulfur,
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[2]
(ii) the difference in the electrical conductivity of magnesium and sulfur.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[2]
(b) Silicon has a structure similar to diamond.
Explain why silicon has a high melting point.
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[2]
© UCLES 2017 5070/22/O/N/17

15
(c) A 40.5 g sample of a chloride of sulfur contains 21.3 g of chlorine.
(i) Deduce the empirical formula of this chloride of sulfur.
empirical formula ..................................................[3]
(ii) The relative molecular mass of this chloride is 135.
Deduce the molecular formula of this chloride.
molecular formula ..................................................[1]
[Total: 10]

16
B8 Potassium nitrate, potassium sulfate and potassium phosphate are used in fertilisers.
(a) Calculate the percentage by mass of potassium in potassium sulfate, K2SO4.
............................... % by mass [2]
(b) Describe a test for sulfate ions.
test ............................................................................................................................................
result .........................................................................................................................................
[2]
(c) Explain why nitrates in solid fertilisers spread onto soil are able to leach through the soil
easily.
...............................................................................................................................................[1]
(d) Nitrates are responsible for eutrophication.
What is meant by the term eutrophication?
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[2]
© UCLES 2017 5070/22/O/N/17

17
(e) Dilute phosphoric acid, H3PO4(aq), reacts with aqueous potassium hydroxide to make
potassium phosphate.
H3PO4(aq) + 3KOH(aq) K3PO4(aq) + 3H2O(l)
A student titrates 25.0 cm3 of H3PO4(aq) with 0.200 mol / dm3 KOH(aq).
12.5 cm3 of KOH(aq) is required to react exactly with the H3PO4(aq).
Calculate the concentration of the H3PO4(aq).
concentration of H3PO4(aq) = .................................. mol / dm3 [3]
[Total: 10]

18
B9 Nitrogen(V) oxide decomposes on heating to form nitrogen(IV) oxide and oxygen.
2N2O5(g) 4NO2(g) + O2(g)
(a) The table shows how the rate of reaction varies with the concentration of N2O5.
concentration of N2O5(g) rate

in mol / dm3 in mol / dm3 / s
3.2 6.39
1.6 3.15
0.8 1.63
(i) Describe how the rate of this reaction changes with the concentration of N2O5.
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
(ii) Explain your answer to (a)(i) in terms of collision theory.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[2]
(iii) Describe and explain the effect of increasing the temperature on the rate of this reaction.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[2]
(b) Sulfur dioxide is an atmospheric pollutant.
(i) Describe one source of the sulfur dioxide in the atmosphere.
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
(ii) The oxidation of sulfur dioxide to sulfur trioxide in the atmosphere is catalysed by
nitrogen(IV) oxide.
SO2 + NO2 SO3 + NO
NO + ½O2 NO2
Nitrogen(IV) oxide speeds up the rate of reaction. Which other property of a catalyst is
shown by these equations?
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
© UCLES 2017 5070/22/O/N/17

19
(c) (i) An incomplete energy profile diagram for the oxidation of sulfur dioxide to sulfur trioxide
is shown.
reactants
energy
products
On the diagram:
• draw and label the pathway for the uncatalysed reaction,
• draw and label the pathway for the catalysed reaction. [2]
(ii) Is the reaction in (c)(i) exothermic or endothermic?
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
[Total: 10]
© UCLES 2017 5070/22/O/N/17

Group
© UCLES 2017
1 2
H He
hydrogen helium
Key 1 4
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
23 24 27 28 31 32 35.5 40
19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36
39 40 45 48 51 52 55 56 59 59 64 65 70 73 75 79 80 84
37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54
20
85 88 89 91 93 96 – 101 103 106 108 112 115 119 122 128 127 131
55 56 57–71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86
5070/22/O/N/17
lanthanoids
133 137 178 181 184 186 190 192 195 197 201 204 207 209 – – –
87 88 89–103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 114 116
actinoids
– – – – – – – – – – – – –
57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71
139 140 141 144 – 150 152 157 159 163 165 167 169 173 175
89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103
– 232 231 238 – – – – – – – – – – –

CHEMISTRY 5070/22
MARK SCHEME
Maximum Mark: 75
Published
Teachers.
components.
® IGCSE is a registered trademark.

PUBLISHED 2017
A1(a)(i) Iron / Fe (1) 1
A1(a)(ii) Oxygen / O2 (1) 1
A1(a)(iii) Hydrogen / H2 (1) 1
A1(a)(iv) Aluminium / Al (1) 1
A1(a)(v) Aluminium / Al (1) 1

41
A1(b) K electrons 19 (1) neutrons 22 (1) 4
17
O2– electrons 10 (1) neutrons 9 (1)
A2(a) Arrangement: ordered / lattice / regular / layers / uniformly arranged / repeated pattern (1) 2
Type of force: electrostatic (1)
A2(b) Crystals: ions cannot move (1) 2
Aqueous: ions can move (1)
A2(c) Magnesium ion 2,8 (1) 2

Chloride ion 2,8,8 (1)
A2(d)(i) Hydrogen is lower in the reactivity series (than sodium) / sodium more reactive (than hydrogen) / hydrogen ions are reduced 1
more easily (than sodium ions) (1)
A2(d)(ii) 2H+ + 2e– → H2 (1) 1
A2(d)(iii) Litmus paper / named indicator paper (1) 2
Bleaches / loses its colour (1)

PUBLISHED 2017
A2(e)(i) All four of: H+, OH–, Cl –, Na+ (1) 1
A2(e)(ii) Hydrogen ions removed (1) 2
Idea of OH– remaining (causing alkalinity) (1)
A3(a) 1 mark each for any two of: 2

• Shiny / lustrous
• Ductile
• Malleable
A3(b) Iron<magnesium<cerium<sodium (1) 1
A3(c)(i) 39.2 3
Mol Fe = OR 0.7(00) (1)
56
0.7(00)
Mol Fe3O4 = OR 0.233 (1)
3
Mass = 0.233 × 232 = 54.1 (1)
A3(c)(ii) Moles H2 = 4 × 0.233 OR 0.933 (1) 2
Volume = 0.933 × 24 = 22.4 dm3 (1)
A3(d) CO is poisonous / toxic (1) 1

PUBLISHED 2017
A4(a)(i) C10H18O (1) 1
A4(a)(ii) Alcohol (1) 1
A4(b) Bromine / bromine water (1) 2
Turns colourless (1)
A4(c) 1 mark each for any three of: 3
• Pigment(s) / dyes / coloured compounds on paper and paper (dipping) in solvent
• Spot of dye above solvent level
• Measure distance moved by dye and solvent (front)
• Calculate Rf value
• Compare with known Rf value(s)
A4(d) Two correct repeat units with amide link (2 marks) 2

e.g.
If 2 marks not awarded, 1 mark for two amide links drawn correctly

PUBLISHED 2017
A5(a) 2CH3COOH + Na2CO3 → 2CH3COONa + CO2 + H2O 2
Correct balance (1)
A5(b) Bond breaking is endothermic and bond making is exothermic (1) 2
Less energy released (in bond making) than absorbed (in bond breaking) (1)
A5(c) Solvents / flavourings / perfumes (1) 1
B6(a)(i) No effect (1) 2
Equal number of moles (of gases) on each side of the equation / each volumes (of gases) on each side of the equation (1)
B6(a)(ii) Equilibrium moves to the left (1) 2
The (forward) reaction is endothermic / backward reaction exothermic / goes in the direction of the exothermic reaction (1)
B6(b)(i) Substance which completely dissociates to form H+ ions / substance which completely ionises to form H+ ions 1
B6(b)(ii) HI → H+ + I– (1) 1
B6(c) Addition (1) 1
B6(d)(i) Increases (as the number of C atoms increases) (1) 1
B6(d)(ii) Liquid because –7 °C / it is above its melting point and below its boiling point / liquid because –7 °C / it is between the melting 1
point and boiling point (1)
B6(d)(iii) There is no clear trend / the values go up and down / the values go down and up (1) 1

PUBLISHED 2017
B7(a)(i) Magnesium has strong bonding between positive ions / cations and electrons / magnesium is a giant structure (1) 2
Sulfur is a simple molecule / weak forces between sulfur molecules (1)
B7(a)(ii) Magnesium has electrons which move (from place to place) (1) 2
Sulfur does not have delocalised electrons / no mobile electrons / electrons don’t move (1)
B7(b) Giant structure / many covalent bonds (1) 2
Need high temperature / lot of energy to break the bonds (1)
B7(c)(i) Mass of sulfur = 19.2 g (1) 3
19.2 21.3
mol S = mol Cl = OR ratio = 0.6 to 0.6 (1)
32 35.5
SCl (1)
B7(c)(ii) S2Cl2 (1) 1
B8(a) 2 × 39 2
× 100 = 44.8% / 45% (2 marks)
174
If 2 marks not scored correct Mr = 174 (1)
B8(b) (Acidified) barium chloride / barium nitrate (1) 2
White precipitate (1)
B8(c) Nitrates soluble (in water) / nitrates dissolve (easily) (1) 1

PUBLISHED 2017
B8(d) One mark each for any two of: 2
• (Nitrate causing) excessive growth of algae
• Bacterial growth (on dead algae)
• Idea of making water deoxygenated so animals / organisms can’t live
B8(e) 12.5 3
Mol KOH = 0.200 × OR 2.5 × 10–3 (1)
1000
2.5 × 10 −3
Mol phosphoric acid = OR 8.33 × 10–4 (1)
3
Concentration of phosphoric acid = 0.0333 (mol / dm3) (1)

(8.33 × 10–4 × 1000 / 25)
B9(a)(i) Rate doubles as concentration doubles (or reverse argument) (1) 1
B9(a)(ii) Particles closer together / more particles in a given volume (or reverse argument) (1) 2
Higher collision frequency / more collisions per second (or reverse argument) (1)
B9(a)(iii) Increasing temperature increases rate (no marks) 2
Particles move faster / particles have greater kinetic energy (1)
Number of particles with energy greater than the activation energy is increased / more successful collisions / more effective
collisions (1)

PUBLISHED 2017
B9(b)(i) Burning fossil fuels / burning named fossil fuel / volcanoes (1) 1
B9(b)(ii) It is reformed / it is not used up / it is unchanged at the end of the reaction (1) 1
B9(c)(i) Energy humps of both the uncatalysed and catalysed reaction shown and labelled with catalysed reaction below the 2
uncatalysed and hump drawn correctly form reactants line to product line. (2 marks)
If 2 marks not scored allow 1 mark for one or two energy humps drawn correctly from reactants line to products line (1)
B9(c)(ii) Exothermic because energy of reactant greater than energy of products (or reverse argument) (1) 1


* 1 1 1 1 2 2 8 9 1 8 *
CHEMISTRY 5070/21
1 hour 30 minutes
Section A
Section B

DC (CE/SW) 148066/3
Section A
1 The electronic configurations of five atoms are shown.
A B C D E
(a) Which electronic configuration represents each of the following descriptions?
Each electronic configuration may be used once, more than once or not at all.
(i) a sodium atom
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
(ii) an atom of a reactive non-metallic element
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
(iii) an atom with a proton (atomic) number of 12
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
(iv) an atom of a noble gas which is used to fill balloons
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
(v) an atom which forms a noble gas electronic configuration when it gains two electrons
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
© UCLES 2018 5070/21/O/N/18

(b) Chlorine has two naturally occurring isotopes.
One isotope of chlorine is represented by the symbol shown.

37
17
Cl
(i) Deduce the number of neutrons in one atom of this isotope of chlorine.
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
(ii) Chlorine has diatomic molecules.
What is the meaning of the term diatomic?
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
[Total: 7]

2 Zinc reacts with aqueous nickel(II) nitrate.
Zn(s) + Ni(NO3)2(aq) Zn(NO3)2(aq) + Ni(s)
(a) (i) By referring to the equation, explain why this is a redox reaction.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[2]
(ii) Construct the ionic equation for this reaction.
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
(b) Draw a labelled diagram to show how a fork made of nickel is electroplated with silver.
[3]
(c) Aqueous ammonia is added, with mixing, to a solution containing zinc ions until no further
change occurs.
What observations would be made during this test?
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[2]
(d) Blocks of zinc are attached to the underside of ships made of iron to stop them from rusting.
Explain how zinc stops the ships from rusting.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[2]
[Total: 10]
© UCLES 2018 5070/21/O/N/18
3 Tartaric acid and succinic acid are colourless organic acids.
The structures of these acids are shown.
H
H O H H
O O O O
C C C C C C C C
H O O H H O O H
O H H H
H
tartaric acid succinic acid
(a) Name the group which is present in tartaric acid but not in succinic acid.
...............................................................................................................................................[1]
(b) Tartaric acid is reduced to succinic acid by acidified aqueous potassium iodide.
What colour change would you observe in the reaction mixture when this reaction is carried
out?
from ................................................................. to ................................................................ [2]
(c) Succinic acid is a weak acid.
What is the meaning of the term weak acid ?
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[1]
(d) Succinic acid is neutralised by aqueous sodium hydroxide.
C2H4(COOH)2 + 2NaOH C2H4(COONa)2 + 2H2O
Calculate the minimum volume of 0.0200 mol / dm3 sodium hydroxide required to neutralise
25.0 cm3 of 0.0500 mol / dm3 succinic acid.
volume ................................................... cm3 [3]
[Total: 7]
4 The alkanes are a homologous series of saturated hydrocarbons.
(a) (i) Write the general formula for the alkane homologous series.
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
(ii) Each member of a particular homologous series has the same general formula.
Give one other characteristic of a homologous series.
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
(b) What is the meaning of the term saturated ?
...............................................................................................................................................[1]
(c) Construct the equation for the complete combustion of pentane, C5H12.
...............................................................................................................................................[2]
(d) Draw the structure of a branched alkane with the formula C5H12. Show all of the atoms and all
of the bonds.
[1]
(e) Chlorine reacts with pentane.
C5H12 + Cl2 C5H11Cl + HCl
(i) What name is given to this type of chemical reaction?
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
(ii) What essential condition is needed for chlorine to react with pentane?
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
© UCLES 2018 5070/21/O/N/18

(f) A hydrocarbon contains 90% carbon by mass.
(i) Deduce the empirical formula of this hydrocarbon.
(ii) What additional piece of information is needed to deduce the molecular formula of this
hydrocarbon?
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
[Total: 11]

5 The Periodic Table is an arrangement of elements in groups and periods.
(a) Describe how the position of an element in the Periodic Table is related to its electronic
configuration.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[2]
(b) Aluminium is an element in Group III of the Periodic Table.
Deduce the electronic configuration of the aluminium ion.
...............................................................................................................................................[1]
(c) Aluminium reacts with oxygen to form aluminium oxide, Al2O3.
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
(ii) Aluminium oxide reacts with both acids and alkalis.
Name the type of oxide which reacts with both acids and alkalis.
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
(d) (i) Draw a ‘dot-and-cross’ diagram of a molecule of oxygen.
Only draw the outer shell electrons.
[2]
(ii) Describe and explain the difference in the rate of diffusion of the gases oxygen and
nitrogen.
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
© UCLES 2018 5070/21/O/N/18

(iii) Oxygen reacts with hydrogen to form water.
Sulfur reacts with hydrogen to form hydrogen sulfide.
Some properties of hydrogen sulfide are listed.
• It is a gas at room temperature.

• It reacts with aqueous sodium hydroxide.
• It is a reducing agent.
• It burns in air.
Describe four ways in which the properties of water differ from those of hydrogen sulfide.
1. .......................................................................................................................................
2. .......................................................................................................................................
3. .......................................................................................................................................
4. .......................................................................................................................................
[2]
[Total: 10]

10
Section B
6 Some properties of the Group V elements are shown.
element electrical melting point boiling point

conductivity of / °C / °C
solid
nitrogen non-conductor –210 –196
phosphorus non-conductor 44 281
arsenic non-conductor
antimony poor conductor 631 1587
bismuth conducts 271 1564
(a) Use the information in the table.
(i) Predict the physical state of nitrogen at –200 °C.
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[2]
(ii) Predict the melting point of arsenic.
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
(b) Use the information in the table to explain how the structure and bonding in nitrogen differ
from the structure and bonding in bismuth.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[2]
(c) Antimony, Sb, reacts with chlorine to form antimony(III) chloride.
...............................................................................................................................................[1]
© UCLES 2018 5070/21/O/N/18

11
(d) Nitrogen is present in dry air.
(i) State the percentage by volume of nitrogen in dry air.
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
(ii) Nitrogen oxides are atmospheric pollutants.
The concentration of nitrogen oxides in the exhausts from car engines is decreased by
using a catalytic converter.
Describe the reactions that occur in a catalytic converter which help to remove
nitrogen oxides from car exhausts.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[2]
(iii) State one other source of nitrogen oxides in the atmosphere.
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
[Total: 10]

12
7 The products of respiration are carbon dioxide and water.
(a) Complete the equation for respiration.
C6H12O6 + .............. .............. + .............. [2]
(b) Carbon dioxide and methane are greenhouse gases which contribute to global warming.
(i) State one effect on the environment of an increase in global warming.
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
(ii) Describe how the carbon cycle regulates the amount of carbon dioxide in the atmosphere.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[2]
(c) Simple sugars can be polymerised to form starch.
HO OH O O O O
a simple sugar starch
(i) Deduce the formula of the molecule eliminated when simple sugars polymerise to form
starch.
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
(ii) State the reagent and conditions needed to hydrolyse starch into simple sugars.
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[2]
© UCLES 2018 5070/21/O/N/18

13
(d) The amino acid alanine can form polymers.
Part of the structure of poly(alanine) is shown.
H H O H H O H H O
N C C N C C N C C
CH3 CH3 CH3
(i) On the diagram, draw a circle around all of the atoms in one amide linkage. [1]
(ii) Draw the structure of the monomer used to make poly(alanine).
[1]
[Total: 10]

14
8 Chromium is a transition element.
Sodium is an element in Group I of the Periodic Table.
(a) Explain how both chromium and sodium conduct electricity.
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[1]
(b) Describe two differences in the physical properties of chromium and sodium.
1. ...............................................................................................................................................
2. ...............................................................................................................................................
[2]
(c) An alloy of iron and chromium is stronger than pure iron.
Use ideas about the structure of metals to explain why the alloy is stronger.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[2]
(d) Molten chromium reacts with steam to form chromium(III) oxide, Cr2O3, and hydrogen.
...............................................................................................................................................[1]
(e) The structure of an ion containing chromium is shown.
O O O O
–O Cr O O Cr O–
O O O O
Write the formula for this ion.
...............................................................................................................................................[1]
© UCLES 2018 5070/21/O/N/18

15
(f) Adding dilute acid to yellow CrO42–(aq) forms orange Cr2O72–(aq).
The ionic equation for this reaction is shown.
2CrO42–(aq) + 2H+(aq) Cr2O72–(aq) + H2O(l)

yellow orange
(i) Describe and explain what you would observe when a few drops of concentrated
aqueous sodium hydroxide are added to the orange solution.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[2]
(ii) Suggest why a change in pressure has no effect on the reaction shown.
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
[Total: 10]

16
9 Cerium is a metal with a relative atomic mass of 140.
Cerium powder reacts with sulfuric acid.
2Ce(s) + 3H2SO4(aq) Ce2(SO4)3(aq) + 3H2(g)
(a) Describe and explain, using ideas about collisions between particles, how the rate of this
reaction changes when the concentration of sulfuric acid is decreased.
All other conditions stay the same.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[2]
(b) Describe and explain how the rate of this reaction changes when large pieces of cerium are
used instead of cerium powder.
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[1]
(c) The reaction of cerium with sulfuric acid is exothermic.
Complete the energy profile diagram to show the enthalpy change for this reaction.
energy
[2]
© UCLES 2018 5070/21/O/N/18

17
(d) Calculate the maximum volume of hydrogen, in dm3, formed when 12.6 g of cerium reacts
with excess sulfuric acid at room temperature and pressure.
[Ar: Ce, 140]
volume .................................................. dm3 [3]
(e) The formula of cerium carbonate is Ce2(CO3)3.
Calculate the percentage by mass of cerium in cerium carbonate.
..................................................... % [2]
[Total: 10]
© UCLES 2018 5070/21/O/N/18

Group
© UCLES 2018
1 2
H He
hydrogen helium
Key 1 4
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
23 24 27 28 31 32 35.5 40
19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36
39 40 45 48 51 52 55 56 59 59 64 65 70 73 75 79 80 84
37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54
20
85 88 89 91 93 96 – 101 103 106 108 112 115 119 122 128 127 131
55 56 57–71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86
5070/21/O/N/18
lanthanoids
133 137 178 181 184 186 190 192 195 197 201 204 207 209 – – –
87 88 89–103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 114 116
actinoids
– – – – – – – – – – – – –
57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71
139 140 141 144 – 150 152 157 159 163 165 167 169 173 175
89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103
– 232 231 238 – – – – – – – – – – –

CHEMISTRY 5070/21
MARK SCHEME
Maximum Mark: 75
Published
Teachers.
Cambridge IGCSE™, Cambridge International A and AS Level components and some Cambridge O Level
components.

5070/21 Cambridge O Level – Mark Scheme October/November 2018
PUBLISHED
Generic Marking Principles
These general marking principles must be applied by all examiners when marking candidate answers. They should be applied alongside the
specific content of the mark scheme or generic level descriptors for a question. Each question paper and mark scheme will also comply with these
marking principles.
GENERIC MARKING PRINCIPLE 1:
Marks must be awarded in line with:
• the specific content of the mark scheme or the generic level descriptors for the question
• the specific skills defined in the mark scheme or in the generic level descriptors for the question
• the standard of response required by a candidate as exemplified by the standardisation scripts.
Marks awarded are always whole marks (not half marks, or other fractions).
Marks must be awarded positively:
• marks are awarded for correct/valid answers, as defined in the mark scheme. However, credit is given for valid answers which go beyond the
scope of the syllabus and mark scheme, referring to your Team Leader as appropriate
• marks are awarded when candidates clearly demonstrate what they know and can do
• marks are not deducted for errors
• marks are not deducted for omissions
• answers should only be judged on the quality of spelling, punctuation and grammar when these features are specifically assessed by the
question as indicated by the mark scheme. The meaning, however, should be unambiguous.
Rules must be applied consistently e.g. in situations where candidates have not followed instructions or in the application of generic level
descriptors.

PUBLISHED
Marks should be awarded using the full range of marks defined in the mark scheme for the question (however; the use of the full mark range may
be limited according to the quality of the candidate responses seen).
Marks awarded are based solely on the requirements as defined in the mark scheme. Marks should not be awarded with grade thresholds or
grade descriptors in mind.

PUBLISHED
1(a)(i) C 1
1(a)(ii) D 1
1(a)(iii) B 1
1(a)(iv) A 1
1(a)(v) D 1
1(b)(i) 20 1
1(b)(ii) molecule containing two atoms 1
2(a)(i) zinc loses electrons which is oxidation (1) 2
nickel ions gain electrons which is reduction (1)
2(a)(ii) Zn + Ni2+ → Zn2+ + Ni 1
2(b) workable arrangement with two electrodes dipping in liquid connected to power supply with two wires and no obvious gaps in 3
the wiring (1)
nickel or the fork is negative electrode and silver is positive electrode (1)
electrolyte is labelled silver ions OR soluble silver salt OR electrolyte (1)
2(c) (at first) white precipitate (1) 2
dissolves (in excess ammonia) / soluble in excess (ammonia) / colourless solution (in excess ammonia) (1)

PUBLISHED
2(d) zinc is more reactive than iron (1) 2
zinc corrodes instead of iron / zinc oxidises instead of iron (1)

PUBLISHED
3(a) alcohol / hydroxyl 1
3(b) colourless (1) 2
to brown (1)
3(c) acid which is only partially ionised (in water) to form H+ ions / acid which is partially dissociated (in water) to form H+ ions 1
3(d) moles succinic acid = 1.25 × 10–3 (1) 3
moles sodium hydroxide = 2.50 × 10–3 (1)
125 (cm3) (1)
4(a)(i) CnH2n+2 1
4(a)(ii) Any one from: 1
similar chemical properties / react similarly (1)
trend in physical properties (1)
successive members differ by CH2 (1)
4(b) all the carbon-carbon bonds are single bonds 1
4(c) C5H12 + 8O2 → 5CO2 + 6H2O 2

balanced equation – dependent on formulae (1)

PUBLISHED
4(d) any branched chain isomer of pentane drawn 1
4(e)(i) substitution 1
4(e)(ii) light / uv 1
4(f)(i) mole ratio C = 90 / 12 AND mole ratio H = 10 / 1 2

OR C = 7.5 AND H = 10 (1)
empirical formula = C3H4 (1)
4(f)(ii) (relative) molecular mass 1
5(a) Any one from: 2
number of electrons gives the atomic number (1)
number of electrons in outer shell gives the group number (1)
number of shells (containing electrons) gives the period number (1)
5(b) 2,8 1
5(c)(i) 4Al + 3O2 → 2Al2O3 1
5(c)(ii) amphoteric (oxide) 1
5(d)(i) 2 pairs of bonding electrons in overlap area (1) 2
only 2 lone pairs on each oxygen atom (1)
5(d(ii) oxygen diffuses slower because it has higher (relative) molecular mass / nitrogen diffuses quicker because it has a lower 1
(relative) molecular mass

PUBLISHED
5 (d)(iii) Any 4 = 2 marks, any 2 or 3 = 1 mark: 2
• water does not react with sodium hydroxide

• water is neutral
• water is a liquid at room temperature
• water is not a reducing agent
• water does not burn in air
6(a)(i) liquid (1) 2
–200 °C is between the boiling and melting points / this temperature is higher than the melting point but lower than the boiling
point (1)
6(a)(ii) values between 50 °C and 600 °C (inclusive) 1
6(b) nitrogen is a (simple) molecule / nitrogen is a simple covalent (molecule) / weak forces between molecules (1) 2
bismuth has metallic bonding / bismuth has a metallic structure (1)
6(c) 2Sb + 3Cl2 → 2SbCl3 1
6(d)(i) 78% 1
6(d)(ii) nitrogen oxides are converted to nitrogen (1) 2
(nitrogen oxides are removed) by reaction with carbon monoxide (1)
6(d)(iii) lightning 1

PUBLISHED
7(a) C6H12O6 + 6O2 → 6CO2 + 6H2O 2

balanced equation – dependent on formulae (1)
7(b)(i) rise in sea levels / melting of polar ice caps / desertification / more extreme weather patterns (1) 1
7(b)(ii) photosynthesis absorbs carbon dioxide AND respiration releases carbon dioxide (1) 2
the amount of carbon dioxide absorbed is roughly equal to the amount of carbon dioxide released (1)
7(c)(i) H2O (1) 1
7(c)(ii) (dilute) sulfuric acid (1) 2
heat / reflux (1)
7(d)(i) ring around the CONH group (1) 1
7(d)(ii) NH2CH(CH3)CO2H (1) 1
8(a) delocalised electrons move (throughout the metal structure) / sea of electrons move (from place to place) (1) 1
8(b) Any two from: 2
chromium has a high(er) melting point or boiling point / sodium has low(er) melting point or boiling point (1)
chromium dense / sodium not very dense (1)
chromium is hard / sodium is soft (1)
chromium less malleable / sodium very malleable(1)

PUBLISHED
8(c) Any two from: 2
chromium particles different size to iron particles (1)
regular arrangement of layers (of particles) in iron disrupted (1)
layers of iron (particles) can slide (more easily) / layers of alloy cannot slide (so easily) (1)
8(d) 2Cr + 3H2O → Cr2O3 + 3H2 1
8(e) Cr2O122– 1
8(f)(i) goes yellow (1) 2
OH− ions react with H+ ions / equilibrium shifts to the left / more CrO42− formed / less Cr2O72− / less H+ (1)
8(f)(ii) there are no gaseous reactants or products / there are no gases in the equation 1
9(a) rate of reaction decreases (no mark) 2
fewer particles per unit volume / fewer particles per cm3 / particles further apart / less concentrated particles (1)
collision frequency decreases / fewer particles collide per second (1)
9(b) rate of reaction decreases (no mark) 1
pieces have smaller surface area exposed / powder has larger surface area exposed / more particles (on surface) exposed to
acid (1)

PUBLISHED
9(c) reactants next to the left line and products next to the right line and reactant level above product level (1) 2
arrow downwards between reactants and products (1)
9(d) mol Ce = 0.09 (1) 3
mol H2 = 0.135 (1)
volume of H2 = 3.24 (dm3) (1)
9(e) relative formula mass = 460 (1) 2
percentage = 60.9% / 61% (1)


* 7 1 3 9 3 9 5 9 6 5 *
CHEMISTRY 5070/22
1 hour 30 minutes
Section A
Section B

DC (ST/CT) 151743/4
Section A
1 The electronic configurations of five atoms are shown.
A B C D E
(a) Which electronic configuration represents each of the following descriptions?
Each electronic configuration may be used once, more than once or not at all.
(i) a sulfur atom
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
(ii) a metal atom
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
(iii) an atom with a proton number of 14
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
(iv) an atom of a noble gas with three occupied electron shells
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
(v) an atom which forms a noble gas electronic configuration when it loses two electrons
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
© UCLES 2018 5070/22/O/N/18

(b) The element germanium has five naturally occurring isotopes.
An isotope of germanium is represented by the symbol shown.

76
32 Ge
(i) What is the meaning of the term isotopes?
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
(ii) Deduce the number of neutrons in one atom of this isotope of germanium.
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
[Total: 7]

2 Magnesium reacts with aqueous copper(II) sulfate.
Mg(s) + CuSO4(aq) MgSO4(aq) + Cu(s)
(a) (i) Explain by referring to the equation, why this is a redox reaction.
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[2]
(ii) Construct the ionic equation for this reaction.
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
(b) Pure copper can be made by the electrolysis of aqueous copper(II) sulfate, using one pure
copper electrode and one impure copper electrode.
Draw a labelled diagram of this electrolysis.
[3]
(c) What observations are made when adding aqueous ammonia to a solution containing
copper(II) ions, slowly with mixing, until no further change occurs?
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[2]
(d) Blocks of magnesium are attached to underground pipes made of iron to stop them rusting.
Explain how the magnesium stops the pipes rusting.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[2]
[Total: 10]
© UCLES 2018 5070/22/O/N/18

3 The structure of fumaric acid is shown.
C H
H O C C O
H C
O
H
(a) How does this structure show that fumaric acid is an unsaturated compound?
...............................................................................................................................................[1]
(b) Fumaric acid is oxidised by acidified aqueous potassium manganate(VII).
What colour change would you observe in the reaction mixture when excess aqueous
fumaric acid is added to acidified aqueous potassium manganate(VII)?
from ............................................................... to ..................................................................[2]
(c) Fumaric acid is neutralised by aqueous sodium hydroxide.
C2H2(COOH)2 + 2NaOH C2H2(COONa)2 + 2H2O
(i) Write the ionic equation for this reaction.
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
(ii) Calculate the volume of 0.0500 mol / dm3 sodium hydroxide required to neutralise
20.0 cm3 of 0.0200 mol / dm3 fumaric acid.
volume .................................................. cm3 [3]
[Total: 7]

4 The alkenes are a homologous series of unsaturated hydrocarbons.
(a) Describe two characteristics of a homologous series.
1. ...............................................................................................................................................
2. ...............................................................................................................................................
[2]
(b) Construct the equation for the complete combustion of butene, C4H8.
...............................................................................................................................................[2]
(c) Draw the structure of a branched alkene with the formula C4H8. Show all of the atoms and all
of the bonds.
[1]
(d) Butene reacts with hydrogen in the presence of nickel.
(i) Name the product formed.
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
(ii) What is the purpose of the nickel?
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
(iii) State one other condition needed for this reaction.
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
© UCLES 2018 5070/22/O/N/18

(e) A hydrocarbon contains 85.7% carbon by mass.
(i) Deduce the empirical formula of this hydrocarbon.
[2]
(ii) What other piece of information is needed to deduce the molecular formula of this
hydrocarbon?
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
[Total: 11]

5 The Periodic Table is an arrangement of elements in groups and periods.
(a) What are the factors that determine the position of an element in the Periodic Table?
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[2]
(b) Phosphorus is an element in Group V of the Periodic Table.
Deduce the electronic configuration of a phosphide ion, P3–.
...............................................................................................................................................[1]
(c) Phosphine, PH3, is a covalent compound.
(i) Draw a ‘dot-and-cross’ diagram of phosphine.
Only draw the outer shell electrons.
[2]
(ii) Some properties of phosphine are listed.
• gas at room temperature

• almost insoluble in water
• reacts with hydrogen chloride
• has no effect on litmus paper
• decomposes to form hydrogen and phosphorus only when warmed gently
Describe two ways in which the properties of ammonia are different from those of
phosphine.
1. .......................................................................................................................................
2. .......................................................................................................................................
[2]
(iii) Construct the equation for the thermal decomposition of phosphine.
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
© UCLES 2018 5070/22/O/N/18
(iv) Describe and explain the difference in the rate of diffusion of the gases ammonia and
phosphine at the same temperature and pressure.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
(v) Phosphine burns in oxygen to form phosphorus(V) oxide.
Is phosphorus(V) oxide an acidic, basic or amphoteric oxide? Give a reason for your
answer.
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
[Total: 10]

10
Section B
6 Some properties of Group VI elements are shown.
element density at room melting point boiling point electrical

temperature / °C / °C conductivity of
in g / cm3 solid
oxygen 0.0013 −219 −183 very poor
sulfur 2.1 115 445 poor
selenium 221 685 poor
tellurium 6.2 450 988 quite good
polonium 9.2 254 962 good
(a) (i) Use the information in the table to suggest the density of selenium at room temperature.
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
(ii) Use the information in the table to deduce the physical state of oxygen at −190 °C.
physical state ....................................................................................................................
explanation ........................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
[2]
(b) (i) Describe the trend in the electrical conductivity of the Group VI elements.
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
(ii) There is a trend in the melting points of the Group VI elements.
Which element does not follow this trend?
Use the data in the table to explain your answer.
element .............................................................................................................................
explanation ........................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
© UCLES 2018 5070/22/O/N/18

11
(c) Use the information in the table to explain how the structure and bonding in oxygen differs
from the structure and bonding in polonium.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[2]
(d) Sulfur dioxide is an atmospheric pollutant.
(i) State one source of the sulfur dioxide in the atmosphere.
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
(ii) Describe and explain how sulfur dioxide contributes to acid rain.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[2]
[Total: 10]

12
7 Plants remove carbon dioxide from the air during photosynthesis.
(a) (i) Complete the equation for photosynthesis.
...................... + ...................... C6H12O6 + ........O2 [2]
(ii) State two conditions required for photosynthesis to happen.
1. .......................................................................................................................................
2. .......................................................................................................................................
[2]
(iii) Explain how photosynthesis can provide a renewable energy source.
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
(b) The structure of a simple sugar is shown.
HO OH
Starch is made by the polymerisation of simple sugars.
During this polymerisation, water is formed.
(i) What type of polymerisation occurs?
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
(ii) Draw the partial structure of starch.
You must show at least two repeat units.
[2]
(iii) Name the process by which starch is converted into simple sugars.
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
© UCLES 2018 5070/22/O/N/18

13
(c) The partial structure of poly(lactic acid) is shown.
H O H O H O
O C C O C C O C C
H C H H C H H C H
H H H
On the diagram, draw a ring around all of the atoms in one ester linkage. [1]
[Total: 10]

14
8 Bismuth is a metallic element in Group V of the Periodic Table.
(a) Complete the diagram to show the structure and bonding in a typical metal.
Label your diagram.
[2]
(b) Describe three physical properties which are typical of most metals.
1. ...............................................................................................................................................
2. ...............................................................................................................................................
3. ...............................................................................................................................................
[2]
(c) Bismuth reacts with chlorine to form bismuth(III) chloride, BiCl 3.
...............................................................................................................................................[1]
(d) When bismuth reacts with molten bismuth(III) chloride, an ion is formed.
The structure of this ion is shown.
2–
Cl Cl Cl
Cl Bi Bi Cl
Cl Cl Cl
Write the formula of this ion.
...............................................................................................................................................[1]
© UCLES 2018 5070/22/O/N/18

15
(e) A white precipitate of BiOCl is formed when colourless BiCl 3 is added to water.
BiCl 3(aq) + H2O(l) BiOCl (s) + 2HCl (aq)
(i) Describe and explain what you would observe when a few drops of concentrated
hydrochloric acid are added to this mixture.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[2]
(ii) Suggest why a change in pressure has no effect on the reaction shown.
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
(f) Bismuth is used in alloys.
What is the meaning of the term alloy?
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[1]
[Total: 10]

16
9 Sulfuric acid reacts with zinc to form zinc sulfate and hydrogen.
Zn(s) + H2SO4(aq) ZnSO4(aq) + H2(g)
(a) Describe and explain, using ideas about collisions between particles, how the rate of this
reaction changes when the concentration of sulfuric acid is increased.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[2]
(b) Describe and explain, using ideas about collisions between particles, how the rate of this
reaction changes when the temperature is decreased.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[2]
(c) The reaction of zinc with sulfuric acid is exothermic.
Complete the energy profile diagram for this reaction to show the enthalpy change.
energy
[2]
© UCLES 2018 5070/22/O/N/18

17
(d) Calculate the maximum volume of hydrogen, in dm3, formed when 4.55 g of zinc reacts with
excess sulfuric acid at room temperature and pressure.
volume .................................................. dm3 [2]
(e) The formula of zinc phosphate is Zn3(PO4)2.
Calculate the percentage by mass of zinc in zinc phosphate.
....................................................... % [2]
[Total: 10]
© UCLES 2018 5070/22/O/N/18

Group
© UCLES 2018
1 2
H He
hydrogen helium
Key 1 4
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
23 24 27 28 31 32 35.5 40
19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36
39 40 45 48 51 52 55 56 59 59 64 65 70 73 75 79 80 84
37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54
20
85 88 89 91 93 96 – 101 103 106 108 112 115 119 122 128 127 131
55 56 57–71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86
5070/22/O/N/18
lanthanoids
133 137 178 181 184 186 190 192 195 197 201 204 207 209 – – –
87 88 89–103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 114 116
actinoids
– – – – – – – – – – – – –
57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71
139 140 141 144 – 150 152 157 159 163 165 167 169 173 175
89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103
– 232 231 238 – – – – – – – – – – –

CHEMISTRY 5070/22
MARK SCHEME
Maximum Mark: 75
Published
Teachers.
components.

PUBLISHED
marking principles.
descriptors.

PUBLISHED

PUBLISHED
1(a)(i) E 1
1(a)(ii) A 1
1(a)(iii) C 1
1(a)(iv) B 1
1(a)(v) A 1
1(b)(i) atoms with same number of protons but different number of neutrons / atoms with same atomic number but different mass 1
number (1)
1(b)(ii) 44 1
2(a)(i) magnesium loses electrons so is oxidation (1) 2
copper ions gain electrons so is reduction (1)
2(a)(ii) Mg + Cu2+ → Mg2+ + Cu 1
2(b) workable arrangement with two electrodes dipping in liquid and connected correctly to power supply with two wires and with 3
no big gaps in the wiring (1)
pure / copper is negative electrode and impure copper is positive electrode (1)
electrolyte is labelled copper ions OR (soluble) copper salt OR electrolyte (1)
2(c) (at first) (light) blue precipitate (1) 2
(dissolves in excess ammonia) to form a dark blue solution / dark blue solution (in excess ammonia) / deep blue solution (in
excess ammonia) (1)

PUBLISHED
2(d) magnesium is more reactive than iron (1) 2
magnesium corrodes instead of iron / magnesium reacts instead of iron (1)
3(a) has a carbon-carbon double bond / has a C=C bond 1
3(b) purple (1) 2
(to) colourless (1)
3(c)(i) H+ + OH– → H2O 1
3(c)(ii) moles fumaric acid = 4.00 × 10–4 (1) 3
moles sodium hydroxide = 8.00 × 10–4 (1)
16.0 (cm3) (1)
4(a) Any two from: 2
• same functional group (1)
• same general formula (1)
• similar chemical properties / react similarly (1)
• trend in physical properties (1)
• successive members differ by CH2 (1)

PUBLISHED
4(b) C4H8 + 6O2 → 4CO2 + 4H2O (2) 2

1 mark for correct reactants and products if equation not balanced
4(c) structure of 2-methylpropene drawn showing all atoms and all bonds 1
4(d)(i) butane 1
4(d)(ii) catalyst / to speed up the reaction / to increase the rate of reaction 1
4(d)(iii) heat / high temperature 1
4(e)(i) mole ratio C = 85.7 / 12 AND mole ratio H = 14.3 / 1 2

OR
C = 7.14 AND H = 14.3 (1)
empirical formula = CH2 (1)
4(e)(ii) (relative) molecular mass 1
• number of protons / number of electrons (1)
• number of electrons in outer shell (1)
• number of (electron) shells (1)
5(b) 2.8.8 1
5(c)(i) correct dot and cross diagram showing 3 pairs of bonding electrons and two non-bonding electrons (2) 2
If two marks not scored, award one mark for one pair of bonding electrons in each of the three overlap areas

PUBLISHED
5(c)(ii) Any two from: 2
• ammonia is soluble (in water) (1)
• ammonia turns (damp) red litmus blue (1)
• ammonia does not decompose (when warmed gently) (1)
5(c)(iii) 2PH3 → 2P + 3H2 1
5(c)(iv) phosphine diffuses more slowly because it has higher (relative) molecular mass / ammonia diffuses more quickly because it 1
has a lower (relative) molecular mass
5(c)(v) acidic because it is a non-metal oxide / acidic because phosphorus is a non-metal 1
6(a)(i) 2.3 to 6.0 (inclusive) 1
6(a)(ii) liquid (1) 2
–190 ºC is between the boiling and melting points / this temperature is higher than the melting point but lower than the boiling
point (1)
6(b)(i) increases down the group 1
6(b)(ii) polonium because its melting point is lower than expected / polonium because its melting point is lower than tellurium / the 1
melting point of the element increases down the group except for polonium
6(c) oxygen is a (simple) molecule / oxygen has weak forces between molecules / simple covalent (structure) (1) 2
polonium has metallic bonding / polonium has metallic structure (1)
6(d)(i) burning fossil fuels (containing sulfur) / volcanoes 1

PUBLISHED
6(d)(ii) sulfur dioxide reacts with oxygen AND rain / 2

sulfur dioxide reacts with oxygen to form sulfur trioxide AND sulfur trioxide reacts with rain /
sulfur dioxide reacts with water to form sulfurous acid AND sulfurous acid oxidised by oxygen (2)
if two marks not scored 1 mark for:

sulfur dioxide reacts with rain / sulfur dioxide reacts with water / sulfur dioxide forms sulfurous acid (in the atmosphere) (1)
7(a)(i) 6CO2 + 6H2O → C6H12O6 + 6O2 (2) 2

If 2 marks not scored, award one mark for correct formulae (1)
7(a)(ii) (sun)light (1) 2
chlorophyll (1)
7(a)(iii) glucose can be used to make a fuel / glucose (can be fermented) to make ethanol 1
7(b)(i) condensation 1
7(b)(ii) 2 or more units polymerised e.g. 2

(2)
If two marks not scored, award 1 mark for:

– O – linking two squares / rectangles but no extension bonds
7(b)(iii) hydrolysis 1
7(c)(i) ring around the COO group 1

PUBLISHED
8(a) positive sign in centre of atoms labelled (metal) ions (1) 2
at least one electron drawn between the circles and labelled electron(s) (1)
8(b) 2 marks for three properties 2

1 mark for one or two properties
• conduct electricity / conduct heat
• malleable
• ductile
• lustrous / shiny
8(c) 2Bi + 3Cl2 → 2BiCl3 1
8(d) Bi2Cl82– 1
8(e)(i) white solid disappears (1) 2
equilibrium moves to the left / more BCl3 and H2O (1)
8(e)(ii) there are no gaseous reactants or products / there are no gases in the equation 1
8(f) mixture of metal with another element / mixture of metal with another metal / mixture of metal with non-metal 1

PUBLISHED
9(a) rate of reaction increases AND one or both of: 2
more particles per unit volume / more particles per cm3 / particles closer together / more concentrated particles (1)
collision frequency increases / more particles collide per second (1)
9(b) rate of reaction decreases AND one or both of: 2
particles move slower / particles have less kinetic energy (1)
fewer particles have activation energy (or above) / collisions are less successful (1)
9(c) reactants on the left and products on the right and reactant level above product level and labels on or just above the energy 2
level lines (1)
vertical arrow downwards between reactants and products (1)
9(d) mol Zn = 0.07(0) (1) 2

(= mol H2)
volume of H2 = 1.68 (dm3) (1)
9(e) 50.6% / 51% (2) 2
If two marks not obtained, award one mark for:

(relative formula mass of zinc phosphate) = 385


* 6 6 2 1 2 2 1 8 5 3 *
CHEMISTRY 5070/21
1 hour 30 minutes
Write your centre number, candidate number and name on all the work you hand in.
Section A
Section B

DC (ST/JG) 166949/3
Section A
1 The diagram shows part of the Periodic Table.
B C
Mg Al Si P
V Fe Cu Zn
Answer the questions using only the elements shown in the diagram.
Write the symbol for an element which:
(a) forms a stable ion by gaining three electrons
............................................................................................................................................. [1]
(b) is extracted from haematite
............................................................................................................................................. [1]
(c) forms an ion which gives a red-brown precipitate on addition of aqueous ammonia
............................................................................................................................................. [1]
(d) has chemical properties similar to those of calcium
............................................................................................................................................. [1]
(e) can have lubricating properties.
............................................................................................................................................. [1]
[Total: 5]
© UCLES 2019 5070/21/O/N/19

2 Sodium is a metal.
(a) State two physical properties of sodium which are different from most other metals.
1 ................................................................................................................................................
2 ................................................................................................................................................
[2]
(b) Complete the electronic configuration of a sodium atom. Show all electrons.
Na
[1]
(c) The equation shows the reaction of sodium with water.
2Na(s) + 2H2O(l) 2NaOH(aq) + H2(g)
Calculate the minimum mass of sodium, in grams, needed to produce 300 cm3 of hydrogen
gas at room temperature and pressure.
mass of sodium ...................................................... g [3]
(d) Sodium reacts with oxygen to form the ionic solid sodium oxide, Na2O.
Explain, in terms of movement of electrons, how Na2O is formed by the reaction of sodium
with oxygen.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................. [3]

(e) Sodium chloride is an ionic compound which is a solid at room temperature. It is soluble in
water.
(i) Suggest one other physical property of sodium chloride.
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
(ii) State the products formed at the anode and cathode when concentrated aqueous
sodium chloride is electrolysed.
product at anode ...............................................................................................................
product at cathode ............................................................................................................

[1]
(iii) Describe a test for chloride ions.
test ....................................................................................................................................
observation ........................................................................................................................
[2]
[Total: 13]
© UCLES 2019 5070/21/O/N/19

3 Water can be removed from aqueous copper(II) sulfate by distillation.
(a) Describe how and explain why water can be separated from aqueous copper(II) sulfate by
distillation.
In your answer include a description of distillation.
You may draw a labelled diagram.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................. [3]
(b) Copper(II) sulfate can be prepared by heating excess copper(II) oxide with dilute
sulfuric acid.
CuO(s) + H2SO4(aq) CuSO4(aq) + H2O(l)
What method is used to separate excess copper(II) oxide from the reaction mixture?
............................................................................................................................................. [1]
(c) A copper compound contains 21.09% copper, 43.82% caesium and 35.09% chlorine by mass.
Use this information to deduce the empirical formula of this copper compound.
empirical formula ......................................................... [2]

[Total: 6]
4 This question is about compounds containing chlorine.
(a) The equation shows the reaction of aqueous methanol with hydrochloric acid.
CH3OH(aq) + HCl (aq) CH3Cl (g) + H2O(l)
The progress of this reaction can be followed by taking small samples of the reaction mixture
every hour and determining the concentration of hydrochloric acid.
Describe a practical method by which the concentration of hydrochloric acid can be

determined in a sample.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................. [3]
© UCLES 2019 5070/21/O/N/19

(b) The graph shows how the concentration of hydrochloric acid changes as the reaction
proceeds.
1.80
A
1.60
1.40
1.20 B
concentration 1.00
of HCl in
mol / dm3
0.80
C
0.60 D
0.40
0.20
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35
time in hours
(i) Deduce the concentration of hydrochloric acid four hours from the start of the experiment.
............................................mol / dm3 [1]
(ii) At which point on the graph, A, B, C or D, is the rate of reaction fastest?
Give a reason for your answer by referring to the graph.
...........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [2]

(c) Describe and explain, using ideas about collisions between particles, how the rate of a
reaction changes when the temperature is decreased.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................. [3]
(d) Describe the effect of hydrochloric acid on Universal Indicator paper.
............................................................................................................................................. [1]
(e) Name a metal chloride that is insoluble in water.
............................................................................................................................................. [1]
(f) Chlorofluorocarbons (CFCs) diffuse into the atmosphere.
Describe the effect of CFCs on the atmosphere and explain why this is a problem.
effect .........................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
explanation ...............................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
[2]
[Total: 13]
© UCLES 2019 5070/21/O/N/19

5 The table shows some properties of four Group VII elements.
melting point boiling point density of liquid at

element colour
in °C in °C boiling point in g / cm3
chlorine −101 −35 light green
bromine −7 3.12 red-brown
iodine 114 184 4.93 grey-black
astatine 302 337 6.35
(a) (i) Complete the table by estimating
• the boiling point of bromine

• the density of liquid chlorine at its boiling point.
[2]
(ii) Use the information in the table to suggest the colour of astatine.
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
(b) Explain why chlorine is used in water treatment.
............................................................................................................................................. [1]
(c) Chlorine reacts with aqueous potassium iodide. The products are aqueous potassium chloride
and aqueous iodine.
(i) Construct the ionic equation for this reaction.
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
(ii) Explain why potassium chloride does not react with iodine.
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
(d) Hydrated nickel(II) chloride has the formula NiCl 2.xH2O.

It has a relative formula mass of 238.
Calculate the value of x in this formula.

[The relative atomic mass of nickel, Ni, is 59]
x = ......................................................... [2]
[Total: 8]
10
Section B
6 Ethanoic acid, CH3COOH, is a weak acid.
(a) What is the meaning of the term weak when applied to acids?
...................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................. [1]
(b) Ethanoic acid is solid at 16.0 °C.
Describe the arrangement and movement of the particles in a solid.
arrangement .............................................................................................................................
movement .................................................................................................................................
[2]
(c) The melting point of ethanoic acid is 16.7 °C.
The boiling point of ethanoic acid is 118.0 °C.
Deduce the physical state of ethanoic acid at 130.0 °C.
...................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................. [1]
© UCLES 2019 5070/21/O/N/19

11
(d) The equation for the reaction of ethanoic acid with sodium carbonate is shown.
2CH3COOH + Na2CO3 2CH3COONa + CO2 + H 2O
A student added 3.18 g of sodium carbonate to 224 cm3 of 0.250 mol / dm3 ethanoic acid.
Show by calculation that sodium carbonate is in excess.
[3]
(e) Calcium reacts with ethanoic acid.
The products are calcium ethanoate and hydrogen.
............................................................................................................................................. [1]
(f) Ethanoic acid reacts with butanol, C4H9OH, to produce an ester.
(i) Name the ester formed when ethanoic acid reacts with butanol.
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
(ii) Draw the structure of this ester.
[1]
[Total: 10]

12
7 Hydrogen can be produced when steam and carbon monoxide are passed over a catalyst.
H2O(g) + CO(g) CO2(g) + H2(g) ΔH = − 41 kJ / mol
(a) (i) The temperature of the equilibrium mixture is decreased.

The pressure on the equilibrium mixture is kept constant.
Describe how and explain why the position of equilibrium changes.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [2]
(ii) The pressure on the equilibrium mixture is increased.

The temperature of the equilibrium mixture is kept constant.
Explain why the change in pressure has no effect on this equilibrium.
...........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
© UCLES 2019 5070/21/O/N/19

13
(b) Hydrogen is also produced when steam is passed over hot coke (carbon).
This reaction is endothermic.
H2O(g) + C(s) CO(g) + H2(g)
(i) On the axes below draw a labelled energy profile diagram for the reaction to show:
• the activation energy of the reaction.
energy
[3]
(ii) The mixture of gases produced when steam is passed over hot coke also contains
hydrogen sulfide, H2S, as an impurity.
This can be removed by reacting the gas with moist iron(III) hydroxide.
….. Fe(OH)3 + …. H2S Fe2S3 + …. H2O [1]
(c) Fossil fuels contain small amounts of sulfur.
(i) Describe how the combustion of fossil fuels leads to the formation of acid rain.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [2]
(ii) Describe one effect of acid rain on buildings.
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
[Total: 10]

14
8 Silicon is an element in Group IV of the Periodic Table.
(a) One of the isotopes of silicon is:

30
14 Si
Deduce the number of electrons, neutrons and protons in one atom of this isotope of silicon.
number of electrons ..................................................................................................................
number of neutrons ..................................................................................................................
number of protons ....................................................................................................................

[3]
(b) Silicon reacts with nitrogen when heated to produce silicon nitride, Si3N4.
............................................................................................................................................. [1]
(c) The structure of silicon dioxide is shown.
silicon atom
oxygen atom
(i) Describe two similarities in the structures of silicon dioxide and diamond.
1 ........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
2 ........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
[2]
(ii) Explain why silicon dioxide has a high melting point.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [2]
© UCLES 2019 5070/21/O/N/19

15
(d) The structure of a compound of silicon is shown.
H H O H H
H C C Si C C H
H H O H H
............................................................................................................................................. [1]
(e) Draw a ‘dot-and-cross’ diagram for a silicon(IV) chloride molecule, SiCl 4.
Only include the outer shell electrons.
[1]
[Total: 10]

16
9 This question is about polymers.
(a) Polyesters and polyamides are both polymers formed by condensation reactions.
What is meant by the term condensation reaction?
...................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................. [1]
(b) The partial structure of a polyester is shown.
O O O O
C C O O C C O O
(i) On the diagram, draw a circle around an ester linkage. [1]
(ii) Draw the structures of the two monomers used to produce this polymer.
[2]
(iii) Terylene is a polyester.
State one common use of Terylene.
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
© UCLES 2019 5070/21/O/N/19

17
(c) The structure of the amino acid threonine is shown.
H
H2N C COOH
H C OH
CH3
Threonine can be polymerised.
Explain, by referring to the groups present, why polymers with different linkages can be
formed from threonine.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................. [2]
(d) Poly(ethene) is made from ethene monomers.
(i) Draw the structure of ethene, showing all of the atoms and all of the bonds.
[1]
(ii) Poly(ethene) is a non-biodegradable plastic.
What is meant by the term non-biodegradable?
...........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
(iii) Describe one pollution problem caused by the disposal of non-biodegradable plastics.
...........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
[Total: 10]
© UCLES 2019 5070/21/O/N/19

Group
© UCLES 2019
1 2
H He
hydrogen helium
Key 1 4
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
23 24 27 28 31 32 35.5 40
19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36
39 40 45 48 51 52 55 56 59 59 64 65 70 73 75 79 80 84
37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54
20
85 88 89 91 93 96 – 101 103 106 108 112 115 119 122 128 127 131
55 56 57–71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86
5070/21/O/N/19
lanthanoids
133 137 178 181 184 186 190 192 195 197 201 204 207 209 – – –
87 88 89–103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 114 116
actinoids
– – – – – – – – – – – – –
57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71
139 140 141 144 – 150 152 157 159 163 165 167 169 173 175
89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103
– 232 231 238 – – – – – – – – – – –

CHEMISTRY 5070/21
MARK SCHEME
Maximum Mark: 75
Published
Teachers.
components.

PUBLISHED
marking principles.
descriptors.

PUBLISHED

PUBLISHED
1(a) P 1
1(b) Fe 1
1(c) Fe 1
1(d) Mg 1
1(e) C 1
2(a) Any two from 2
• low melting point / low boiling point (1)

• low density (1)
• soft (1)
2(b) drawing of electronic structure of 2.8.1 1
2(c) 300 3
mol H2 = OR 0.0125 (1)
24 000
moles sodium 2 × 0.0125 OR 0.025 (1)
mass of sodium = 0.575 g (1)
2(d) sodium (atom) loses electron(s) (1) 3
oxygen (atom or molecule) gains electron(s) (1)
two electrons gained by oxygen (atom) (1)
2(e)(i) high melting point / high boiling point / does not conduct electricity when solid / does conduct electricity when molten / does 1
conduct electricity when in aqueous solution
PUBLISHED
2(e)(ii) anode: chlorine AND cathode: hydrogen 1
2(e)(iii) (add nitric acid) then (aqueous) silver nitrate (1) 2
white precipitate (1)
3(a) Any three from: 3
• (property on which distillation) depends is the boiling point / copper(II) sulfate has higher boiling point than
water / ORA (1)
• idea of distillation apparatus, e.g. flask connected to condenser (1)
• flask or solution heated (1)
• idea that only water vaporised (when flask heated) (1)
• water vapour converted to (liquid) water (in condenser) (1)
3(b) filtration 1
3(c) Cu Cs Cl 2
21.09 43.82 35.09
64 133 35.5
OR
Cu = 0.33 Cs = 0.33 Cl = 0.99 (1)
CuCsCl3 (1)

PUBLISHED
Use a titration method (1)
with suitable named alkali, e.g. (aqueous) sodium hydroxide (1)
use a known concentration of the alkali (1)
add indicator to the acid / add indicator to the titration flask (1)
use a known volume of acid (1)
record volume of alkali added when indicator changes colour (1)
4(b)(i) 1.38 mol / dm3 1
4(b)(ii) A (1) 2
gradient of graph is greatest / slope of graph is greatest (1)
4(c) rate decreased (no mark by itself) 3
particles move slower / particles have less kinetic energy (1)
fewer particles have energy above (or equal to) the activation energy / fewer successful collisions (1)
decreased collision frequency / fewer collisions per second (1)
4(d) turns it red 1
4(e) lead chloride / silver chloride 1
4(f) CFCs destroy ozone / deplete ozone (1) 2
more (harmful) uv will get to the Earth’s surface / more skin cancer / more eye cataracts

PUBLISHED
5(a)(i) boiling point of bromine: 2

values between –10 and 150 °C (inclusive) (1)
density of liquid chlorine:

values between 1 and 3 (inclusive) (1)
5(a)(ii) black / grey-black / purple-grey / purple-black 1
5(b) kills bacteria / disinfects the water 1
5(c)(i) Cl2 + 2I– → 2Cl – + I2 1
5(c)(ii) chlorine is more reactive than iodine / chlorine is a stronger oxidising agent than iodine / ORA 1
5(d) molar mass of NiCl 2 = 130 (1) 2
x = 6 (1)
6(a) acid does not ionise completely / acid only partially dissociated / acid not fully dissociated 1
6(b) arrangement: 2
regular / lattice (1)
movement:
(only) vibrating / not moving from place to place (1)
6(c) gas because 130 °C is above the boiling point 1

PUBLISHED
6(d) 3.18 3
mol sodium carbonate = OR 0.03 mol (1)
106
224
mol ethanoic acid = × 0.250 OR 0.056 (1)
1000
sodium carbonate in excess because 0.03 × 2 = 0.06 OR sodium carbonate in excess because 0.056 ÷ 2 = 0.028 (1)
6(e) Ca + 2CH3COOH → (CH3COO)2Ca + H2 1
6(f)(i) butyl ethanoate 1
6(f)(ii) CH3COOC4H9 1
7(a)(i) equilibrium moves to the right (1) 2
(forward) reaction is exothermic (1)
7(a)(ii) equal number of moles of gas on each side of equation 1
7(b)(i) products to right of reactants and reactant level below product level (1) 3
enthalpy change shown as upward arrow and labelled (1)
activation energy drawn as energy hump above product level and labelled with upward arrow (1)
7(b)(ii) 2 Fe(OH)3 + 3 H2S → Fe2S3 + 6 H2O 1
7(c)(i) sulfur (in fuel) burns to form sulfur dioxide (1) 2
sulfur dioxide reacts with rainwater / water in atmosphere to form (sulfurous) acid (1)

PUBLISHED
7(c)(ii) corrodes buildings (made of carbonate rocks) / reacts with buildings (made of carbonate rocks) / corrodes mortar / reacts 1
with mortar
8(a) electrons: 14 (1) 3

neutrons: 16 (1)
protons: 14 (1)
8(b) 3Si + 2N2 → Si3N4 1
8(c)(i) Any two from: 2
both have covalent bonds / covalent (lattice) (1)
both have giant structures (1)
tetrahedral arrangement of structure (1)
8(c)(ii) many strong bonds / strong bonding throughout the structure (1) 2
needs a high temperature to break (all) the bonds / needs a lot of energy to break (all) the bonds (1)
8(d) SiO2C4H12 1
8(e) pair of shared electrons between each of the 4 Cl atoms and central Si AND 6 non-bonding electrons around each 1
chlorine

PUBLISHED
9(a) reaction in which molecules combine and small molecule is formed 1
9(b)(i) circle drawn around one of the COO linkage 1
9(b)(ii) 2
HOOC- □-COOH (1)
HO- ■-OH (1)
9(b)(iii) clothing / fabrics 1
9(c) amide link can form between NH2 and COOH (1) 2
ester link can form between OH and COOH (1)
9(d)(i) H H 1
C C
H H
9(d)(ii) cannot be broken down (by organisms) / cannot be broken by biological means / cannot be decomposed (by 1
bacteria) / cannot be decayed (by fungi)
9(d)(iii) gets stuck in gullets of birds / gets stuck in gills of fish / blocks drains / litter / burning causes toxic gases to be 1
emitted / burning causes greenhouse gas emissions


* 2 6 8 6 7 6 0 6 8 9 *
CHEMISTRY 5070/22
1 hour 30 minutes
Write your centre number, candidate number and name on all the work you hand in.
Section A
Section B

DC (ST/JG) 166950/3
Section A
He
B C N O F Ne
Al Si P S Cl Ar
Ga Ge As Se Br Kr
I Xe
Answer the questions using only the elements shown in the diagram.
Write the symbol for an element which:
(a) forms a stable ion of type X2−
............................................................................................................................................. [1]
(b) is a light green gas at room temperature
............................................................................................................................................. [1]
(c) forms an ion which gives a yellow precipitate on addition of aqueous silver nitrate
............................................................................................................................................. [1]
(d) is used to make food containers
............................................................................................................................................. [1]
(e) is a diatomic gas which forms 78% of dry air.
............................................................................................................................................. [1]
[Total: 5]
© UCLES 2019 5070/22/O/N/19

2 Magnesium is a metal.
(a) State two properties which are characteristic of most metals.
1 ................................................................................................................................................
2 ................................................................................................................................................
[2]
(b) Complete the electronic configuration of a magnesium atom. Show all electrons.
Mg
[1]
(c) Magnesium reacts with bromine to form magnesium bromide, MgBr2.
Magnesium bromide is an ionic solid at room temperature.
(i) Explain, in terms of movement of electrons, how magnesium bromide is formed by the
reaction of magnesium with bromine.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [3]
(ii) Magnesium bromide is soluble in water.
Suggest one other physical property of magnesium bromide.
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
(d) Deduce the products formed at the anode and cathode when concentrated aqueous
magnesium bromide is electrolysed.
product at anode .......................................................................................................................
product at cathode ....................................................................................................................

[1]

(e) Chlorine reacts with aqueous magnesium bromide.
The products are aqueous magnesium chloride and aqueous bromine.
(i) Construct the ionic equation for this reaction.
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
(ii) Explain why aqueous magnesium chloride does not react with aqueous bromine.
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
[Total: 10]
3 Petroleum (crude oil) is a mixture of hydrocarbons.
(a) Describe and explain how petroleum is separated into different hydrocarbon fractions.
In your answer include a description of fractional distillation in an oil refinery.
You may draw a labelled diagram.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................. [3]
© UCLES 2019 5070/22/O/N/19

(b) State one use for each of these hydrocarbon fractions:
kerosene ...................................................................................................................................
naphtha .....................................................................................................................................
[2]
(c) The refinery gas fraction contains methane, ethane and propane.
(i) To which homologous series do these hydrocarbons belong?
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
(ii) Give the general formula for the homologous series which contains methane, ethane
and propane.
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
(d) The exhaust from diesel engines contains carbon monoxide.
(i) Explain how carbon monoxide is formed in the diesel engine.
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
(ii) Describe one effect of carbon monoxide on human health.
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
[Total: 9]

4 The equation shows the reaction of calcium carbonate with hydrochloric acid.
CaCO3(s) + 2HCl (aq) CaCl 2(aq) + CO2(g) + H2O(l)
(a) The rate of this reaction can be determined by measuring the decrease in mass of the reaction
mixture.
Describe one other method of following the progress of this reaction.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................. [2]
(b) Describe and explain, using ideas about collisions between particles, how the rate of reaction
changes when the same mass of calcium carbonate is used in smaller pieces.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................. [2]
(c) Describe and explain, using ideas about collisions between particles, how the rate of reaction
changes when the temperature is increased.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................. [3]
© UCLES 2019 5070/22/O/N/19

(d) Calculate the minimum mass of calcium carbonate, in grams, needed to produce 16.8 cm3 of
carbon dioxide at room temperature and pressure.
mass of calcium carbonate ...................................................... g [2]
(e) Describe a test for carbon dioxide.
test ............................................................................................................................................
observation ...............................................................................................................................
[2]
(f) Calcium hydroxide can be used to control the pH of the soil.
Explain how calcium hydroxide controls the pH of the soil.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................. [2]
[Total: 13]

5 The table shows some properties of four Group I elements.
melting point relative thermal atomic radius

element
/ ºC conductivity / nm
lithium 181 84 0.157
sodium 142 0.191
potassium 63 0.235
rubidium 39 58
(a) (i) Complete the table by estimating:
• the melting point of sodium

• the atomic radius of rubidium. [2]
(ii) Use the information in the table to suggest why it is difficult to predict the relative thermal
conductivity of potassium.
...........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
(b) Sodium reacts with oxygen to produce sodium oxide, Na2O.
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
(ii) What type of oxide, acidic or basic, is sodium oxide?
type of oxide: .....................................................................................................................
reason: ..............................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
[1]
(c) Explain, in terms of ease of formation of ions, why copper does not react with aqueous
sodium sulfate.
...................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................. [1]
© UCLES 2019 5070/22/O/N/19

(d) Hydrated sodium iodate(V) has the formula NaIO3.xH2O.

It has a relative formula mass of 288.
Calculate the value of x in this formula.
x = ......................................................... [2]
[Total: 8]

10
Section B
6 Butanoic acid, C3H7COOH, is a carboxylic acid.
(a) Draw the structure of butanoic acid to show all of the atoms and all of the bonds.
[1]
(b) Describe the movement and arrangement of the particles in liquid butanoic acid.
movement .................................................................................................................................
arrangement .............................................................................................................................
[2]
(c) The melting point of butanoic acid is − 4 °C.
The boiling point of butanoic acid is 166 °C.
Deduce the physical state of butanoic acid at 0 °C. Explain your answer.
physical state: ...........................................................................................................................
explanation: ..............................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
[1]
© UCLES 2019 5070/22/O/N/19

11
(d) The equation for the reaction of butanoic acid with sodium carbonate is shown.
2C3H7COOH + Na2CO3 2C3H7COONa + CO2 + H2O
A student added 5.28 g of butanoic acid to 56.0 cm3 of 0.500 mol / dm3 sodium carbonate.
Show by calculation that butanoic acid is in excess.
[3]
(e) Magnesium reacts with butanoic acid.
The products are magnesium butanoate and hydrogen.
............................................................................................................................................. [1]
(f) One method of determining the pH of aqueous butanoic acid is by using a pH meter.
Describe a different method of determining the pH of aqueous butanoic acid.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................. [2]
[Total: 10]

12
7 Sulfuric acid is made by the Contact process.
2SO2(g) + O2(g) 2SO3(g) ΔH = −197 kJ / mol
(a) Name the catalyst used in the Contact process.
............................................................................................................................................. [1]
(b) Describe how and explain why the position of equilibrium in the reaction is altered when:
(i) the temperature of the equilibrium mixture is increased at constant pressure
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [2]
(ii) the pressure of the equilibrium mixture is increased at constant temperature.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [2]
(c) The final step in the manufacture of sulfuric acid is an exothermic reaction.
H2S2O7 + H2O 2H2SO4
On the axes, draw a labelled energy profile diagram for this exothermic reaction.
Show:
• the reactants and product

• the activation energy of the reaction.
energy
[3]
© UCLES 2019 5070/22/O/N/19

13
(d) Air is a raw material used in the manufacture of sulfuric acid.
Name one other raw material used in the manufacture of sulfuric acid.
............................................................................................................................................. [1]
(e) State one major use of sulfuric acid.
............................................................................................................................................. [1]
[Total: 10]

14
8 Phosphorus is an element in Group V of the Periodic Table.
(a) One of the isotopes of phosphorus is:

31
15 P
(i) Deduce the number of electrons, neutrons and protons in this isotope of phosphorus.
number of electrons ..........................................................................................................
number of neutrons ...........................................................................................................
number of protons .............................................................................................................

[3]
(ii) What is the meaning of the term isotopes?
...........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
(b) Phosphorus reacts with potassium chlorate(V) to form potassium chloride and
phosphorus(V) oxide.
.... KCl O3 + .... P …. KCl + .... P2O5 [1]
(c) The structure of a compound of phosphorus is shown.
O O O
H O P O P O P O H
O H O H O H
............................................................................................................................................. [1]
© UCLES 2019 5070/22/O/N/19

15
(d) Phosphorus reacts with chlorine to form phosphorus trichloride, PCl 3.
Draw a dot-and-cross diagram for a molecule of phosphorus trichloride.

Only include the outer shell electrons.
[2]
(e) The equation for the reaction of phosphorus with copper(II) ions is shown.
2P + 5Cu2+ + 8H2O 5Cu + 2PO43− + 16H+
Identify the oxidising agent. Explain your answer.
oxidising agent: .........................................................................................................................
explanation: ..............................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
[2]
[Total: 10]

17
9 Proteins are natural polymers.
(a) Name one other natural polymer.
............................................................................................................................................. [1]
(b) Describe how proteins can be hydrolysed to amino acids.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................. [2]
(c) The structure of the amino acid alanine is shown.
H2N C COOH
CH3
Alanine can be polymerised to form poly(alanine).
Draw the partial structure of poly(alanine) to show two repeat units.
[2]

18
(d) The structure of the amino acid serine is shown.
H2N C COOH
CH2OH
Serine can form polymers with amide linkages.
Serine can also form polymers with a different linkage.
Name this linkage and explain how it is formed.
linkage ......................................................................................................................................
explanation ...............................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
[2]
(e) Paper chromatography can be used to separate a mixture of amino acids.
The apparatus used is shown.
lid
chromatography
baseline
paper
solvent
(i) Why should the baseline be drawn in pencil and not in ink?
...........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
(ii) When the separation of the amino acids is complete, the chromatography paper is
sprayed with a locating agent.
Explain why.
...........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
© UCLES 2019 5070/22/O/N/19

19
(iii) The diagram shows the chromatography paper after it has been sprayed with a locating
agent.
solvent
front
baseline
Calculate the Rf value of the amino acid labelled S.
Rf value ......................................................... [1]
[Total: 10]
To avoid the issue of disclosure of answer-related information to candidates, all copyright acknowledgements are reproduced online in the Cambridge
Assessment International Education Copyright Acknowledgements Booklet. This is produced for each series of examinations and is freely available to download
at www.cambridgeinternational.org after the live examination series.
Cambridge Assessment International Education is part of the Cambridge Assessment Group. Cambridge Assessment is the brand name of the University of
Cambridge Local Examinations Syndicate (UCLES), which itself is a department of the University of Cambridge.
© UCLES 2019 5070/22/O/N/19

Group
© UCLES 2019
1 2
H He
hydrogen helium
Key 1 4
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
23 24 27 28 31 32 35.5 40
19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36
39 40 45 48 51 52 55 56 59 59 64 65 70 73 75 79 80 84
37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54
85 88 89 91 93 96 – 101 103 106 108 112 115 119 122 128 127 131
20
55 56 57–71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86
lanthanoids
5070/22/O/N/19
133 137 178 181 184 186 190 192 195 197 201 204 207 209 – – –
87 88 89–103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 114 116
actinoids
– – – – – – – – – – – – –
57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71
139 140 141 144 – 150 152 157 159 163 165 167 169 173 175
89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103
– 232 231 238 – – – – – – – – – – –

CHEMISTRY 5070/22
MARK SCHEME
Maximum Mark: 75
Published
Teachers.
components.

PUBLISHED
marking principles.
descriptors.

PUBLISHED

PUBLISHED
1(a) O / S / Se 1
1(b) Cl 1
1(c) I 1
1(d) Al 1
1(e) N 1
conducts electricity / conducts heat (1)

malleable (1)
ductile (1)
shiny / lustrous (1)
2(b) electronic structure of 2.8.2 1
2(c)(i) magnesium (atom) loses electron(s) (1) 3
bromine (atom or molecule) gains electron (1)
two electrons transferred from magnesium (1)
2(c)(ii) high melting point / high boiling point (1) 1
OR
does not conduct electricity when solid / conducts when molten / conducts in aqueous solution (1)
2(d) anode: bromine AND 1

cathode: hydrogen (1)

PUBLISHED
2(e)(i) 2Br– + Cl2 → 2Cl – + Br2 1
2(e)(ii) chlorine is more reactive than bromine / bromine is less reactive than chlorine 1
• idea that petroleum vaporised / petroleum heated / petroleum at high temperature (1)
• idea that petroleum enters near bottom of column (1)
• idea that fractional distillation depends on boiling point (1)
• larger hydrocarbons have higher boiling point ORA (1)
• idea of (long) column (1)
• temperatures high at bottom and low at the top / low boiling points at top / high boiling points at bottom (1)
• fractions come off at different levels in the column (1)
3(b) kerosene: (fuel) for aircraft engines / (fuel) for heating / (fuel) for cooking (1) 2
naphtha: feedstock for chemical industry (1)
3(c)(i) alkane(s) 1
3(c)(ii) CnH2n+2 1
3(d)(i) incomplete combustion of hydrocarbons / incomplete combustion of named carbon-containing substance / fuels burn in 1
limited oxygen
3(d)(ii) toxic / poisonous 1

PUBLISHED
4(a) measuring the volume of gas (1) 2
at known time intervals (1)
4(b) rate faster (no mark by itself) 2
greater number of particles exposed (1)
increased collision frequency / more collisions per second (1)
4(c) rate faster (no mark by itself) 3
particles move faster / particles have more kinetic energy (1)
greater number of particles have energy above (or equal to) the activation energy / more successful collisions (1)
increased collision frequency / more collisions per second (1)
4(d) 16.8 2
mol CO2 = OR 7 × 10–4 OR 0.0007 (1)
24 000
mass of CaCO3 = 7 × 10–4 × 100 = 0.0700 (g) (1)
4(e) lime water (1) 2
turns milky / turns cloudy (1)
4(f) calcium hydroxide alkaline / calcium hydroxide basic (1) 2
neutralises acids / neutralises the soil / raises pH of soil / makes soil less acidic (1)

PUBLISHED
5(a)(i) melting point of sodium: 2

values between 70 °C and 170 °C (inclusive) (1)
atomic radius of rubidium:

values between 0.240 nm and 0.320 nm (inclusive) (1)
5(a)(ii) there is no trend / the values go up and down 1
5(b)(i) 4Na + O2– → 2Na2O 1
5(b)(ii) basic oxide AND because sodium is on the left of the Periodic Table / basic oxide AND because sodium is a metal 1
5(c) copper does not form ions as easily as sodium / sodium forms ions more easily than copper 1
5(d) x = 5 (2) 2
if 2 marks not scored 1 mark for:

molar mass of NaIO3 = 198 (1)
6(a) correct structure of butanoic acid showing all atoms and all bonds 1
H H H O
│ │ │ ║
H–C–C–C–C–O–H
│ │ │
H H H
6(b) movement: sliding (over each other) (1) 2
arrangement: random / no fixed positions (1)
6(c) liquid AND 0 °C is above the melting point and below the boiling point / 0°C is between the melting and boiling points 1

PUBLISHED
6(d) 5.28 3
mol butanoic acid = OR 0.06 mol (1)
88
56
mol sodium carbonate = × 0.500 OR 0.028 (1)
1000
(butanoic acid in excess because sodium carbonate × 2) = 0.056 mol OR (butanoic acid in excess because butanoic
acid ÷ 2) = 0.03 mol (1)
6(e) Mg + 2C3H7COOH → (C3H7COO)2Mg + H2 1
6(f) use universal indicator / full range indicator (1) 2
match the colour observed with a colour chart (1)
7(a) vanadium(V) oxide 1
7(b)(i) equilibrium moves to the left (1) 2
the (forward) reaction is exothermic / backward reaction endothermic / goes in the direction of the endothermic reaction (1)
7(b)(ii) equilibrium moves to the right (1) 2
fewer moles of gas on the right than on the left / more moles of gas on left than the right (1)
7(c) product to right of reactants and reactant level above product level (1) 3
enthalpy change shown as downward arrow and labelled (1)
activation energy drawn as energy hump above product level and labelled with upward arrow (1)
7(d) sulfur / water 1

PUBLISHED
7(e) (making) detergents / fertilisers / battery acids 1
8(a)(i) electrons: 15 (1) 3
neutrons: 16 (1)
protons: 15 (1)
8(a)(ii) atoms with the same number of protons and different numbers of neutrons / atoms of the same element with different 1
numbers of neutrons
8(b) 5KClO3 + 6P → 5KCl + 3P2O5 1
8(c) H5P3O10 1
8(d) one pair of bonding electrons between the P and each of the three Cl atoms and 2 non-bonded electrons on P (1) 2
6 non-bonded electrons on each Cl (1)
8(e) Cu2+ / copper ions (1) 2
it gains electrons (1)

PUBLISHED
9(a) complex carbohydrates / starch / polysaccharides 1
9(b) heat / reflux (1) 2
with hydrochloric acid (1)
9(c) minimum of two correct repeat units with amide link and extension bonds (2) 2
O O
║ ║
─NH – CH – C – NH – CH – C ─
| |
CH3 CH3
If 2 marks not scored 1 mark for continuation bonds and one amide link (1)
9(d) ester (linkage) (1) 2
OH and COOH / alcohol and carboxylic acid (1)
9(e)(i) ink will run / ink will undergo chromatography / pencil will not run / pencil will not move during chromatography / ink will 1
separate / pencil will not separate
9(e)(ii) to make the spots visible / coloured 1
9(e)(iii) 0.71 1

Cambridge O Level
* 4 6 5 2 3 2 8 4 6 5 *
CHEMISTRY 5070/21
1 hour 30 minutes
You must answer on the question paper.
No additional materials are needed.
INSTRUCTIONS
● Section A: answer all questions.
● Section B: answer three questions.
● Use a black or dark blue pen. You may use an HB pencil for any diagrams or graphs.
● Write your name, centre number and candidate number in the boxes at the top of the page.
● Write your answer to each question in the space provided.
● Do not use an erasable pen or correction fluid.
● Do not write on any bar codes.
● You may use a calculator.
● You should show all your working and use appropriate units.
INFORMATION
● The total mark for this paper is 75.
● The number of marks for each question or part question is shown in brackets [ ].
● The Periodic Table is printed in the question paper.
This document has 20 pages. Blank pages are indicated.
DC (CE/FC) 184044/4
Section A
1 Choose from the following compounds to answer the questions.
aluminium iodide
ethanol
glucose
lead(IV) chloride
lithium bromide
magnesium carbonate
methane
potassium phosphate
silver nitrate
sodium sulfate
sulfur dioxide
Each compound may be used once, more than once or not at all.
Which compound:
(a) produces ammonia when its aqueous solution is warmed with aqueous sodium hydroxide
and aluminium
............................................................................................................................................. [1]
(b) contains ions with a 1– charge which are present in many fertilisers
............................................................................................................................................. [1]
(c) contains ions with a 2+ charge
............................................................................................................................................. [1]
(d) forms an orange colour when it reacts with chlorine in aqueous solution
............................................................................................................................................. [1]
(e) is a hydrocarbon that is formed from the bacterial decay of vegetable matter?
............................................................................................................................................. [1]
[Total: 5]
© UCLES 2020 5070/21/O/N/20

2 Part of the structures of carbon dioxide and calcium carbide are shown.
O=C=O
Ca2+ C22– Ca2+ C22– Ca2+
O=C=O
O=C=O C22– Ca2+ C22– Ca2+ C22–
=O
=C
O= Ca2+ C22– Ca2+ C22– Ca2+
C=
O
O
O=C=O C22– Ca2+ C22– Ca2+ C22–
carbon dioxide calcium carbide
(a) Explain in terms of structure and bonding why carbon dioxide has a low boiling point and
calcium carbide has a high boiling point.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................. [3]
(b) Calcium carbide, CaC2, reacts with water to form ethyne, C2H2, and calcium hydroxide.
............................................................................................................................................. [1]
(c) Ethyne is an unsaturated hydrocarbon.
State the meaning of the term hydrocarbon.
...................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................. [1]

(d) Ethyne is a member of the alkyne homologous series.
The molecular formulae of the first four members of the alkyne homologous series are shown.
C 2H 2
C 3H 4
C 4H 6
C 5H 8
Predict the formula for the fifth member of the alkyne homologous series.
............................................................................................................................................. [1]
(e) Ethyne reacts with hydrogen in a similar way to ethene reacting with hydrogen.
The reaction between ethyne and hydrogen is exothermic.
(i) What type of chemical reaction occurs when ethyne reacts with hydrogen?
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
(ii) Predict the molecular formula of a product formed when ethyne reacts with hydrogen.
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
(f) 1,2-dichloroethene is produced when excess ethyne reacts with chlorine.
The structure of 1,2-dichloroethene is shown.
Cl Cl
C C
H H
Deduce the partial structure of the polymer of 1,2-dichloroethene.
Show three repeat units.
[2]
[Total: 10]
© UCLES 2020 5070/21/O/N/20

3 This question is about copper and copper compounds.
(a) Copper is a metal.
Explain why copper conducts electricity.
............................................................................................................................................. [1]
(b) Describe a test for copper(II) ions.
test ............................................................................................................................................
observations .............................................................................................................................
[2]
(c) Aqueous copper(II) sulfate is electrolysed using graphite electrodes.
(i) Describe what is observed during this electrolysis:
• at the positive electrode
...........................................................................................................................................
• at the negative electrode
...........................................................................................................................................
• in the electrolyte.
...........................................................................................................................................
[3]
(ii) Graphite conducts electricity.
Give one other reason why graphite electrodes are used in electrolysis.
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
(d) Aqueous copper(II) sulfate reacts with magnesium.
CuSO4 + Mg Cu + MgSO4
Construct the ionic equation, including state symbols, for this reaction.
............................................................................................................................................. [2]

(e) A 2.25 g sample of an oxide of copper contains 0.250 g of oxygen.
Deduce the empirical formula of this oxide of copper.
[3]
(f) There are several commonly used alloys of copper.
What is the meaning of the term alloy?
...................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................. [1]
[Total: 13]
© UCLES 2020 5070/21/O/N/20

4 This question is about halogens and halogen compounds.
(a) A drop of bromine liquid was placed in a sealed glass jar.
After a time, the colour of the bromine had spread throughout the jar.
Explain this observation in terms of the kinetic particle theory.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................. [3]
(b) Chlorine, bromine and iodine are halogens.
(i) State the trend in the colour of the halogens from chlorine to iodine.
...........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
(ii) State the physical state of chlorine and iodine at room temperature and pressure.
chlorine ..............................................................................................................................
iodine .................................................................................................................................
[1]
(iii) Chlorine is used to make other chemicals.
State one other use of chlorine.
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
(c) The molecular structure of a compound of iodine and chlorine is shown.
Cl Cl Cl
I I
Cl Cl Cl
............................................................................................................................................. [1]

(d) Fluorine reacts with aqueous sodium hydroxide to produce sodium fluoride, NaF, water and
oxygen.
2F2 + 4NaOH 4NaF + 2H2O + O2
Calculate the maximum volume of oxygen produced, in dm3, at room temperature and
pressure, when 0.037 mol of sodium hydroxide react completely with fluorine.
Give your answer to two significant figures.
volume of oxygen .................................................. dm3 [2]
[Total: 9]
© UCLES 2020 5070/21/O/N/20

5 Platinum and vanadium are both transition elements.
(a) Transition elements are metals which are hard, strong and have high melting points and
boiling points.
State two other properties which are typical of transition elements but not of all metals.
1 ................................................................................................................................................
2 ................................................................................................................................................
[2]
(b) Vanadium(V) oxide, V2O5, is a catalyst in the Contact process.
(i) State how a catalyst increases the rate of a chemical reaction.
...........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
(ii) State the conditions used in the Contact process.
...........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [2]
(c) Vanadium(V) oxide is reduced to vanadium by heating with aluminium.
3V2O5 + .....Al .....V + .....Al2O3 [1]
(d) A fuel cell generates electricity when hydrogen and oxygen react on platinum electrodes.
(i) Name the process used in industry to separate oxygen from air.
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
(ii) The reaction at one of the electrodes in the fuel cell is shown.
O2 + 2H2O + 4e– 4OH–
State whether this is an oxidation or reduction reaction.
...........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
[Total: 8]

10
Section B
6 (a) The table shows some properties of five alcohols.
density boiling point

alcohol formula
in g / cm3 in °C
methanol CH3OH 0.791 65
ethanol C2H5OH 0.789 79
propanol C3H7OH 0.803 97
butanol C4H9OH 0.810 117
pentanol C5H11OH 0.814 138
(i) What is the general trend in the density of the alcohols as the number of carbon atoms in
a molecule increases?
...........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
(ii) Describe and explain the change in the boiling point of the alcohols as the number of
carbon atoms in a molecule increases.
...........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
(b) Ethanol, C2H5OH, reacts with butanoic acid, C3H7CO2H, to produce an ester.
A few drops of a strong acid are added to catalyse the reaction.
(i) What does the term strong mean, when applied to acids?
...........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
© UCLES 2020 5070/21/O/N/20

11
(ii) Name and draw the structure of the ester produced when ethanol reacts with
butanoic acid, showing all of the atoms and all of the bonds.
name .................................................................................................................................
structure
[2]
(c) Ethanol can be oxidised to ethanoic acid in the laboratory.
State the reagents and conditions used in this reaction.
reagent .....................................................................................................................................
conditions .................................................................................................................................
[2]
(d) Concentrated ethanoic acid, CH3CO2H, reacts with calcium.
The products are calcium ethanoate and hydrogen.
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
(ii) State and explain how the rate of this reaction changes when the experiment is repeated
using dilute ethanoic acid.
Include in your answer ideas about collisions between particles.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [2]
[Total: 10]

12
7 Aluminium is extracted by the electrolysis of molten aluminium oxide.
(a) (i) Explain why aluminium is extracted by electrolysis and not by reduction with carbon.
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
(ii) The electrolyte is a mixture of aluminium oxide and cryolite.
Explain the purpose of the cryolite.
...........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
(iii) At the positive electrode (anode) oxide ions are converted to oxygen.
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
(b) Aluminium can also be produced on a small scale by reacting aluminium oxide with
magnesium.
Al2O3 + 3Mg 2Al + 3MgO
(i) Use this equation to explain why the Al2O3 is reduced.
...........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
(ii) Calculate the maximum mass of aluminium formed when 25.5 g of aluminium oxide
reacts with excess magnesium.
mass of aluminium = ...................................................... g [2]
(c) Aluminium is a metal.
Use your knowledge of the structure of metals to explain why aluminium is malleable.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................. [2]
© UCLES 2020 5070/21/O/N/20

13
(d) When aluminium is heated in chlorine, aluminium chloride is formed.
Explain, in terms of bond making and bond breaking, why this reaction is exothermic.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................. [2]
[Total: 10]

14
8 (a) Dilute nitric acid reacts with aqueous barium hydroxide.
2HNO3(aq) + Ba(OH)2(aq) Ba(NO3)2(aq) + 2H2O(l)
(i) A student titrates 25.0 cm3 of dilute nitric acid with 0.0450 mol / dm3 barium hydroxide
using methyl orange as an indicator.
A volume of 34.0 cm3 of aqueous barium hydroxide reacts exactly with the dilute nitric
acid.
Calculate the concentration of the dilute nitric acid.
concentration of nitric acid .......................................... mol / dm3 [3]
(ii) Describe how to prepare pure dry crystals of barium nitrate from aqueous barium nitrate.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [3]
(b) Barium nitrate decomposes when heated to form barium oxide, BaO, nitrogen dioxide, NO2,
and oxygen.
............................................................................................................................................. [1]
(c) Nitrogen dioxide is an atmospheric pollutant which causes ‘acid rain’.
Describe one effect of acid rain on buildings.
...................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................. [1]
© UCLES 2020 5070/21/O/N/20

15
(d) Hydrazine, H2N – NH2, is a colourless liquid.
(i) Draw a dot-and-cross diagram for a molecule of hydrazine.
Include only the outer shell electrons.
[1]
(ii) The melting point of hydrazine is 2 °C.

The boiling point of hydrazine is 114 °C.
Use this information to suggest why hydrazine is a solid at 0 °C.
...........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
[Total: 10]

16
9 Calcium is a metal in Group II of the Periodic Table.
(a) Calcium can be used as a reducing agent.
Describe a test for reducing agents.
test ............................................................................................................................................
observations .............................................................................................................................
[2]
(b) An ion of calcium has the symbol

44 2+
20 Ca
Deduce the number of electrons and neutrons in this ion.

[2]
(c) When calcium carbonate is heated in a closed container, an equilibrium mixture is formed.
CaCO3(s) CaO(s) + CO2(g)
The forward reaction is endothermic.
(i) Describe and explain the effect, if any, on the position of equilibrium when a hole is made
in the container.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [2]
(ii) Describe and explain the effect, if any, on the position of equilibrium when the temperature
is increased.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [2]
(d) When heated, calcium oxide reacts with chlorine to form calcium chloride and a gas which
relights a glowing splint.
2CaO + ........... ......CaCl2 + ........... [1]
© UCLES 2020 5070/21/O/N/20

17
(e) Calcium chloride is soluble in water.
Name one other calcium salt which is soluble in water.
............................................................................................................................................. [1]
[Total: 10]
© UCLES 2020 5070/21/O/N/20

Group
© UCLES 2020
1 2
H He
hydrogen helium
Key 1 4
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
23 24 27 28 31 32 35.5 40
19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36
39 40 45 48 51 52 55 56 59 59 64 65 70 73 75 79 80 84
37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54
20
85 88 89 91 93 96 – 101 103 106 108 112 115 119 122 128 127 131
55 56 57–71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86
5070/21/O/N/20
lanthanoids
133 137 178 181 184 186 190 192 195 197 201 204 207 209 – – –
87 88 89–103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 114 116
actinoids
– – – – – – – – – – – – –
57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71
139 140 141 144 – 150 152 157 159 163 165 167 169 173 175
89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103
– 232 231 238 – – – – – – – – – – –
Cambridge O Level
CHEMISTRY 5070/21
MARK SCHEME
Maximum Mark: 75
Published
Teachers.
Cambridge IGCSE™, Cambridge International A and AS Level and Cambridge Pre-U components, and some

PUBLISHED
marking principles.
Rules must be applied consistently, e.g. in situations where candidates have not followed instructions or in the application of generic level
descriptors.

PUBLISHED
Science-Specific Marking Principles
1 Examiners should consider the context and scientific use of any keywords when awarding marks. Although keywords may be present, marks
should not be awarded if the keywords are used incorrectly.
2 The examiner should not choose between contradictory statements given in the same question part, and credit should not be awarded for
any correct statement that is contradicted within the same question part. Wrong science that is irrelevant to the question should be ignored.
3 Although spellings do not have to be correct, spellings of syllabus terms must allow for clear and unambiguous separation from other
syllabus terms with which they may be confused (e.g. ethane / ethene, glucagon / glycogen, refraction / reflection).
4 The error carried forward (ecf) principle should be applied, where appropriate. If an incorrect answer is subsequently used in a scientifically
correct way, the candidate should be awarded these subsequent marking points. Further guidance will be included in the mark scheme
where necessary and any exceptions to this general principle will be noted.
5 ‘List rule’ guidance
For questions that require n responses (e.g. State two reasons …):
• The response should be read as continuous prose, even when numbered answer spaces are provided.
• Any response marked ignore in the mark scheme should not count towards n.
• Incorrect responses should not be awarded credit but will still count towards n.
• Read the entire response to check for any responses that contradict those that would otherwise be credited. Credit should not be
awarded for any responses that are contradicted within the rest of the response. Where two responses contradict one another, this
should be treated as a single incorrect response.
• Non-contradictory responses after the first n responses may be ignored even if they include incorrect science.

PUBLISHED
6 Calculation specific guidance
Correct answers to calculations should be given full credit even if there is no working or incorrect working, unless the question states ‘show
your working’.
For questions in which the number of significant figures required is not stated, credit should be awarded for correct answers when rounded
by the examiner to the number of significant figures given in the mark scheme. This may not apply to measured values.
For answers given in standard form (e.g. a × 10n) in which the convention of restricting the value of the coefficient (a) to a value between 1
and 10 is not followed, credit may still be awarded if the answer can be converted to the answer given in the mark scheme.
Unless a separate mark is given for a unit, a missing or incorrect unit will normally mean that the final calculation mark is not awarded.
Exceptions to this general principle will be noted in the mark scheme.
7 Guidance for chemical equations
Multiples / fractions of coefficients used in chemical equations are acceptable unless stated otherwise in the mark scheme.
State symbols given in an equation should be ignored unless asked for in the question or stated otherwise in the mark scheme.

PUBLISHED
1(a) silver nitrate 1
1(b) silver nitrate 1
1(c) magnesium carbonate 1
1(d) lithium bromide 1
1(e) methane 1
2(a) carbon dioxide is a (simple) molecule and calcium carbide is ionic (1) 3
for carbon dioxide: weak (attractive) forces between molecules / weak intermolecular forces(1)
for calcium carbide: strong (attractive) forces between ions (1)
2(b) CaC2 + 2H2O → C2H2 + Ca(OH)2 1
2(c) compound which contains carbon and hydrogen only / compound which contains carbon and hydrogen and no other 1
element
2(d) C6H10 1
2(e)(i) addition / reduction / hydrogenation 1
2(e)(ii) C2H4 / C2H6 1
2(f) Cl Cl Cl Cl Cl Cl 2
ǀ ǀ ǀ ǀ ǀ ǀ
─C – C – C – C – C – C ─ (2)
ǀ ǀ ǀ ǀ ǀ ǀ
H H H H H H
if 2 marks not scored: 1 mark for this structure without extension bonds

PUBLISHED
3(a) (some of the) electrons can move / (some of the) electrons are mobile 1
3(b) (aqueous) sodium hydroxide (1) 2
(light) blue precipitate (insoluble in excess) (1)
OR
(aqueous) ammonia (1)
(light) blue precipitate soluble in excess / dark blue solution formed in excess ammonia (1)
3(c)(i) positive electrode: bubbles / effervescence / fizzes (1) 3
negative electrode: turns pink (1)
electrolyte: blue colour (of solution) fades (1)
3(c)(ii) inert / (relatively) unreactive 1
3(d) Cu2+(aq) + Mg(s) → Cu(s) + Mg2+(aq) 2
correct formulae and balancing (1)
correct state symbols – dependent on correct formulae (1)
3(e) mass of copper = 2.00 g (1) 3
2.00 0.25
mol copper = and mol oxygen =
64 16
OR
mol copper = 0.0313 and mol oxygen = 0.0156 (1)
empirical formula is Cu2O (1)

PUBLISHED
3(f) mixture of metals / mixture of a metal and another element 1
4(a) any three from: 3
• evaporation
• particles with highest kinetic energy escape the liquid / particle moving the fastest escape the liquid
• diffusion
• particles move (from place to place) / particles collide
• random (movement) of particles / particles go anywhere / particles (move) in all directions / particles disperse
• intermingling of particles / mixing of particles
• (bulk movement of bromine particles) from higher to lower concentration
4(b)(i) darker / lighter up the Group 1
4(b)(ii) chlorine gas and iodine solid 1
4(b)(iii) disinfectant / killing bacteria / bleach 1
4(c) I2Cl6 1
4(d) 0.037 2
mol oxygen = OR 9.25 × 10–3 (1)
4
volume of oxygen = 0.22 (dm3) (1)
5(a) any two from: 2
• high density (1)

• form coloured compounds (1)
• have variable oxidation states (1)
• have catalytic activity (1)
PUBLISHED
5(b)(i) lowers the activation energy 1
5(b)(ii) high temperature (1) 2
low pressure (1)
5(c) 3V2O5 + 10Al → 6V + 5Al2O3 1
5(d)(i) fractional distillation 1
5(d)(ii) reduction because electrons gained / reduction because electrons added 1
6(a)(i) (density) increases 1
6(a)(ii) (boiling points) increase because forces of attraction between molecules are stronger / (boiling points) increase because the 1
intermolecular forces increase
6(b)(i) (acid which is) completely ionised (in water) / (acid which is) completely dissociated (in water) 1
6(b)(ii) ethyl butanoate (1) 2
H H H O H H
H C C C C O C C H
H H H H H (1)
6(c) (acidified) potassium manganate(VII) (1) 2
reflux / heat (1)
6(d)(i) 2CH3CO2H + Ca → (CH3CO2)2Ca + H2 1

PUBLISHED
6(d)(ii) rate decreases because: 2
fewer particles in a given volume / particles further apart / fewer particles per unit volume (1)
fewer frequent collisions / particles collide less often / collision rate increases (1)
7(a)(i) aluminium is (very) high in the reactivity series / aluminium ions accept electrons less readily than carbon 1
7(a)(ii) to dissolve the aluminium oxide 1
7(a)(iii) 2O2– → O2 + 4e– 1
7(b)(i) oxygen removed from aluminium oxide / it loses oxygen 1
7(b)(ii) 25.5 2
mol aluminium oxide = OR 0.25 mol (1)
102
mass of aluminium = 13.5 g (1)
7(c) (positive) ions in layers (1) 2
layers (easily) slide over each other (1)
7(d) bond breaking endothermic and bond making exothermic / heat absorbed to break bonds and heat released on making 2
bonds (1)
more heat released than absorbed / more energy released than absorbed (1)

PUBLISHED
8(a)(i) 34.0 3
mol barium hydroxide = 0.045 ×
1000
OR
1.53 × 10–3 (1)
mol nitric acid = 3.06 × 10–3 (1)
concentration nitric acid = 0.122(4) mol / dm3 (1)
8(a)(ii) evaporate solution until crystallisation point / evaporate until solution is saturated (1) 3
filter off crystals AND wash with organic solvent / wash with cold water (1)
dry crystals with filter paper (1)
8(b) 2Ba(NO3)2 → 2BaO + 4NO2 + O2 1
8(c) erodes (buildings) / corrodes (metalwork) / reacts with (mortar) 1
8(d)(i) H H 1
.. ..
:N:N:
.. ..
H H
8(d)(ii) 0°C is below the melting point / the melting point is above 0°C 1
9(a) Add (acidified) potassium manganate(VII) (1) 2
goes from purple to colourless (1)

PUBLISHED
9(b) electrons:18 (1) 2
neutrons: 24 (1)
9(c)(i) equilibrium moves to the right / more products formed (1) 2
concentration of carbon dioxide falls so more calcium carbonate decomposes to (try to) maintain equilibrium (1)
9(c)(ii) equilibrium moves to the right / more products formed (1) 2
increasing temperature pushes the reaction in the direction of absorbing energy / increasing temperature pushes the
reaction in the direction of the endothermic reaction (1)
9(d) 2CaO + 2Cl2 → 2CaCl2 + O2 1
9(e) any suitable soluble calcium salt other than calcium chloride e.g. calcium nitrate, calcium ethanoate 1

Cambridge O Level
* 1 5 4 8 1 6 5 2 6 4 *
CHEMISTRY 5070/22
1 hour 30 minutes
INSTRUCTIONS
INFORMATION
This document has 20 pages. Blank pages are indicated.
DC (LK/FC) 184043/4
Section A
1 Choose from the following compounds to answer these questions.
aluminium sulfate
ammonia
calcium carbonate
carbon dioxide
chlorofluorocarbons
copper(II) sulfate
hydrogen chloride
potassium nitrate
sodium chloride
Each compound may be used once, more than once or not at all.
Which compound:
(a) is a gas which dissolves in water to form an alkaline solution
............................................................................................................................................. [1]
(b) is an anhydrous solid which is used to test for water
............................................................................................................................................. [1]
............................................................................................................................................. [1]
(d) is a solid used in flue gas desulfurisation
............................................................................................................................................. [1]
(e) causes eutrophication?
............................................................................................................................................. [1]
[Total: 5]
© UCLES 2020 5070/22/O/N/20

2 Part of the structures of chlorine and sodium chloride are shown.
l Cl – Na+ Cl – Na+
Cl–C
l
Cl–C
Na+ Cl – Na+ Cl –
C
l–
C Cl – Na+ Cl – Na+
l
l
Cl–C Na+ Cl – Na+ Cl –
l
–C
Cl
chlorine sodium chloride
(a) Explain in terms of structure and bonding why chlorine has a low boiling point and
sodium chloride has a high boiling point.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................. [3]
(b) Write the electronic configuration of a chlorine atom.
............................................................................................................................................. [1]
(c) The electrolysis of molten sodium chloride is carried out using graphite electrodes.
(i) State the meaning of the term electrolysis.
...........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
(ii) State the direction of movement of both the positive and negative ions when molten
positive ions ......................................................................................................................
negative ions .....................................................................................................................

[1]

(iii) State one observation that can be made at the positive electrode when molten
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
(iv) Give the formulae of the two negative ions present in aqueous sodium chloride.
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
(d) When aqueous sodium chloride is electrolysed, hydrogen is produced at the negative
electrode.
Explain, in terms of transfer of electrons, why hydrogen and not sodium is produced at the
negative electrode.
...................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................. [1]
(e) A 36.3 g sample of a compound contains 14.4 g carbon, 0.600 g hydrogen and 21.3 g chlorine.
(i) Calculate the empirical formula of this compound.
[2]
(ii) The relative molecular mass of this compound is 181.5.
[1]
[Total: 12]
© UCLES 2020 5070/22/O/N/20

3 (a) A drop of black ink is placed at the bottom of a beaker of water.
After a time, the colour of the ink spreads throughout the water.
Explain this observation in terms of the kinetic particle theory.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................. [3]
(b) In the past, ink was made from a mixture containing iron(II) ions and tannic acid.
(i) Describe a test for iron(II) ions.
test ....................................................................................................................................
observations ......................................................................................................................
[2]
(ii) The ink darkens when used on paper. This is because iron(II) ions are oxidised to
iron(III) ions.
Write the ionic equation for this reaction.
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
(iii) After a time, the ink fades because of a hydrolysis reaction which is catalysed by acids.
State how a catalyst increases the rate of a chemical reaction.
...........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
(c) Paper is made of cellulose.
Cellulose is a complex carbohydrate (polysaccharide).
(i) Name one other complex carbohydrate (polysaccharide).
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
(ii) Describe how complex carbohydrates can be hydrolysed to simple sugars.
...........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [2]
[Total: 10]

4 Water from natural sources contains dissolved substances which are not pollutants, such as
mineral salts.
(a) Name another substance found naturally in water which is not a mineral salt or a pollutant.
............................................................................................................................................. [1]
(b) When lithium reacts with water, aqueous lithium hydroxide, LiOH, and hydrogen are formed.
............................................................................................................................................. [1]
(c) Sodium and potassium react with water in a similar way to lithium.
(i) Explain, in terms of their electronic configuration, why lithium, sodium and potassium all
react in a similar way.
...........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
(ii) Describe the trend in reactivity of the Group I elements lithium, sodium and potassium.
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
(d) Water and oxygen are formed when aqueous hydrogen peroxide decomposes.
2H2O2(aq) 2H2O(l) + O2(g)
Calculate the maximum volume of oxygen, at room temperature and pressure, which is
produced by the complete decomposition of a solution containing 16.0 g of hydrogen peroxide.
volume of oxygen .................................................. dm3 [3]
© UCLES 2020 5070/22/O/N/20

(e) A fuel cell generates electricity when hydrogen and oxygen react on platinum electrodes.
(i) Name a process used in industry to produce hydrogen.
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
(ii) Some cars use a hydrogen–oxygen fuel cell instead of a petrol (gasoline) engine as a
source of energy.
Describe two advantages of a hydrogen–oxygen fuel cell compared with a petrol

(gasoline) engine.
1. .......................................................................................................................................
2. .......................................................................................................................................
[2]
[Total: 10]

5 Alkenes are made in an oil refinery by cracking hydrocarbons.
(a) (i) Give one other reason why petroleum companies carry out cracking.
...........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
(ii) Complete the equation for the cracking of tridecane, C13H28, to form propene, C3H6, and
one other hydrocarbon.
C13H28 C3H6 + ............... [1]
(b) Propene is an alkene.
(i) Write the general formula for an alkene.
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
(ii) Propene reacts with steam by an addition reaction.
Predict the molecular formula of the product of this reaction.
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
(iii) When propene undergoes incomplete combustion, a small amount of carbon dioxide is
formed.
Name two other substances formed when propene undergoes incomplete combustion.
................................................................ and ...................................................................

[2]
(c) The structure of propene is shown.
H H
H
H C C C
H
H
Deduce the partial structure of poly(propene) to show three repeat units.
[2]
[Total: 8]
© UCLES 2020 5070/22/O/N/20
Section B
6 Methanoic acid and ethanoic acid are weak acids.
(a) What does the term weak mean, when applied to acids?
...................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................. [1]
(b) Methanoic acid, HCO2H, reacts with magnesium powder.
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
(ii) State and explain how the rate of this reaction changes when the experiment is repeated
using a piece of magnesium ribbon with the same mass as the powder.
Include in your answer ideas about collisions between particles.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [2]
(c) Methanoic acid reacts with propanol, C3H7OH, to form an ester.
Name and draw the structure of this ester, showing all of the atoms and all of the bonds.
name .........................................................................................................................................
structure
[2]

10
(d) Ethanoic acid is present in vinegar.
(i) Name the organic compound which is converted to ethanoic acid when vinegar is made.
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
(ii) What type of chemical reaction is this?
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
(e) The table shows some properties of four carboxylic acids.
carboxylic acid formula density boiling point

in g / cm3 in °C
methanoic acid HCO2H 1.22 101
ethanoic acid CH3CO2H 118
propanoic acid C2H5CO2H 0.99 141
butanoic acid C3H7CO2H 0.96 164
(i) Predict the density of ethanoic acid.
.......................................................................................................................... g / cm3 [1]
(ii) Describe and explain the change in the boiling point as the number of carbon atoms in a
molecule increases.
...........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
[Total: 10]
© UCLES 2020 5070/22/O/N/20

11
7 Iron is extracted from iron ore in a blast furnace using limestone and coke (carbon).
(a) Name a common ore of iron.
............................................................................................................................................. [1]
(b) The coke burns to form carbon dioxide.
This reaction is exothermic.
Explain, in terms of bond making and bond breaking, why this reaction is exothermic.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................. [2]
(c) Carbon dioxide reacts with hot coke to form carbon monoxide.
The carbon monoxide reduces the iron(III) oxide in the iron ore.
Fe2O3 + 3CO 2Fe + 3CO2
(i) Use this equation to explain why the Fe2O3 is reduced.
...........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
(ii) Calculate the maximum mass of iron formed when 12.5 g of iron(III) oxide react with
excess carbon monoxide.
mass of iron ............................................................ g

[2]

12
(d) Silicon dioxide is an impurity in the iron ore.
Explain how the addition of limestone helps remove silicon dioxide from the blast furnace.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................. [2]
(e) Iron is a metal.
Describe metallic bonding.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................. [2]
[Total: 10]
© UCLES 2020 5070/22/O/N/20

13
8 This question is about some compounds of sulfur.
(a) Dilute sulfuric acid reacts with aqueous sodium hydroxide as shown.
H2SO4(aq) + 2NaOH(aq) Na2SO4(aq) + 2H2O(l)
(i) A student titrates 25.0 cm3 of dilute sulfuric acid with sodium hydroxide of concentration
0.0150 mol / dm3, using litmus as an indicator.
A volume of 24.0 cm3 of aqueous sodium hydroxide reacts exactly with the dilute
sulfuric acid.
Calculate the concentration of the dilute sulfuric acid.
concentration of dilute sulfuric acid ................................................ mol / dm3

[3]
(ii) Describe how to prepare pure dry crystals of sodium sulfate from aqueous
sodium sulfate.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [3]
(b) Concentrated sulfuric acid oxidises arsenic to arsenic(III) oxide.
......As + …...H2SO4 As4O6 + .....H2O + 6SO2 [1]

14
(c) Sulfur dichloride, Cl ─ S ─ Cl, has a simple molecular structure.
Complete the dot-and-cross diagram for a molecule of sulfur dichloride.
Include only the outer shell electrons.
Cl S Cl
[1]
(d) The melting point of sulfur dichloride is –121 °C.

The boiling point of sulfur dichloride is 59 °C.
Deduce the state of sulfur dichloride at room temperature.
...................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................. [2]
[Total: 10]
© UCLES 2020 5070/22/O/N/20

16
9 Lead is a metal in Group IV of the Periodic Table.
(a) An ion of lead has the symbol
207 Pb2+
82

[2]
(b) Lead(IV) oxide, PbO2, is an oxidising agent.
(i) Describe a test for oxidising agents.
test ....................................................................................................................................
observations ......................................................................................................................
[2]
(ii) Lead(IV) oxide reacts with concentrated hydrochloric acid to form lead(IV) chloride,
PbCl 4, and water.
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
(c) When lead(IV) chloride is warmed in a closed container an equilibrium mixture is formed.
The forward reaction is exothermic.
PbCl 4(l) PbCl 2(s) + Cl 2(g)

lead(IV) chloride lead(II) chloride
(i) Describe and explain the effect, if any, on the position of equilibrium when the
concentration of chlorine is increased.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [2]
© UCLES 2020 5070/22/O/N/20

17
(ii) Describe and explain the effect, if any, on the position of equilibrium when the temperature
is increased.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [2]
(d) Name a lead salt which is soluble in water.
............................................................................................................................................. [1]
[Total: 10]
© UCLES 2020 5070/22/O/N/20

Group
© UCLES 2020
1 2
H He
hydrogen helium
Key 1 4
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
23 24 27 28 31 32 35.5 40
19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36
39 40 45 48 51 52 55 56 59 59 64 65 70 73 75 79 80 84
37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54
20
85 88 89 91 93 96 – 101 103 106 108 112 115 119 122 128 127 131
55 56 57–71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86
5070/22/O/N/20
lanthanoids
133 137 178 181 184 186 190 192 195 197 201 204 207 209 – – –
87 88 89–103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 114 116
actinoids
– – – – – – – – – – – – –
57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71
139 140 141 144 – 150 152 157 159 163 165 167 169 173 175
89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103
– 232 231 238 – – – – – – – – – – –
Cambridge O Level
CHEMISTRY 5070/22
MARK SCHEME
Maximum Mark: 75
Published
Teachers.
Cambridge IGCSE™, Cambridge International A and AS Level and Cambridge Pre-U components, and some

PUBLISHED
marking principles.
descriptors.

PUBLISHED
2 The examiner should not choose between contradictory statements given in the same question part, and credit should not be awarded for any
correct statement that is contradicted within the same question part. Wrong science that is irrelevant to the question should be ignored.
3 Although spellings do not have to be correct, spellings of syllabus terms must allow for clear and unambiguous separation from other syllabus
terms with which they may be confused (e.g. ethane / ethene, glucagon / glycogen, refraction / reflection).
correct way, the candidate should be awarded these subsequent marking points. Further guidance will be included in the mark scheme where
necessary and any exceptions to this general principle will be noted.
awarded for any responses that are contradicted within the rest of the response. Where two responses contradict one another, this should
be treated as a single incorrect response.

PUBLISHED
your working’.
For questions in which the number of significant figures required is not stated, credit should be awarded for correct answers when rounded by
the examiner to the number of significant figures given in the mark scheme. This may not apply to measured values.

PUBLISHED
1(a) ammonia 1
1(b) copper(II) sulfate 1
1(c) aluminium sulfate 1
1(d) calcium carbonate 1
1(e) potassium nitrate 1
2(a) chlorine is a (simple) molecule and sodium chloride is ionic (1) 3
for chlorine: weak (attractive) forces between molecules / weak intermolecular forces(1)
for sodium chloride: strong (attractive) forces between ions (1)
2(b) 2,8,7 1
2(c)(i) decomposition of the electrolyte by an electric current 1
2(c)(ii) (positive ions move to the) negative electrode 1

AND (negative ions move to the) positive electrode
2(c)(iii) green gas formed / green fumes formed / solution goes green (near electrode) / bubbles formed / fizzes / effervescence 1
2(c)(iv) Cl – AND OH– 1
2(d) hydrogen ions (from water) gain electrons more easily than sodium ions / sodium ions gain electrons less easily than 1
hydrogen ions

PUBLISHED
2(e)(i) 14.4 21.3 0.600 2

mol C = mol Cl = mol H=
12 35.5 1
OR
mol C = 1.20 mol Cl = 0.60 mol H = 0.60 (1)
empirical formula is C2HCl (1)
2(e)(ii) C6H3Cl3 1
3(a) any three from: 3
• diffusion
• particles move (from place to place) / particles collide
• random (movement) of particles / particles go anywhere / particles (move) in all directions / particles disperse
• intermingling of particles / mixing of particle
• (bulk movement of ink particles) from higher to lower concentration
3(b)(i) (aqueous) sodium hydroxide / (aqueous) ammonia (1) 2
(light) green precipitate (1)
3(b)(ii) Fe2+ → Fe3+ + e– 1
3(b)(iii) lowers the activation energy 1
3(c)(i) starch 1
3(c)(ii) reflux / heat / boil (1) 2
with (concentrated) hydrochloric acid (1)

PUBLISHED
4(a) oxygen 1
4(b) 2Li + 2H2O → 2LiOH + H2 1
4(c)(i) all have one electron in their outer shell 1
4(c)(ii) increases down the Group ORA 1
4(d) 16 3
mol hydrogen peroxide = OR 0.471
34
0.471
mol oxygen = OR 0.235 (1)
2
4(e)(i) cracking (hydrocarbons) / electrolysis (of water) 1
4(e)(ii) any two from: 2
• water is only product / no other product than water

• no pollutants made / no harmful exhaust fumes / no harmful gas made
• greater efficiency / less heat loss / more energy per gram of fuel
• (hydrogen is) renewable source of fuel / uses renewable source of fuel / uses renewable source of energy
5(a)(i) to make petrol / to produce fuels which are needed the most / to make hydrogen 1
5(a)(ii) C10H22 1
5(b)(i) CnH2n 1
5(b)(ii) C3H8O 1

PUBLISHED
5(b)(iii) carbon monoxide (1) 2
water (1)
5(c) CH3 H CH3 H CH3H 2

ǀ ǀ ǀ ǀ ǀ ǀ
─C – C – C – C – C – C ─
ǀ ǀ ǀ ǀ ǀ ǀ
H H H H H H (2)
if 2 marks not scored: 1 mark for this structure without extension bonds / 1 mark for this structure terminating with H atom(s) at
one or both ends
6(a) (acid which is) partially / slightly ionised (in water) / (acid which is) partially / slightly dissociated (in water) 1
6(b)(i) 2HCO2H + Mg → (HCO2)2Mg + H2 1
6(b)(ii) rate decreases because: 2
fewer (magnesium) particles exposed / fewer particles on the surface (of the magnesium) (1)
less frequent collisions / particles collide less often / collision rate decreases (1)
6(c) propyl methanoate (1) 2
O H H H
ǁ ǀ ǀ ǀ
H–C–O–C–C–C–H
ǀ ǀ ǀ
H H H (1)
6(d)(i) ethanol 1

PUBLISHED
6(d)(ii) oxidation 1
6(e)(i) values between 1.00 and 1.21 (inclusive) 1
6(e)(ii) (boiling points) increase because forces of attraction between molecules are larger / (boiling points) increase because the 1
intermolecular forces increase
7(a) haematite 1
7(b) bond breaking endothermic and bond making exothermic/ heat absorbed to break bonds and heat released on making bonds 2
(1)
more heat released than absorbed / more energy released than absorbed (1)
7(c)(i) oxygen removed from iron oxide / it loses oxygen 1
7(c)(ii) 12.5 2
mol iron oxide = OR 0.078 mol (1)
160
mass of iron = 8.75 g(1)
7(d) limestone decomposes to calcium oxide / calcium oxide formed from calcium carbonate (1) 2
calcium oxide reacts with silicon dioxide to form slag / calcium oxide reacts with impurities to form calcium silicate (1)
7(e) idea of metallic structure: (positive) ions and sea of electrons (1) 2
electrostatic attraction between the ions and electrons (1)

PUBLISHED
8(a)(i) 24.0 3
mol sodium hydroxide = 0.0150 ×
1000
OR 3.60 × 10–4 (1)
mol sulfuric acid = 1.80 × 10–4 (1)
concentration sulfuric acid = 7.2 × 10–3 / 0.0072 mol / dm3 (1)
8(a)(ii) evaporate solution until crystallisation point / evaporate until solution is saturated (1) 3
filter off crystals AND wash with organic solvent / wash with cold water (1)
dry crystals with filter paper (1)
8(b) 4As + 6H2SO4 → As4O6 + 6H2O + 6SO2 1
8(c) .. .. .. 1
: Cl : S : Cl :
̈ ̈ ̈
8(d) liquid (1) 2
room temperature is higher than the melting point and lower than the boiling point / room temperature is between the melting
point and boiling point (1)
9(a) electrons = 80 (1) 2
neutrons = 125 (1)
9(b)(i) add (aqueous) potassium iodide (1) 2
(colour change) from colourless to brown (1)

PUBLISHED
9(b)(ii) PbO2 + 4HCl → PbCl4 + 2H2O 1
9(c)(i) equilibrium moves to the left / more reactant formed (1) 2
lead(II) chloride combines with chlorine to reduce the concentration of added chlorine (1)
9(c)(ii) equilibrium moves to the left / more reactant formed (1) 2
(increasing temperature) pushes the reaction in the direction of absorbing energy / (increasing temperature) pushes the
reaction in the direction of the endothermic reaction (1)
9(d) lead nitrate 1

Cambridge O Level
* 7 2 6 9 6 9 4 0 3 9 *
CHEMISTRY 5070/21
1 hour 30 minutes
INSTRUCTIONS
INFORMATION
This document has 20 pages. Any blank pages are indicated.
DC (CE/AR) 201854/4
Section A
1 Choose from the following oxides to answer the questions.
aluminium oxide
calcium oxide
iron(II) oxide
magnesium oxide
silicon dioxide
sodium oxide
sulfur dioxide
Each oxide may be used once, more than once or not at all.
State which oxide:
(a) has a simple molecular structure
............................................................................................................................................. [1]
(b) is a coloured solid
............................................................................................................................................. [1]
............................................................................................................................................. [1]
(d) is a product of the thermal decomposition of calcium carbonate
............................................................................................................................................. [1]
(e) contributes to acid rain.
............................................................................................................................................. [1]
[Total: 5]
© UCLES 2021 5070/21/O/N/21

2 Dry air contains nitrogen, oxygen, noble gases and carbon dioxide.
(a) State the percentage of oxygen present in dry air.
............................................................................................................................................. [1]
(b) Carbon dioxide is removed from a sample of air by passing the air through aqueous sodium
hydroxide.
Explain why aqueous sodium hydroxide removes carbon dioxide from air.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................. [2]
(c) Describe how oxygen, nitrogen and the noble gases are separated from each other after
carbon dioxide has been removed.
...................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................. [2]
(d) Describe the test for oxygen.
test ............................................................................................................................................
observation ...............................................................................................................................
[2]
(e) Ozone, O3, is formed in the atmosphere by the reaction of nitrogen dioxide with oxygen in the
presence of ultraviolet light.
(i) State the type of chemical reaction that takes place when ozone is formed in this way.
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
(ii) Nitrogen dioxide is formed in internal combustion engines.
State one other source of nitrogen dioxide in the atmosphere.
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
(f) A layer of ozone is present high in the atmosphere.
State one problem for humans that can arise if the ozone layer is depleted by CFCs.
............................................................................................................................................. [1]
[Total: 10]

3 Iron powder reacts with dilute sulfuric acid.
Fe(s) + H2SO4(aq) FeSO4(aq) + H2(g)
(a) The graph shows the volume of hydrogen gas produced at 20 °C as the reaction proceeds.
40
30
volume of
hydrogen gas
/ cm3
20
10
0 4 8 12 16 20 24 28
time / min
(i) State how long it takes from the start of the experiment to collect 18 cm3 of hydrogen
gas.
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
(ii) The experiment is repeated at 30 °C.
All other conditions are the same.
Draw a line on the grid to show how the volume of hydrogen gas produced changes
with time when the reaction is done at 30 °C. [2]
(b) (i) Describe and explain, using ideas about collisions between particles, how the rate of the
reaction changes when the temperature of the reaction mixture is increased.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [2]
© UCLES 2021 5070/21/O/N/21

(ii) Describe and explain, using ideas about collisions between particles, how the rate of the
reaction changes when larger pieces of iron are used.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [2]
(c) Calculate the maximum volume, in dm3, of hydrogen formed when 3.36 g of iron react with
excess dilute sulfuric acid at room temperature and pressure.
maximum volume = ................................................. dm3 [2]
(d) Concentrated sulfuric acid is an oxidising agent.
Describe a test for oxidising agents.
test ............................................................................................................................................
observations .............................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
[2]
[Total: 11]

4 Alkenes are a homologous series of hydrocarbons.
(a) Alkenes are produced by cracking.
State the meaning of the term cracking.
...................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................. [2]
(b) Margarine is manufactured from vegetable oils using a nickel catalyst.
(i) Name the other reactant used in this reaction.
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
(ii) State the type of chemical reaction which occurs when margarine is manufactured from
vegetable oils.
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
(c) Ethanol is produced by the reaction of ethene with steam.
[1]
(d) An organic compound contains 54.5% carbon, 9.10% hydrogen and 36.4% oxygen by mass.
Calculate the empirical formula of this compound.
[Total: 7]
© UCLES 2021 5070/21/O/N/21

5 Magnesium undergoes oxidation when it reacts with aqueous silver nitrate.
Mg + 2Ag+ Mg2+ + 2Ag
(a) Explain how this equation shows that magnesium is oxidised.
...................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................. [1]
(b) The reaction of magnesium with silver nitrate is exothermic.
Complete the energy profile diagram for this reaction.
Label reactants, products and ∆H.
energy
[2]
(c) Acidified aqueous silver nitrate is added to a solution containing halide ions.
A yellow precipitate is observed.
State the name of the halide ion present in the solution.
............................................................................................................................................. [1]
(d) Silver is a metal.
Use your knowledge of the structure of metals to explain why silver is malleable.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................. [2]

(e) The table gives information about the thermal decomposition of some metal carbonates.
ease of thermal
metal carbonate
decomposition
calcium carbonate decomposes at 900 °C
magnesium carbonate decomposes at 540 °C
does not decompose
sodium carbonate
below 1000 °C
Describe how the ease of thermal decomposition depends on the position of these metals in
the reactivity series.
...................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................. [1]
[Total: 7]
© UCLES 2021 5070/21/O/N/21

6 Chlorine reacts with phosphorus to form phosphorus(III) chloride.
3Cl2 + 2P 2PCl3
(a) Explain in terms of bond breaking and bond forming why the reaction is exothermic.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................. [2]
(b) (i) When chlorine reacts with aqueous potassium iodide a brown solution is formed.
Name the products of this reaction.
................................................................ and .............................................................. [1]
(ii) When aqueous bromine is added to potassium chloride there is no reaction.
Explain why there is no reaction.
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
(c) Phosphorus(III) chloride reacts with water to form a mixture of phosphorous acid, H3PO3,
and hydrochloric acid.
............................................................................................................................................. [1]
[Total: 5]

10
Section B
7 This question is about metals and metal compounds.
(a) Silver is a transition element. Potassium is a metal in Group I of the Periodic Table.
State two differences in the physical properties of silver and potassium.
1 ................................................................................................................................................
2 ................................................................................................................................................
[2]
(b) An ion of silver has the symbol

109
Ag+
47
Deduce the number of protons, neutrons and electrons in this ion.

[3]
(c) Potassium reacts with water to form a gas which ‘pops’ with a lighted splint.
...... K + ......H2O 2KOH + ............ [1]
(d) When zinc carbonate is warmed in a closed container, an equilibrium mixture is formed.
ZnCO3(s) ZnO(s) + CO2(g)
(i) Describe and explain the effect, if any, on the position of equilibrium when the temperature
is decreased.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [2]
© UCLES 2021 5070/21/O/N/21

11
(ii) Describe and explain the effect, if any, on the position of equilibrium when the
concentration of carbon dioxide is increased.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [2]
[Total: 10]

12
8 The structure of angelic acid is shown.
O
H3C C OH
C C
H CH3
(a) Explain how this structure shows that angelic acid is an unsaturated compound.
............................................................................................................................................. [1]
(b) Deduce the molecular formula of angelic acid.
............................................................................................................................................. [1]
(c) Angelic acid is a weak acid.
(i) Define the term acid.
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
(ii) Explain the meaning of the term weak as applied to acids.
...........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
© UCLES 2021 5070/21/O/N/21

13
(d) Angelic acid can be polymerised.
(i) State the name of the type of polymerisation that occurs.
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
(ii) Draw the partial structure of the polymer of angelic acid. Show two repeat units.
[2]
(e) Angelic acid reacts with methanol, CH3OH, to form an ester.
Complete the structure of this ester to show all the atoms and all the bonds.
H
H C
H C C
H C H
H H
[1]
(f) Construct the equation for the complete combustion of methanol.
............................................................................................................................................. [2]
[Total: 10]

14
9 This question is about ammonia and nitrates.
(a) State the source of the hydrogen and nitrogen used in the manufacture of ammonia by the
Haber process.
source of hydrogen ...................................................................................................................
source of nitrogen .....................................................................................................................

[2]
(b) Ammonia is formed when aqueous ammonium sulfate is heated with sodium hydroxide.
(NH4)2SO4 + 2NaOH 2NH3 + Na2SO4 + 2H2O
A student adds 4.50 g of sodium hydroxide to 50.0 cm3 of 1.25 mol / dm3 aqueous ammonium
sulfate.
Show by calculation that the ammonium sulfate is in excess.
[3]
(c) When dilute sodium hydroxide is electrolysed, the hydroxide ions are converted to oxygen
and water at the anode.
Construct the ionic equation for the reaction taking place at the anode.
............................................................................................................................................. [1]
(d) The first stage in the test for nitrate ions is to heat aluminium and sodium hydroxide with a
solution containing nitrate ions.
State the type of chemical reaction which occurs when a solution containing nitrate ions is
heated with aluminium and sodium hydroxide.
............................................................................................................................................. [1]
© UCLES 2021 5070/21/O/N/21

15
(e) Nitrates from fertilisers cause eutrophication when they are leached from soils into rivers.
Describe the process of eutrophication.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................. [3]
[Total: 10]

17
10 This question is about elements in Group IV of the Periodic Table.
(a) The table shows some properties of the Group IV elements.
density at room
melting point boiling point
element temperature
in °C in °C
in g / cm3
carbon (diamond) 3550 4827
silicon 2.34 1410 2355
germanium 5.35 937 2830
tin 232 2260
lead 11.34 328 1740
(i) Predict the density of tin.
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
(ii) Describe the general trend in the boiling points of the Group IV elements.
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
(iii) Predict the state of silicon at 1600 °C.

...........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [1]

18
(b) The structure of two compounds of silicon, P and Q, are shown.
P Q
oxygen atom
silicon atom
chlorine atom
(i) Explain in terms of structure and bonding why compound P has a high melting point and
compound Q has a low melting point.
compound P ......................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
compound Q ......................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
[4]
© UCLES 2021 5070/21/O/N/21

19
(ii) Draw a dot-and-cross diagram for a molecule of compound Q.
[1]
(c) A compound of carbon, hydrogen and silicon has the formula Si(CH3)4.
Calculate the percentage by mass of carbon in this compound.
[2]
[Total: 10]
To avoid the issue of disclosure of answer-related information to candidates, all copyright acknowledgements are reproduced online in the Cambridge
Assessment International Education Copyright Acknowledgements Booklet. This is produced for each series of examinations and is freely available to download
at www.cambridgeinternational.org after the live examination series.
Cambridge Assessment International Education is part of the Cambridge Assessment Group. Cambridge Assessment is the brand name of the University of
Cambridge Local Examinations Syndicate (UCLES), which itself is a department of the University of Cambridge.
© UCLES 2021 5070/21/O/N/21

Group
© UCLES 2021
1 2
H He
hydrogen helium
Key 1 4
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
23 24 27 28 31 32 35.5 40
19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36
39 40 45 48 51 52 55 56 59 59 64 65 70 73 75 79 80 84
37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54
20
85 88 89 91 93 96 – 101 103 106 108 112 115 119 122 128 127 131
55 56 57–71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86
5070/21/O/N/21
lanthanoids
133 137 178 181 184 186 190 192 195 197 201 204 207 209 – – –
87 88 89–103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 114 116
actinoids
– – – – – – – – – – – – –
57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71
139 140 141 144 – 150 152 157 159 163 165 167 169 173 175
89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103
– 232 231 238 – – – – – – – – – – –
Cambridge O Level
CHEMISTRY 5070/21
MARK SCHEME
Maximum Mark: 75
Published
teachers.
components.

5070/21 Cambridge O Level – Mark Scheme OCTOBER/NOVEMBER 2021
PUBLISHED
marking principles.
descriptors.

PUBLISHED

PUBLISHED
your working’.

PUBLISHED
1(a) sulfur dioxide 1
1(b) iron(II) oxide 1
1(c) aluminium oxide 1
1(d) calcium oxide 1
1(e) sulfur dioxide 1
2(a) 21(%) 1
2(b) carbon dioxide is an acidic oxide (1) 2
reacts with base / reacts with alkali / neutralised by sodium hydroxide (1)
2(c) air liquefied (1) 2
fractional distillation (1)
2(d) glowing splint (1) 2
relights (1)
2(e)(i) photochemical / redox 1
2(e)(ii) lightning 1
2(f) (more) skin cancer / (more) sunburn / (more) harm to eyes 1

PUBLISHED
3(a)(i) 6 minutes 1
3(a)(ii) initial gradient steeper and starting from origin (1) 2
line levels off at 34 cm3 gas (1)
3(b)(i) rate of reaction increases (no mark) 2
and
more particles have activation energy (or above) / more successful collisions / more energetic collisions (1)
3(b)(ii) rate of reaction decreases (no mark) 2
and
fewer particles exposed on surface / fewer particles (of iron) per unit area / fewer particles per cm2 (1)
collision frequency decreases / fewer particles collide per second / collision rate decreases / collisions less often (1)
3(c) 3.36 2
mol iron = OR 0.060 mol (1)
56
volume of hydrogen = 1.44 (dm3) (1)
3(d) add (aqueous) potassium iodide (1) 2
colourless to brown solution (1)

PUBLISHED
4(a) breakdown of (long chain) alkanes / decomposition of (long chain) alkanes (1) 2
into shorter chain (hydrocarbons) / by heat / thermally (1)
4(b)(i) hydrogen 1
4(b)(ii) addition 1
4(c) C2H4 + H2O → C2H5OH 1
4(d) C H O 2
54.5 9.10 36.4
12 1 16
OR 4.54 9.10 2.275 (1)
C2H4O (1)
5(a) (magnesium) loses electrons (1) 1
5(b) reactants on the left and products on the right and reactant line above product line (1) 2
arrow downwards between reactants and products with ∆H label (1)
5(c) iodide 1
5(d) layers made of ions (1) 2
layers slide (1)
5(e) more reactive the metal (in the carbonate) the harder it is to break down (the carbonate) 1

PUBLISHED
6(a) bond breaking endothermic AND bond making exothermic / energy absorbed to break bonds AND energy released on 2
making bonds (1)
more energy released than absorbed (1)
6(b)(i) iodine AND potassium chloride 1
6(b)(ii) chlorine is more reactive than bromine / bromine is less reactive than chlorine 1
6(c) PCl3 + 3H2O → H3PO3 + 3HCl 1
high melting point for Ag / high boiling point for Ag / ORA for K (1)
high density for Ag / ORA for K (1)
hard for Ag / soft for K (1)
7(b) protons: 47 (1) 3
neutrons: 62 (1)
electrons: 46 (1)
7(c) 2K + 2H2O → 2KOH + H2 1
7(d)(i) equilibrium moves to the left / less product formed / more reactant formed (1) 2
decreasing temperature pushes the reaction in the direction of releasing energy / decreasing temperature pushes the
reaction in the direction of the exothermic reaction (1)

PUBLISHED
7(d)(ii) equilibrium moves to the left / less product formed / more reactant formed (1) 2
reaction goes in the direction to reduce the concentration of carbon dioxide (1)
8(a) has C=C bond / has a carbon-carbon double bond 1
8(b) C5H8O2 1
8(c)(i) (solution which) contains hydrogen ions / hydrogen ion donor 1
8(c)(ii) (acid which) is incompletely ionised / (acid which) is not completely dissociated 1
8(d)(i) addition 1
8(d)(ii) CH3 CO2H CH3 CO2H 2

│ │ │ │
─ C ── C ── C ── C ─ (2 marks)
│ │ │ │
H CH3 H CH3
8(e) completed with 1
O H
C O C H
H H (1)
8(f) 2CH3OH + 3O2 → 2CO2 + 4H2O 2
balancing (1)

PUBLISHED
9(a) hydrogen: (cracking) hydrocarbons (1) 2
nitrogen: air (1)
9(b) 4.5 3
NaOH = OR 0.1125 (mol) (1)
40
50
(NH4)2SO4 = × 1.25 OR 0.0625 (mol) (1)
1000
((NH4)2SO4 because 0.0625 × 2) = 0.125

OR
((NH4)2SO4 because 0.1125 ÷ 2) = 0.056 (1)
9(c) 4OH– → O2 + 2H2O + 4e– / 4OH– – 4e– → O2 + 2H2O (1) 1
9(d) reduction 1
9(e) Any three from: 3
(nitrates) increase growth of algae / (nitrates) increase growth of water plants / algal bloom (1)
plants (on surface) block sunlight and plants die (1)
bacteria feed on dead plants and use up oxygen (1)
(without oxygen) fish die / (without oxygen) water organisms die (1)

PUBLISHED
10(a)(i) values between 5.40 and 11.00 (inclusive of these values) 1
10(a)(ii) decrease down the group / increase up the group 1
10(a)(iii) liquid AND 1600 (°C) is lower than the boiling point AND 1600 (°C) is higher than the melting point 1
10(b)(i) P is a giant covalent structure / giant covalent lattice (1) 4
P (all) bonds (throughout lattice) are strong (if covalent or bonds between atoms already mentioned) (1)
Q is a simple molecular structure / small molecules / simple molecule (1)
Q weak forces between molecules (1)
10(b)(ii) 4 pairs of bonding electrons between each Cl and Si AND 6 unpaired electrons on each chlorine 1
10(c) (molar mass of Si(CH3)4) = 88 (1) 2
54.5(%) (1)

Cambridge O Level
* 3 6 3 0 9 2 0 7 1 3 *
CHEMISTRY 5070/22
1 hour 30 minutes
INSTRUCTIONS
INFORMATION
DC (CE/AR) 201855/3
Section A
1 Choose from the following chlorides to answer the questions.
aluminium chloride
ammonium chloride
cobalt(II) chloride
hydrogen chloride
iron(III) chloride
potassium chloride
silver chloride
sodium chloride
Each chloride may be used once, more than once or not at all.
State which chloride:
(a) contains a cation with a charge of 2+
............................................................................................................................................. [1]
(b) reacts with aqueous sodium hydroxide to form a red-brown precipitate
............................................................................................................................................. [1]
(c) is insoluble in water
............................................................................................................................................. [1]
(d) reacts with sodium hydroxide when warmed to produce a gas which turns damp red litmus
paper blue
............................................................................................................................................. [1]
(e) when added to water can form an aqueous solution with a pH of 1.
............................................................................................................................................. [1]
[Total: 5]
© UCLES 2021 5070/22/O/N/21

2 This question is about pollutant gases.
(a) Hydrocarbons such as octane are used as fuels for cars.
The list shows the gases present in a car exhaust.
carbon dioxide
carbon monoxide
nitrogen
nitrogen dioxide
octane
water vapour
State which two gases in the list show that incomplete combustion has taken place in this car
engine.
1 ................................................................................................................................................
2 ................................................................................................................................................
[2]
(b) Describe a test for carbon dioxide.
test ............................................................................................................................................
observation ...............................................................................................................................
[2]
(c) Two natural sources of methane in the atmosphere are from leaks of natural gas and waste
gases from animals.
Give one other natural source of methane in the atmosphere.
............................................................................................................................................. [1]
(d) Complete this sentence about the effect of an increase in the concentration of methane in the
atmosphere.
Methane is a .............................. gas because it absorbs and then re-emits infrared
radiation. This contributes to an increase in temperature of the atmosphere which is called
.............................. .............................. . [2]
(e) Cars are fitted with catalytic converters to reduce the amount of harmful pollutant gases from
car exhausts.
Describe how catalytic converters remove pollutant gases from car exhausts.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................. [3]
[Total: 10]
3 Magnesium ribbon reacts with dilute hydrochloric acid.
Mg(s) + 2HCl(aq) MgCl2(aq) + H2(g)
(a) The graph shows the volume of hydrogen gas produced at 20 °C as the reaction proceeds.
The magnesium is in excess.
60
50
40
volume of
hydrogen gas
/ cm3
30
20
10
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
time / min
The experiment is repeated using a lower concentration of hydrochloric acid.
The volume of acid used and all other conditions are the same.
Draw a line on the grid to show how the volume of hydrogen gas produced changes with
time when the reaction is done with a lower concentration of hydrochloric acid. [2]
© UCLES 2021 5070/22/O/N/21

(b) (i) Describe and explain, using ideas about collisions between particles, how the rate of the
reaction changes when magnesium powder is used instead of magnesium ribbon.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [2]
(ii) Describe and explain, using ideas about collisions between particles, how the rate of the
reaction changes when the temperature of the reaction mixture is decreased.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [2]
(c) Calculate the maximum volume, in dm3, of hydrogen formed when 1.68 g of magnesium react
with excess dilute hydrochloric acid at room temperature and pressure.
volume = ................................................. dm3 [2]
(d) Magnesium is a good reducing agent.
Describe a test for reducing agents.
test ............................................................................................................................................
observations .............................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
[2]
[Total: 10]

4 Alkanes are a homologous series of hydrocarbons. The boiling point, melting point and density of
alkanes increase as the number of carbon atoms increases.
(a) (i) Give one other physical property of alkanes which increases as the number of carbon
atoms increases.
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
(ii) Give two other characteristics of a homologous series.
1 ........................................................................................................................................
2 ........................................................................................................................................
[2]
(b) Two typical reactions of alkanes are combustion and cracking.
State the name of another typical chemical reaction of alkanes and the reactant needed to
react with the alkanes.
type of reaction .........................................................................................................................
reactant .....................................................................................................................................
[2]
(c) Alkenes are produced by cracking alkanes.
(i) State two conditions needed for cracking alkanes.
1 ........................................................................................................................................
2 ........................................................................................................................................
[2]
(ii) Tridecane, C13H28, can be cracked to produce an alkene with four carbon atoms and
one other hydrocarbon only.
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
© UCLES 2021 5070/22/O/N/21

(d) A hydrocarbon contains 88.9% carbon by mass.
[Total: 10]

5 Lithium reacts with aqueous zinc iodide.
2Li + ZnI2 2LiI + Zn
(a) Explain, by referring to the equation, why this reaction involves both oxidation and reduction.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................. [2]
(b) Acidified aqueous silver nitrate is added to aqueous zinc iodide.

State the observations made.
............................................................................................................................................. [1]
(c) (i) When aqueous bromine reacts with aqueous zinc iodide a brown solution is formed.
Name the products of this reaction.
............................................................... and .............................................................. [1]
(ii) Explain why aqueous bromine does not react with aqueous zinc chloride.
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
[Total: 5]
© UCLES 2021 5070/22/O/N/21

6 Phosphorus reacts with hydrogen to produce phosphine, PH3.
2P + 3H2 2PH3
The reaction is endothermic.
(a) Complete the energy profile diagram for this reaction.
Label reactants, products and ∆H.
energy
[2]
(b) Explain, in terms of bond breaking and bond forming, why the reaction is endothermic.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................. [2]
(c) Phosphine reacts with oxygen to form phosphorus(V) oxide, P4O10, and water.
..... PH3 + ..... O2 P4O10 + ..... H2O [1]
[Total: 5]

10
Section B
7 Sodium is a metal in Group I of the Periodic Table. Diamond (carbon) is a non-metal which is a
good conductor of heat.
(a) State two differences in the physical properties of sodium and diamond.
1 ................................................................................................................................................
2 ................................................................................................................................................
[2]
(b) An ion of sodium has the symbol

23
Na+
11
Deduce the number of protons, neutrons and electrons in this ion.

[3]
(c) Sodium reacts with nitrogen to form sodium nitride.

...... Na + ............ ...... Na3N [1]
(d) When carbon is heated with steam in a closed container an equilibrium mixture is formed.
C(s) + H2O(g) CO(g) + H2(g)
(i) Describe and explain the effect, if any, on the position of equilibrium when the temperature
is increased.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [2]
© UCLES 2021 5070/22/O/N/21

11
(ii) Describe and explain the effect, if any, on the position of equilibrium when the pressure
is decreased.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [2]
[Total: 10]

12
8 The structure of an organic compound, T, is shown.
H H
C C
H CH2OH
(a) Deduce the molecular formula of compound T.
............................................................................................................................................. [1]
(b) Compound T is a colourless liquid.
State the colour change when excess compound T is added to aqueous bromine.
from ................................................................ to ............................................................... [1]
(c) Compound T can be oxidised to a carboxylic acid.
Suggest a suitable oxidising agent for this reaction.
............................................................................................................................................. [1]
(d) Compound T can be polymerised.
Draw the partial structure of the polymer of compound T. Show two repeat units.
[2]
(e) Compound T reacts with methanoic acid, HCOOH, to form an ester.
Complete the structure of this ester to show all the atoms and all the bonds.
H H
C C
H C
H H
[1]
© UCLES 2021 5070/22/O/N/21

13
(f) Methanoic acid is a weak acid. Hydrochloric acid is a strong acid.
(i) Give the formula of the positive ion that is present in all acids.
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
(ii) Explain why the rate of reaction of 1.0 mol / dm3 methanoic acid with magnesium is less
than the rate of reaction of 1.0 mol / dm3 hydrochloric acid with magnesium.
...........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
(g) Construct the equation for the reaction of methanoic acid with magnesium.
............................................................................................................................................. [2]
[Total: 10]

14
9 This question is about sulfuric acid and sulfates.
(a) (i) Sulfur is one of the raw materials used in the Contact process to make sulfuric acid.
Name two other raw materials used to make sulfuric acid.
................................................................ and ............................................................... [1]
(ii) Name the catalyst used in the Contact process.
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
(b) The electrolysis of dilute sulfuric acid using inert electrodes produces oxygen at the anode.
(i) Define the term electrolysis.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [2]
(ii) Construct the equation for the reaction taking place at the cathode.
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
(c) Dilute sulfuric acid reacts with sodium hydroxide.
A student adds 0.76 g of solid sodium hydroxide to 45 cm3 of 0.20 mol / dm3 sulfuric acid.
Show by calculation that the sodium hydroxide is in excess.
[3]
© UCLES 2021 5070/22/O/N/21

15
(d) Aqueous sodium hydroxide is warmed with ammonium sulfate.

State the names of the three products formed in this reaction.
1 ................................................................................................................................................
2 ................................................................................................................................................
3 ................................................................................................................................................
[2]
[Total: 10]

16
10 This question is about elements in Group V of the Periodic Table.
(a) The table shows some properties of the Group V elements.
density at room temperature melting point

element
in g / cm3 in °C
nitrogen 1.17 × 10–3 –210
phosphorus 2.34 44
arsenic 5.73
antimony 631
bismuth 9.80 272
Use the information in the table to:
(i) predict the density of antimony
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
(ii) suggest why it is difficult to predict the melting point of arsenic.
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
(b) The structure of two compounds of phosphorus, R and S, are shown.
P3– Na+ P3– Na+ P3–

P
Na+ Na+ Na+
H H
P3– Na+ P3– Na+ P3–
H
Na+ Na+ Na+
P3– Na+ P3– Na+ P3–
R S
(i) Explain in terms of structure and bonding why compound R has a high melting point and
compound S has a low melting point.
compound R ......................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
compound S ......................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
[4]
© UCLES 2021 5070/22/O/N/21

17
(ii) Explain why compound R conducts electricity when molten.
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
(iii) Draw a dot-and-cross diagram for a molecule of compound S.
[1]
(c) An oxide of phosphorus has the formula P4O10.
Calculate the percentage by mass of phosphorus in this compound.
[2]
[Total: 10]
© UCLES 2021 5070/22/O/N/21

Group
© UCLES 2021
1 2
H He
hydrogen helium
Key 1 4
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
23 24 27 28 31 32 35.5 40
19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36
39 40 45 48 51 52 55 56 59 59 64 65 70 73 75 79 80 84
37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54
85 88 89 91 93 96 – 101 103 106 108 112 115 119 122 128 127 131
20
55 56 57–71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86
lanthanoids
5070/22/O/N/21
133 137 178 181 184 186 190 192 195 197 201 204 207 209 – – –
87 88 89–103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 114 116
actinoids
– – – – – – – – – – – – –
57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71
139 140 141 144 – 150 152 157 159 163 165 167 169 173 175
89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103
– 232 231 238 – – – – – – – – – – –
Cambridge O Level
CHEMISTRY 5070/22
Paper 2 October/November 2021
MARK SCHEME
Maximum Mark: 75
Published
Teachers.
components.

PUBLISHED
marking principles.
• marks are awarded for correct/valid answers, as defined in the mark scheme. However, credit is given for valid answers which go beyond
the scope of the syllabus and mark scheme, referring to your Team Leader as appropriate
descriptors.

PUBLISHED
Marks should be awarded using the full range of marks defined in the mark scheme for the question (however; the use of the full mark range
may be limited according to the quality of the candidate responses seen).

PUBLISHED
your working’.

PUBLISHED
1(a) cobalt(II) chloride 1
1(b) iron(III) chloride 1
1(c) silver chloride 1
1(d) ammonium chloride 1
1(e) hydrogen chloride 1
2(a) carbon monoxide (1) 2
octane (1)
2(b) limewater (1) 2
turns milky / turns cloudy / white precipitate (1)
2(c) decomposition of vegetation / decomposition of plants 1
2(d) greenhouse (1) 2
global warming (1)
2(e) mention of nitrogen oxides and carbon monoxide (as the pollutants / reactants) (1) 3
nitrogen / N2 (in exhaust gases) (1)
carbon dioxide / CO2 (in exhaust gases) (1)

PUBLISHED
3(a) initial gradient less steep AND starting from origin (1) 2
line levels off at lower than 45 cm3 gas (1)
3(b)(i) rate of reaction increases AND one or both of: 2
more particles exposed on surface / more (magnesium) particles per unit area / more particles per cm2 (1)
collision frequency increases / collision rate increases / more collisions per second (1)
3(b)(ii) rate of reaction decreases AND one or both of: 2
particles move more slowly / particles have less kinetic energy (1)
fewer particles have activation energy (or above) / collisions are less successful (1)
3(c) 1.68 2
mol magnesium = OR 0.070 mol (1)
24
3(d) add (aqueous acidified) potassium manganate(VII) (1) 2
turns from purple to colourless (1)

PUBLISHED
4(a)(i) viscosity 1
Any two from: 2
similar chemical properties (1)
(have a) general formula (1)
(successive) members differ by CH2 (1)
4(b) type of reaction: substitution (1) 2
reactant: chlorine (1)
4(c)(i) high temperature (1) 2
catalyst (1)
4(c)(ii) C13H28 → C4H8 + C9H20 1
OR
C13H28 → 2C4H8 + C5H12
OR
C13H28 → 3C4H8 + CH4

PUBLISHED
4(d) C2H3 (2) 2
if 2 marks not scored 1 mark for:
C H
88.9 11.1
12 1
OR 7.4 11.1 (1)
5(a) lithium oxidised because it loses electrons (1) 2
zinc ions reduced because they gain electrons (1)
5(b) yellow precipitate / yellow solid 1
5(c)(i) iodine AND zinc bromide 1
5(c)(ii) chlorine is more reactive than bromine / bromine is less reactive than chlorine 1
6(a) reactants on the left and products on the right and reactant line below product line (1) 2
arrow upwards between reactants and products with ΔH label (1)
6(b) bond breaking endothermic and bond making exothermic / (thermal) energy absorbed to break bonds and (thermal) energy 2
released on making bonds (1)
more energy absorbed than released (1)
6(c) 4PH3 + 8O2 → P4O10 + 6H2O 1

PUBLISHED
sodium conducts electricity / diamond does not conduct electricity (1)
sodium malleable / diamond brittle (1)
brittle (1)
sodium ductile / diamond not ductile (1)
sodium soft / diamond hard (1)
7(b) protons: 11 (1) 3
neutrons: 12 (1)
electrons: 10 (1)
7(c) 6Na + N2 → 2Na3N 1
7(d)(i) equilibrium moves to the right / more product formed (1) 2
(increasing the temperature) pushes the reaction in the direction of absorbing energy / (increasing the temperature) pushes
the reaction in the direction of the endothermic reaction (1)
7(d)(ii) equilibrium moves to the right / more product formed (1) 2
more gas molecules on right than on left / more moles of gas on right than on left / when pressure decreased reaction
moves in direction of more gas molecules (1)
8(a) C3H6O 1
8(b) orange to colourless 1

PUBLISHED
8(c) potassium manganate(VII) 1
8(d) H H2COH H H2COH 2

│ │ │ │
─ C ── C ── C ── C ─ (2 marks)
│ │ │ │
H H H H
if two marks not scored 1 mark for

─ C ── C ── C ── C ─
8(e) completed with 1
O
║
─ O─C–H
8(f)(i) H+ 1
8(f)(ii) methanoic acid has a lower concentration of H+ ions / hydrochloric acid has a higher concentration of H+ ions 1
8(g) 2HCOOH + Mg → (HCOO)2Mg + H2 (2) 2
if two marks not scored 1 mark for (HCOO)2Mg
9(a)(i) air AND water 1
9(a)(ii) vanadium(V) oxide 1
9(b)(i) decomposition of an ionic compound / decomposition of an electrolyte (1) 2
using electricity (1)

PUBLISHED
9(b)(ii) 2H+ + 2e– → H2 1
9(c) 45 3
mol H2SO4 = × 0.20 OR 0.009 (1)
1000
0.76
mol sodium hydroxide = OR 0.019 mol (1)
40
(sodium hydroxide because 0.019 is greater than) 2 × 0.009
OR
(sodium hydroxide because 0.009 is less than) 0.019 / 2 (1)
9(c) ammonia AND sodium sulfate AND water (2) 2
if 2 marks not scored 1 mark for any two of

ammonia, sodium sulfate or water
10(a)(i) values between 6.00 and 9.50 (inclusive of these values) 1
10(a)(ii) there is no trend (down the group) 1
10(b)(i) R is an ionic structure / R has an ionic lattice / R is giant ionic (1) 4
R bonds (throughout lattice) are strong (1)

(dependent on the mention of ions / ionic for R)
S is a simple molecular structure / small molecule / simple molecule (1)
S weak forces between molecules (1)

PUBLISHED
10(b)(ii) ions can move / has mobile ions 1
10(b)(iii) 3 pairs of bonding electrons between each H and P AND 2 non-bonding electrons on P 1
10(c) 43.7 (%) (2) 2
If 2 marks not scored 1 mark for molar mass of P4O10 = 284

Cambridge O Level
* 5 5 2 5 1 7 8 5 5 6 *
CHEMISTRY 5070/21
1 hour 30 minutes
INSTRUCTIONS
INFORMATION
DC (CJ/CT) 302613/3
Section A
N O
Na Al Si Cl
K Ca Cr Fe Ni Zn
Sr Ag
Ba
Answer the following questions using only the symbols of the elements in the diagram.
Each symbol may be used once, more than once or not at all.
Give the symbol of the element that:
(a) is a catalyst in the hydrogenation of alkenes
............................................................................................................................................. [1]
(b) is extracted by electrolysis of its oxide dissolved in cryolite
............................................................................................................................................. [1]
(c) is a metal below copper in the reactivity series
............................................................................................................................................. [1]
(d) is a gas used in welding
............................................................................................................................................. [1]
(e) forms an ion with a charge of –1.
............................................................................................................................................. [1]
[Total: 5]
© UCLES 2022 5070/21/O/N/22

2 Carbon dioxide is a gas at room temperature.
(a) (i) Draw a dot-and-cross diagram to show the arrangement of electrons in a carbon dioxide
molecule.
[2]
(ii) Describe the motion and separation of the particles in a gas.
motion ...............................................................................................................................
separation .........................................................................................................................
[2]
(b) The main processes in the carbon cycle are combustion, respiration and photosynthesis.
(i) Name the products of photosynthesis.
............................................................... and ............................................................... [1]
(ii) Some of the reactions in photosynthesis involve enzymes.
State the meaning of the term enzyme.
...........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
(c) Carbon dioxide is formed when hydrocarbons are completely combusted.
(i) Name the other product of the complete combustion of hydrocarbons.
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
(ii) The paraffin (kerosene) fraction from the fractional distillation of petroleum (crude oil)
contains hydrocarbons.
State one use of the paraffin (kerosene) fraction.
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
[Total: 8]

3 The alkenes are a homologous series of hydrocarbons.
(a) Give the general formula for the alkenes.
............................................................................................................................................. [1]
(b) The structure of an alkene is shown.
H H H H
H C C C C H
H H
(i) Name this alkene.
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
(ii) Explain how this structure shows that alkenes are:
unsaturated .......................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
hydrocarbons. ...................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
[2]
(c) Alkenes are produced by cracking some fractions obtained from the fractional distillation of
petroleum (crude oil).
State the meaning of the term cracking.
...................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................. [2]
(d) Carbon monoxide is formed when alkenes undergo incomplete combustion.
State one effect of carbon monoxide on health.
............................................................................................................................................. [1]
© UCLES 2022 5070/21/O/N/22

(e) Alkenes react with bromine to form compounds containing carbon, hydrogen and bromine.
(i) A compound contains 22.2% carbon, 3.70% hydrogen and 74.1% bromine by mass.
(ii) A different compound of carbon, hydrogen and bromine has the empirical formula
C3H2Br.
The relative molecular mass of this compound is 236.
molecular formula ......................................................... [1]
[Total: 10]

4 This question is about ammonia and ammonium salts.
(a) Ammonia is manufactured by the Haber process.
(i) Name the catalyst used in the Haber process.
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
(ii) Explain how a catalyst increases the rate of reaction.
...........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
(b) Ammonium phosphate, (NH4)3PO4, is a fertiliser.
Calculate the percentage by mass of nitrogen in ammonium phosphate.
percentage by mass = .......................................................... [3]
(c) Fertilisers can make soil more acidic.
(i) State the name of a compound used to decrease the acidity of soil.
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
(ii) Explain how this compound decreases the acidity of soil.
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
© UCLES 2022 5070/21/O/N/22

(d) Ammonia is formed by the reduction of nitrogen(I) oxide, N2O, with hydrogen.
N 2O + 4H2 2NH3 + H2O
Complete and label the energy profile diagram for this reaction to include:

• the enthalpy change of the reaction.
energy
reaction pathway
[2]
(e) Copper(II) oxide, CuO, reacts with ammonia.
The products are copper, nitrogen and a liquid which turns blue cobalt(II) chloride paper pink.
............................................................................................................................................. [2]
[Total: 11]

(a) Magnesium reacts with aqueous iron(II) ions.
Mg + Fe2+ Mg2+ + Fe
Explain why this reaction involves both oxidation and reduction.
Use the equation and ideas about electron transfer in your answer.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................. [2]
(b) Explain why iron conducts electricity.
............................................................................................................................................. [1]
(c) Explain why magnesium is extracted by electrolysis and not by reduction with carbon.
............................................................................................................................................. [1]
(d) Describe a chemical test to distinguish between aqueous iron(II) ions and aqueous
iron(III) ions.
test ............................................................................................................................................
observations with aqueous iron(II) ions
...................................................................................................................................................
observations with aqueous iron(III) ions
...................................................................................................................................................
[3]
(e) (i) Explain why molten magnesium chloride conducts electricity.
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
(ii) Predict the products formed at the anode and the cathode when molten magnesium
chloride is electrolysed.
anode ................................................................................................................................
cathode .............................................................................................................................
[2]
© UCLES 2022 5070/21/O/N/22

(f) Food containers can be made from aluminium.
State one property of aluminium that makes it suitable for use as a food container.
............................................................................................................................................. [1]
[Total: 11]

10
Section B
6 This question is about compounds of nitrogen.
(a) The equation represents the equilibrium between N2O4 and NO2 at a high temperature in a
closed container.
N2O4(g) 2NO2(g)
(i) Predict what happens to the position of equilibrium when the pressure is decreased.
prediction ...........................................................................................................................
explanation ........................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
[2]
(ii) The table shows the concentration of NO2 in the closed container at three different
temperatures.
temperature concentration of NO2

in °C in mol / dm3
100 0.04
150 0.40
200 4.00
State what this information shows about the enthalpy change of the forward reaction.
enthalpy change ................................................................................................................
explanation ........................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
[2]
© UCLES 2022 5070/21/O/N/22

11
(b) Nitrogen dioxide, NO2, is made by heating lead(II) nitrate, Pb(NO3)2.

The other products are lead(II) oxide and a gas which relights a glowing splint.
..................................................................................................................................... [2]
(ii) Nitrogen dioxide contributes to acid rain.
State one effect of acid rain on organisms.
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
(c) Nitric acid, HNO3, is a strong acid.
(i) State the meaning of the term strong in strong acid.
...........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
(ii) Suggest a pH value for a concentrated solution of a strong acid.
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
(iii) Complete the ionic equation for the reaction of an acid with an alkali.
H+ + .............. H2O [1]
[Total: 10]

12
7 This question is about alcohols and polymers.
(a) The structure of an organic compound is shown.
H O H H H
C C C C O H
O H H H
............................................................................................................................................. [1]
(b) An isomer of butanol has the structure shown.
H H H H
H C C C C O H
H H H H
(i) State the meaning of the term isomerism.
...........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
(ii) Draw the structure of a different isomer of butanol.
[1]
(iii) Butanol reacts with ethanoic acid, CH3COOH, to form an ester.
Name this ester.
Draw the structure of this ester. Show all of the atoms and all of the bonds.
name of ester .........................................................
structure of ester
[2]
© UCLES 2022 5070/21/O/N/22
13
(c) The partial structure of a polyester is shown.
O O O O
C (CH2)6 C O (CH2)6 O C (CH2)6 C O (CH2)6 O
Draw the structures of the two monomers used to make this polyester.
[2]
(d) Terylene is a polyester.
(i) State one use of Terylene.
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
(ii) Name a naturally occurring molecule which has the same ester linkage as Terylene.
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
(e) Starch is a polymer which can be hydrolysed.
State the meaning of the term hydrolysis.
............................................................................................................................................. [1]
[Total: 10]

14
(a) Brass is an alloy of copper and zinc.
Brass is less malleable than either copper or zinc.
Explain, with reference to the structure of metals, why brass is less malleable than either
copper or zinc.
You may include a labelled diagram in your answer.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................. [3]
(b) The table shows the reactivity of four metals with cold water and with steam.
metal reactivity with cold water reactivity with steam

chromium none slow
mercury none none
potassium very fast explosive
uranium very slow slow
Put the four metals in order of increasing reactivity.

[1]
(c) The full symbol of an ion of mercury is shown.

199
Hg2+
80

[2]
© UCLES 2022 5070/21/O/N/22

15
(d) The formula of chromium(III) sulfate crystals is Cr2(SO4)3•18H2O.
State the name given to the water present in Cr2(SO4)3•18H2O.
............................................................................................................................................. [1]
(e) (i) Aqueous bromine reacts with aqueous potassium iodide.
The products of the reaction are aqueous iodine and aqueous potassium bromide.
..................................................................................................................................... [2]
(ii) Explain, in terms of the reactivity of the halogens, why aqueous iodine does not react
with aqueous potassium bromide.
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
[Total: 10]

16
9 (a) Zinc powder reacts with dilute hydrochloric acid.
Zn + 2HCl → ZnCl 2 + H2
When 20.0 cm3 of dilute hydrochloric acid is added to excess zinc, the volume of hydrogen
gas produced at room temperature and pressure is 60.0 cm3.
(i) Calculate the concentration, in mol / dm3, of the dilute hydrochloric acid.
concentration .......................................... mol / dm3 [3]
(ii) The reaction is repeated using large pieces of zinc instead of zinc powder. All other
conditions stay the same.
Describe how the rate of reaction changes.
Explain your answer using ideas about collisions between particles.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [2]
(b) Dilute hydrochloric acid is electrolysed.
Construct an ionic equation for the reaction at the cathode.
............................................................................................................................................. [1]
(c) Zinc is used to prevent iron from rusting.
(i) State the essential conditions needed for rusting.
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
(ii) Explain how zinc prevents iron from rusting by the method of sacrificial protection.
...........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [2]
(iii) Give one example of the use of sacrificial protection.
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
[Total: 10]
© UCLES 2022 5070/21/O/N/22
Group
© UCLES 2022
1 2
H He
hydrogen helium
Key 1 4
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
23 24 27 28 31 32 35.5 40
19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36
39 40 45 48 51 52 55 56 59 59 64 65 70 73 75 79 80 84
37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54
20
85 88 89 91 93 96 – 101 103 106 108 112 115 119 122 128 127 131
55 56 57–71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86
5070/21/O/N/22
lanthanoids
133 137 178 181 184 186 190 192 195 197 201 204 207 209 – – –
87 88 89–103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 114 116
actinoids
– – – – – – – – – – – – –
57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71
139 140 141 144 – 150 152 157 159 163 165 167 169 173 175
89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103
– 232 231 238 – – – – – – – – – – –
Cambridge O Level
CHEMISTRY 5070/21
MARK SCHEME
Maximum Mark: 75
Published
Teachers.
components.

PUBLISHED
marking principles.
descriptors.

PUBLISHED

PUBLISHED
your working’.
For answers given in standard form (e.g. a  10n) in which the convention of restricting the value of the coefficient (a) to a value between 1

PUBLISHED
1(a) Ni 1
1(b) Al 1
1(c) Ag 1
1(d) O 1
1(e) Cl 1
2(a)(i) 2 bonding pairs between the C atom and each O atom (1) 2
4 non-bonded electrons on each O atom (1)
2(a)(ii) motion: 2
random / fast / rapid (1)
separation:
far apart (1)
2(b)(i) glucose AND oxygen 1
2(b)(ii) biological catalyst / catalyst in organisms 1
2(c)(i) water 1
2(c)(ii) (fuel) for heating / for cooking / for aircraft engines / lighting / lamps 1

PUBLISHED
3(a) CnH2n 1
3(b)(i) butene 1
3(b)(ii) unsaturated: 2
has C=C bond / has carbon-carbon double bond (1)
hydrocarbon:
contains only hydrogen and carbon / contains hydrogen and carbon and no other element (1)
3(c) breakdown / decomposition (1) 2
idea of long chain hydrocarbons to short chain hydrocarbons / larger hydrocarbons to smaller hydrocarbons (1)
3(d) poisonous / toxic 1
3(e)(i) division by correct relative atomic mass 2

e.g.
22.2 3.7 74.1
C= H= Br =
12 1 80
OR
1.85 3.7 0.93 (1)
division by lowest value to get correct answer

1.85 3.7 0.93
0.93 0.93 0.93
C2H4Br (1)
3(e)(ii) C6H4Br2 1

PUBLISHED
4(a)(i) iron 1
4(a)(ii) lowers the activation energy (of the reaction) 1
4(b) relative molecular mass of ammonium phosphate = 149 (1) 3
42
 100 OR 28% / 28.18(791946)% (1)
149
28.2% (1)
4(c)(i) calcium hydroxide / calcium oxide 1
4(c)(ii) neutralises (the acid) / removes hydrogen ions 1
4(d) reactants on the left and products on the right and reactant line above product line (1) 2
enthalpy change shown by downward arrow and labelled enthalpy change (1)
4(e) 3CuO + 2NH3 → 3Cu + N2 + 3H2O 2
correct balance (1)

PUBLISHED
5(a) magnesium loses electrons and is oxidation (1) 2
iron(II) ions gain electrons and is reduction (1)
5(b) (some of the) electrons move (throughout the structure) 1
5(c) magnesium is too reactive / magnesium is very reactive / magnesium is high in the reactivity series 1
5(d) add (aqueous) sodium hydroxide / (aqueous) ammonia (1) 3
iron(II) ions give green precipitate (1)
iron(III) ions give red-brown precipitate (1)
5(e)(i) the ions can move 1
5(e)(ii) anode: chlorine / Cl2 (1) 2
cathode: magnesium / Mg (1)
5(f) does not corrode in water / does not corrode in air / unreactive 1

PUBLISHED
6(a)(i) position of equilibrium moves to the right (1) 2
fewer moles of gas on left of the equation / lower volume of gas on left of the equation (1)
6(a)(ii) the reaction is endothermic (1) 2
because there is a higher concentration of (NO2) at higher temperatures / there is a lower concentration of N2O4 at lower
temperatures (1)
6(b)(i) 2Pb(NO3)2 → 2PbO + 4NO2 + O2 2
correct balance (1)
6(b)(ii) damage to tree leaves (in conifers) / kills organisms in lakes 1
6(c)(i) dissociates completely (in solution) / ionises completely (in solution) 1
6(c)(ii) any value from 0 to 2 (inclusive of these values) 1
6(c)(iii) OH– 1

PUBLISHED
7(a) C4H8O3 1
7(b)(i) compounds with the same molecular formula but with different structures / compounds with the same molecular formula but 1
with different arrangement of atoms (1)
7(b)(ii) structure of any isomer of butan-1-ol correctly drawn 1
7(b)(iii) butyl ethanoate (1) 2
H O H H H H
H C C O C C C C H
H H H H H (1)
7(c) HO(CH2)6OH (1) 2
HOOC(CH2)6COOH (1)
7(d)(i) clothing 1
7(d)(ii) fat 1
7(e) breakdown of a substance by water 1

PUBLISHED
8(a) in pure metal the layers of atoms/ions can slide (1) 3
in alloys there are different sized atoms/ions (1)
which stop the layers from sliding (1)
8(b) mercury < chromium < uranium < potassium 1
8(c) number of electrons: 78 (1) 2
number of neutrons: 119 (1)
8(d) (water of) crystallisation 1
8(e)(i) Br2(aq) + 2I–(aq) → I2(aq) + 2Br-(aq) 2
balanced equation (1)
correct state symbols dependent on correct formulae (1)
8(e)(ii) bromine is more reactive than iodine / iodine is less reactive than bromine 1

PUBLISHED
9(a)(i) mol H2 = 60/24 000 OR 2.5  10–3 mol (1) 3
mol HCl = M1  2 OR 5  10–3 mol (1)
concentration of HCl = 0.25 mol / dm3 (1)
9(a)(ii) rate decreases (no mark) 2
fewer particles exposed on surface (1)
frequency of collisions decreases (1)
9(b) 2H+ + 2e– → H2 1
9(c)(i) water AND oxygen 1
9(c)(ii) zinc is more reactive than iron / zinc is higher in the reactivity series than iron (1) 2
zinc corrodes in preference to iron (1)
9(c)(iii) (stops) underground pipes (corroding) / (stop) ships hulls (corroding) 1

Cambridge O Level
* 4 8 3 2 8 9 7 4 4 8 *
CHEMISTRY 5070/22
1 hour 30 minutes
INSTRUCTIONS
INFORMATION
DC (CJ/SG) 301822/3
Section A
C N O F
Mg Al Cl Ar
K Ca Cr Fe Cu Zn Br
Pt
Answer the following questions using only the symbols of the elements in the diagram.
Each symbol may be used once, more than once or not at all.
Give the symbol of the element that:
(a) is a catalyst in the Haber process
............................................................................................................................................. [1]
(b) is used to make food containers because of its resistance to corrosion
............................................................................................................................................. [1]
(c) is about one percent by volume of dry air
............................................................................................................................................. [1]
(d) is extracted from haematite
............................................................................................................................................. [1]
(e) forms an ion with a charge of –2.
............................................................................................................................................. [1]
[Total: 5]
© UCLES 2022 5070/22/O/N/22

2 This question is about halogens and halogen compounds.
(a) (i) Draw a dot-and-cross diagram to show the arrangement of electrons in a chlorine
molecule.
[2]
(ii) State one use of chlorine.
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
(b) Aqueous chlorine reacts with aqueous potassium bromide.
Cl 2(aq) + 2KBr(aq) Br2(aq) + 2KCl (aq)
(i) State the colour of Br2(aq).
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
(ii) Explain, using ideas about the reactivity of the halogens, why aqueous bromine does
not react with aqueous potassium chloride.
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
(c) Bromine is a liquid at room temperature.
Describe the arrangement and separation of the particles in a liquid.
arrangement .............................................................................................................................
separation .................................................................................................................................
[2]
(d) Chlorofluorocarbons (CFCs) are atmospheric pollutants which deplete the ozone layer.
Explain the importance of the ozone layer.
Describe one problem caused by the depletion of the ozone layer.
importance ................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
problem .....................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
[2]
[Total: 9]
3 The alkanes are a homologous series of hydrocarbons.
(a) Give the general formula for the alkanes.
............................................................................................................................................. [1]
(b) The structure of one isomer of an alkane is shown.
H H H H
H C C C C H
H H H H
(i) Name this alkane.
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
(ii) Draw the structure of a different isomer of this alkane. Show all of the atoms and all of
the bonds.
[1]
(c) The fractional distillation of petroleum (crude oil) produces fractions containing alkanes of
different chain lengths.
(i) Separation by fractional distillation depends on a physical property of the fractions.
Name this physical property.
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
(ii) Naphtha is one fraction separated from petroleum (crude oil).
State the main use of the naphtha fraction.
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
© UCLES 2022 5070/22/O/N/22

(d) Larger alkane molecules are cracked to form smaller alkane molecules.
(i) Explain the importance of cracking larger alkanes into smaller alkanes.
...........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
(ii) State two conditions needed for cracking.
1 ........................................................................................................................................................
2 ........................................................................................................................................................
[2]
(e) Alkanes react with chlorine in the presence of ultraviolet light to form compounds that contain
carbon, hydrogen and chlorine.
A compound contains 37.8% carbon, 6.30% hydrogen and 55.9% chlorine by mass.
[Total: 10]

4 This question is about ammonium sulfate, (NH4)2SO4.
(a) Ammonium sulfate is a fertiliser.
Explain why farmers put fertilisers on soil where crops are grown.
............................................................................................................................................. [1]
(b) Explain why farmers do not add calcium hydroxide to the soil immediately after adding
ammonium sulfate.
...................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................. [2]
(c) Calculate the percentage by mass of nitrogen in ammonium sulfate.
percentage by mass ......................................................... [3]
(d) Complete the equation for the reaction of ammonium sulfate with aqueous sodium hydroxide.
(NH4)2SO4 + 2NaOH ...................... + ...................... + ...................... [2]
© UCLES 2022 5070/22/O/N/22

(e) Ammonium sulfate decomposes when heated. The reaction is endothermic.
3(NH4)2SO4 4NH3 + 3SO2 + N2 + 6H2O
Complete and label the energy profile diagram for this reaction to include:
• the reactant and products

• the enthalpy change of the reaction.
energy
reaction pathway
[2]
[Total: 10]

(a) Zinc reacts with aqueous copper(II) ions.
Zn + Cu2+ Zn2+ + Cu
Explain why this reaction involves both oxidation and reduction.
Use the equation and ideas about electron transfer in your answer.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................. [2]
(b) Aqueous ammonia is added to aqueous zinc ions.
Describe the observations when:
a few drops of aqueous ammonia are added
...................................................................................................................................................
excess aqueous ammonia is added.
...................................................................................................................................................
[2]
(c) Molten zinc chloride conducts electricity.
(i) Predict the products formed at the anode and the cathode when molten zinc chloride is
electrolysed.
anode ................................................................................................................................
cathode .............................................................................................................................
[2]
(ii) Explain, in terms of structure and bonding, why zinc chloride has a high melting point.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [2]
© UCLES 2022 5070/22/O/N/22

(d) Aluminium is extracted from its ore by electrolysis.
(i) State why aluminium is extracted by electrolysis and not by reduction with carbon.
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
(ii) State one property of aluminium which makes it suitable for the construction of aircraft.
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
(iii) State one advantage of recycling metals such as aluminium and copper.
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
[Total: 11]

10
Section B
6 This question is about nitrogen and oxides of nitrogen.
(a) State the percentage of nitrogen by volume in dry air.
............................................................................................................................................. [1]
(b) The equation represents the equilibrium between nitrogen and oxygen at a high temperature
in a closed container.
N2(g) + O2(g) 2NO(g)
(i) Predict what happens to the position of equilibrium when the pressure is increased.
prediction ...........................................................................................................................
explanation ........................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
[2]
(ii) The table shows the concentration of nitrogen(II) oxide, NO, in the closed container at
three different temperatures.
temperature concentration of NO
in °C in mol / dm3
800 0.02
1000 0.20
1200 20.00
State what this information shows about the enthalpy change of the forward reaction.
enthalpy change ................................................................................................................
explanation ........................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
[2]
© UCLES 2022 5070/22/O/N/22

11
(c) Nitrogen(II) oxide, NO, reacts with hydrogen to produce ammonia and water.
............................................................................................................................................. [2]
(d) Nitrogen oxides are pollutants in the atmosphere.
(i) State one source of nitrogen oxides in the atmosphere.
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
(ii) Nitrogen oxides contribute to acid rain.
State one effect of acid rain on buildings.
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
(iii) State the formula of the ion that is present in all acids.
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
[Total: 10]

12
7 This question is about carboxylic acids and polymers.
(a) The structure of an organic compound is shown.
H
O H
O O
C C C C
H O O H
H H
............................................................................................................................................. [1]
(b) Propanoic acid, C2H5COOH, reacts with methanol, CH3OH, to form an ester.
(i) Name this ester.
Draw the structure of this ester showing all atoms and all bonds.
name of ester ................................................
structure of ester
[2]
(ii) State one use of esters.
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
(c) Ethanoic acid can be produced by the bacterial oxidation of ethanol.
Give one other method of oxidising ethanol to produce ethanoic acid.
...................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................. [2]
© UCLES 2022 5070/22/O/N/22

13
(d) The simplified structures of a dicarboxylic acid monomer and a diamine monomer are shown.
O O H H
C C N N
H O O H H H
(i) Draw the partial structure of the condensation polymer formed from these two monomers
to show:
• two repeat units

• all of the atoms and all of the bonds in the amide linkages.
[2]
(ii) State the meaning of the term condensation in condensation polymerisation.
...........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
(e) Proteins have amide linkages.
Proteins are hydrolysed using dilute acid.
Name the type of compound produced by this hydrolysis.
............................................................................................................................................. [1]
[Total: 10]

14
(a) Describe, with the aid of a labelled diagram, the structure and bonding in metals.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................. [3]
(b) The table shows the reactivity of four metals with cold water and with steam.
metal reactivity with cold water reactivity with steam

cerium slow fast
nickel none very slow
rubidium very fast explosive
zinc none fast
Put the four metals in order of increasing reactivity.

[1]
(c) The full symbol of an ion of cerium is shown.

140
Ce3+
58

[2]
(d) Zinc reacts with aqueous silver nitrate, AgNO3, to produce aqueous zinc nitrate and silver.
............................................................................................................................................. [2]
© UCLES 2022 5070/22/O/N/22

15
(e) The effect of heat on crystals of green nickel(II) chloride, NiCl 2• 6H2O is shown in the
equation.
NiCl 2• 6H2O NiCl 2 + 6H2O

green yellow
nickel(II) chloride nickel(II) chloride
(i) State the term used to describe salts, such as NiCl 2, which contain no water of
crystallisation.
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
(ii) Describe how to change yellow nickel(II) chloride back to green nickel(II) chloride.
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
[Total: 10]

16
9 (a) Magnesium carbonate reacts with dilute hydrochloric acid.
MgCO3 + 2HCl MgCl 2 + CO2 + H2O
When 25.0 cm3 of dilute hydrochloric acid is added to excess magnesium carbonate, the
volume of carbon dioxide gas produced at room temperature and pressure is 120 cm3.
(i) Calculate the concentration, in mol / dm3, of the dilute hydrochloric acid.
concentration .......................................... mol / dm3 [3]
(ii) The reaction is repeated at a higher temperature. All other conditions stay the same.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [2]
(iii) The reaction is repeated using a higher concentration of hydrochloric acid. All other
conditions stay the same.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [2]
(b) Duralumin is an alloy of aluminium, magnesium, copper and manganese.
State the meaning of the term alloy.
...................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................. [1]
© UCLES 2022 5070/22/O/N/22

17
(c) Copper is purified by electrolysis using an impure copper anode and a pure copper cathode.
Construct the ionic equation for the reaction taking place at the cathode.
............................................................................................................................................. [1]
(d) A metal object can be electroplated with another metal.
State one use of electroplating.
............................................................................................................................................. [1]
[Total: 10]
© UCLES 2022 5070/22/O/N/22

Group
© UCLES 2022
1 2
H He
hydrogen helium
Key 1 4
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
23 24 27 28 31 32 35.5 40
19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36
39 40 45 48 51 52 55 56 59 59 64 65 70 73 75 79 80 84
37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54
85 88 89 91 93 96 – 101 103 106 108 112 115 119 122 128 127 131
20
55 56 57–71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86
lanthanoids
5070/22/O/N/22
133 137 178 181 184 186 190 192 195 197 201 204 207 209 – – –
87 88 89–103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 114 116
actinoids
– – – – – – – – – – – – –
57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71
139 140 141 144 – 150 152 157 159 163 165 167 169 173 175
89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103
– 232 231 238 – – – – – – – – – – –
Cambridge O Level
CHEMISTRY 5070/22
MARK SCHEME
Maximum Mark: 75
Published
Teachers.
components.

PUBLISHED
marking principles.
descriptors.

PUBLISHED
2 The examiner should not choose between contradictory statements given in the same question part, and credit should not be awarded for any
correct statement that is contradicted within the same question part. Wrong science that is irrelevant to the question should be ignored.
3 Although spellings do not have to be correct, spellings of syllabus terms must allow for clear and unambiguous separation from other syllabus
terms with which they may be confused (e.g. ethane / ethene, glucagon / glycogen, refraction / reflection).
correct way, the candidate should be awarded these subsequent marking points. Further guidance will be included in the mark scheme where
necessary and any exceptions to this general principle will be noted.
awarded for any responses that are contradicted within the rest of the response. Where two responses contradict one another, this should
be treated as a single incorrect response.

PUBLISHED
your working’.
For questions in which the number of significant figures required is not stated, credit should be awarded for correct answers when rounded by
the examiner to the number of significant figures given in the mark scheme. This may not apply to measured values.
For answers given in standard form (e.g. a  10n) in which the convention of restricting the value of the coefficient (a) to a value between 1

PUBLISHED
1(a) Fe 1
1(b) Al 1
1(c) Ar 1
1(d) Fe 1
1(e) O 1
2(a)(i) one bonding pair between two chlorine atoms (1) 2
6 non-bonded electrons on each chlorine atom (1)
2(a)(ii) kill bacteria / water treatment 1
2(b)(i) orange 1
2(b)(ii) chlorine is more reactive than bromine / bromine is less reactive than chlorine 1
2(c) arrangement: 2
random / not ordered (1)
separation:
close together / (some) particles touching (1)
2(d) importance: 2
reduces amount of ultraviolet (radiation) reaching Earth (1)
problems with depletion:

(more) skin cancer / (more) cataracts / (more) sunburn (1)

PUBLISHED
3(a) CnH2n+2 1
3(b)(i) butane 1
3(b)(ii) H H H 1
H C C C H
H H
H C H
H
3(c)(i) boiling point 1
3(c)(ii) making chemicals / (chemical) feedstock 1
3(d)(i) short(er) chain fractions more in demand / long(er) chain fractions less in demand / to produce more of the fuels that are 1
needed the most
3(d)(ii) high temperature (1) 2
catalyst / high pressure (1)
3(e) division by correct relative atomic mass 2

e.g.
37.8 6.3 55.9
C= H= Cl =
12 1 35.5
OR
3.15 6.3 1.57 (1)
division by lowest value to get correct answer
3.15 6.3 1.57

1.57 1.57 1.57
C2H4Cl (1)

PUBLISHED
4(a) to improve crop yield / to improve plant growth / to add minerals lost when plants are harvested 1
4(b) ammonia is produced (1) 2
(ammonia) escapes (from the soil) / ammonia is a gas (1)
4(c) relative molecular mass of ammonium sulfate = 132 (1) 3
28
 100 OR 21% / 21.212% (1)
132
21.2 (1)
4(d) 2NH3 + Na2SO4 + 2H2O 2
correct balance (1)
4(e) reactants on the left and products on the right and reactant line below product line (1) 2
arrow vertically upwards between reactants and products with ∆H or enthalpy change label (1)
5(a) oxidation because zinc loses electrons (1) 2
reduction because copper(II) ions gain electrons (1)
5(b) few drops: white precipitate (1) 2
excess: precipitate dissolves / colourless solution (1)

PUBLISHED
5(c)(i) anode: chlorine / Cl2 (1) 2
cathode: zinc / Zn (1)
5(c)(ii) giant (ionic) structure / (ionic) lattice(1) 2
strong (forces of) attraction between (positive and negative) ions (1)
5(d)(i) aluminium is too reactive / aluminium is very reactive / aluminium is high in the reactivity series 1
5(d)(ii) low density 1
5(d)(iii) conserves ores 1
6(a) 78(%) 1
6(b)(i) no effect (on position of equilibrium) (1) 2
equal number of moles of gas on each side of the equation / equal volumes of gas on each side of the equation (1)
6(b)(ii) the reaction is endothermic (1) 2
because there is a higher concentration of (NO) at higher temperatures / there is a lower concentration of N2 and O2 at
lower temperatures (1)
6(c) 2NO + 5H2 → 2NH3 + 2H2O 2
correctly balanced (1)
6(d)(i) car exhaust fumes / vehicle engines / fossil fuel powered power stations 1

PUBLISHED
6(d)(ii) (chemical) erosion / corrosion 1
6(d)(iii) H+ 1
7(a) C4H6O5 1
7(b)(i) methyl propanoate (1) 2
H H O H
H C C C O C H
H H H (1)
7(b)(ii) solvents / perfumes / flavourings 1
7(c) potassium manganate(VII) / KMnO4 (1) 2
acid / acidified (1)
7(d)(i) two repeat units with continuation bonds (1) 2
at least two amide linkages

H O
│ ║
─N─C─ (1)
7(d)(ii) joining of two compounds with elimination of a small molecule / joining of two compounds removal of small molecule 1
7(e) amino acids 1

PUBLISHED
8(a) 3
closely packed positive ions (1)
(particles) surrounded by delocalised electrons (1)
strong attraction between electrons and positive ions (1)
8(b) nickel < zinc < cerium < rubidium 1
8(c) number of electrons: 55 (1) 2
number of neutrons: 82 (1)
8(d) Zn(s) + 2Ag+(aq) → Zn2+(aq) + 2Ag(s) 2
balanced equation (1)
correct state symbols dependent on correct formulae (1)
8(e)(i) anhydrous 1
8(e)(ii) add water 1

PUBLISHED
9(a)(i) mol CO2 = 120 / 24000 OR 5  10–3 (1) 3
mol HCl = M1  2 OR 1  10–2 (1)
concentration of HCl = 0.4 (mol / dm3) (1)
9(a)(ii) rate increases (no mark alone) 2
more successful collisions / more collisions above that of activation energy / more particles with energy greater than
activation energy(1)
9(a)(iii) rate increases (no mark alone) 2
particles more crowded / more particles per unit volume / particles are closer together
greater collision frequency
9(b) mixture of a metal with another element (1) 1
9(c) Cu2+ + 2e– → Cu 1
9(d) (makes object) more resistant to corrosion / harder (surface) 1

Chem 5070 P21 & 22 - 2010 - 2022 Oct-Nov QP & MS

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Chem 5070 P21 & 22 - 2010 - 2022 Oct-Nov QP & MS

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Chem 5070 P21 & 22 - 2010 - 2022 Oct-Nov QP & MS

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

COMPILED BY: DJ PRINCIPLE - 0955075833

UNIVERSITY OF CAMBRIDGE INTERNATIONAL EXAMINATIONS

READ THESE INSTRUCTIONS FIRST

A copy of the Periodic Table is printed on page 20.

This document consists of 16 printed pages and 4 blank pages.

The total mark for this section is 45.

Which one of these compounds is

(i) responsible for the depletion of ozone in the upper atmosphere,

(ii) a poisonous gas produced by the incomplete combustion of hydrocarbons,

(iii) an unsaturated hydrocarbon, ............................................................................. [1]

(iv) formed when propene reacts with steam, ........................................................... [1]

(v) a product of respiration, ...................................................................................... [1]

(vi) an isomer of butane? ........................................................................................... [1]

(b) Name compound B.

© UCLES 2010 5070/21/O/N/10

© UCLES 2010 5070/21/O/N/10 [Turn over

CO(g) + Cl2(g) COCl2(g)

(i) increasing the concentration of chlorine;

(ii) increasing the pressure;

(iii) increasing the temperature.

Write an equation for this reaction.

© UCLES 2010 5070/21/O/N/10

(c) Urea can be used as a fertiliser. For

© UCLES 2010 5070/21/O/N/10 [Turn over

Show that the empirical formula of gallic acid is C7H6O5.

(i) Write an equation for the reduction of silver ions to silver.

(ii) Explain why this is a reduction reaction.

Describe a standard test for iron(III) ions.

result ............................................................................................................................ [2]

(ii) At the cathode, hydrogen gas is given off.

result .................................................................................................................... [2]

(iii) Write an equation for the reaction at the cathode.

(iv) Explain why potassium is not discharged at the cathode.

© UCLES 2010 5070/21/O/N/10 [Turn over

The total mark for this section is 30.

B6 Part of Mendeleev’s original Periodic Table showing an arrangement of elements according to

(a) Mendeleev listed the elements in order of their atomic masses.

(d) Iron, cobalt and nickel have similar properties. For

iron, cobalt and nickel.

(ii) Iron reacts with dilute hydrochloric acid.

Fe(s) + 2HCl (aq) FeCl2 (aq) + H2(g)

(ii) Write an equation for the reaction of sodium with water.

(iii) The melting points of lithium, sodium and potassium are:

Predict the melting point of rubidium.

© UCLES 2010 5070/21/O/N/10 [Turn over

methane – 161 – 890

(a) State two characteristics of a homologous series.

(b) Pentane is the next member of the alkane homologous series.

(i) Give the molecular formula of pentane.

(ii) Predict the boiling point of pentane.

© UCLES 2010 5070/21/O/N/10

(d) Methane is an atmospheric pollutant. Give one source of this pollutant.

© UCLES 2010 5070/21/O/N/10 [Turn over

B8 Proteins are naturally occurring macromolecules. For

(ii) Name another naturally occurring macromolecule.

(b) Proteins can be hydrolysed to amino acids.

State a suitable reagent and condition for this hydrolysis.

condition ....................................................................................................................... [2]

(c) The amino acids can be identified by paper chromatography.